Home

Alspa C80–35 PLC I/O Module Specifications

1. e 250 0 5W Kan FRAME 4 4 PWR TR 1 21 bq DUAL MUX 4 1 A MUX p DIFFERENTIAL ANALOG xis INPUT r INVERTER gt FILTERED INPUTS REGULATOR 2 x 117 AND OFFSET A Ay R 4 CHANNELS 25 VOLTAGE POT ADJUST SUPERVISOR V I 15V L AO AI T RSTB CHANGB TIMING MXCLK GENERATOR BYSL SR MODE 1 4 SIGNALS POT 15V ADJUST ISOLATION am v GROUND BACKPLANE RSTB B INTERFACE ICT E BIGH AID VOLTAGE 9 ics DATA BYTE DATA CONVERTER REFERENCE S ENAB CIRCUITS LATCH gt SDOT oxo Sy Figure 3 18 Analog Current Input Module Block Diagram IC693ALG221 Page 3 24 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications OR MAXIMUM I SPECIFI CATION ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 2 2 Field Wiring Information The following figure provides information for connecting field wiring to the user terminal board on the 4 Channel Analog Current Input Module 344560 FIELD WIRING TERMINALS FIELD WIRING o 7 1 0 20MA Jute dre 24 1 CHI CHI C Ot OPTIONAL CONNECTIONS Figure 3 19 Field Wiring for 4 Channel Analog Current Input Module
2. TWISTED SHIELDED a47076 PIN PAIRS PIN SS a eee Se ee S ODE SS DIODT 16 X xd 16 DIODT 00 00 17 17 00 00 1 DIOCLK 24 EX e Cr 24 DIOCLK 00 p CABLE 00 DIOCLK 25 E 25 DIOCLK o 0 TO DRsEL 20 x e E DRSEL o DOWNSTREAM gt 00 DRSEL 21 l l 21 DRSEU 2 09 00 l DRPERR 12 DA x11 12 DRPERR 0 EXPANSION 90 DRPERR 13 13 00 BASEPLATE OR 0 0 gt 00 DRMRUN 8 XT DRMRUN 1 o CONNECTOR 00 9 e 9 DRMRUN E 90 TERMINATION 9 DRMRUN LI 0 PLUG 00 DPFRAME 2 LEX 2 DPFRAME gt o DPFRAME 3 3 DPFRAME 100 E il 0 00 ov 7 7 ov I 0 EE 0 00 e I 09 gt 0 FGND 1 1 FGND 1 5 0 bee oe oe oe me Y 25 25 FEMALE Metallized Shell Metallized Shell x Metallized Shell SHIELD DRAIN WIRE CUT PIN 1 HERE IN SHIELDDRAINWIRE X NOT CONNECTED FACTORY MADE Y CABLES 6 17 DIODT 0
3. 244740 7 A O ANALOG lud SOURCE Ld r1 SOURCE CJ COMMON coM 5 NN ANALOG 7 SOURCE E 1 O 1 1 I uu oe 7 N F SOURCE z 5 NA ANALOG SOURCE OPTIONAL 1 CONNECTION TO FRAME Wo INPUT GROUND MODULE Figure 3 8 Shield Connections for Analog Input Modules For an unbalanced source the ground shield should be connected to the source common or ground as shown in Figure 3 8 If all of the source inputs to this module come from the same location and are referenced to the same common connection is made as shown in the figure If the inputs to any one analog input module come from multiple sources you should connect each of the source common points together and then connect to the module at only one terminal such as COM as shown in the figure This scheme will eliminate multiple grounding or ground loops which can cause false input data An optional way to connect the shields is to connect only the end at the module to the module at the GND terminal screw which is directly connected to frame ground via the module In extreme noise environments a ground braid may be used to connect the frame ground on the user terminal connector to earth ground This additional connection will bypass noise around the mo
4. Figure 2 61 Field Wiring 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input Module Page 2 88 FUJITSU CONNECTOR PINS A1 A12 B12 BACKPLANE ISOLATED 24V SUPPLY MAY BE USED IN LIEU OF EXTERNAL USER SUPPLY IC693MDL655 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 FIELD WIRING WORK SHEET FOR IC693MDL655 Discrete I O Module Specifications The following table is provided for the convenience of our customers as an aid to wiring the 24 pin connectors using cable IC693CBL315 information connector pin number cable pair number wire color code module point number pair 1 to pair 12 It includes all of the required wiring information in one table Al to A12 and B1 to B12 base color or base color with tracer color Al A8 B1 B8 C1 C8 DI D8 voltage and common points This table has the following Columns are also provided for circuit references and customer wire numbers Please copy and use the work sheets on this and the following page as needed when wiring the 24 VDC Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input module Reference Module Point Connector ur Wire Color Code Wire Number Number Pin Number Number A1 AI 1 Brown A2 7 Violet A3 A2 1 Brown Black 4 2 7 Violet Black 5 2 B3 8
5. MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OFO 5 OF Or 7 OO 0 15 mf oS 19 A4 1 771K T G H N IK o i ROC 15 240 HON ear is oO 4 COUPLER 20 Figure 2 2 Field Wiring 240 Volt AC Isolated Input Module IC693MDL231 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 11 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 3 120 Volt AC Input 16 Point IC693MDL240 The 120 volt AC Input module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 16 input points with one common power input terminal The input circuits are reactive resistor capacitor inputs Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table I Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied input devices such as pushbuttons limit switches and electronic proximity switches Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user This module requires an AC power source it cannot be used with a DC power source LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to 8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface
6. B3 5 sisisisisisisisisie 5 9 9 9 916 9 919 9 2 7 Fu 0 s 44A726182 015 I FOR USE WITH L IC693MDL940 i Figure 1 1 Example of an Alspa C80 35 Module 1 1 Alspa 80 35 Module Types Alspa 80 35 I O modules are available as five types discrete inputs discrete outputs analog inputs analog outputs and option modules which can be used with all models of PLCs Additionally there are specialized option modules which can only be used with PLC Models 331 341 351 and 352 Discrete input modules have either 8 16 or 32 points discrete output modules have from 5 to 32 points depending on type Analog input modules are available with 4 or 16 channels available analog output modules have 2 or 8 channels and an analog combination module has 4 input channels and 2 output channels Option modules include a FIP Bus Controller a FIP Remote I O Scanner a High Speed Counter an N80 Communications Module an Enhanced N80 Communications Module NCM N80 Bus Controller and Axis Positioning Modules one and two axis I O Processor module and Ethernet Interface module Specialized option modules are the Programmable Coprocessor Modules Communications Control module and the Alphanumeric Displa
7. a44739 ANALOG OUTPUT MODULE USER CONNECTIONS SERIAL 5 TABLE coas 1 10 FILTER CPU PARALLEL CONVERTER o AQ CONVERTER Qus Figure 3 3 Analog Output Block Diagram Page 3 4 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 1 3 CPU Interface to Analog Modules The Alspa C80 35 PLC uses the data within the AQ and AI data tables to drive or record analog values as shown in Figure 3 1 and Figure 3 3 The analog data is handled in a 2 s complement format Two s complement for conversion purposes consists of a binary code for positive magnitudes represented by a 0 zero in the most significant bit and the 2 s complement of each positive number to represent its negative To convert negative numbers from 2 s complement to binary invert each bit and add one The operation below is an example conversion of a 16 bit word 2 s Complement Binary 1100101101010000 0011010010101111 t 1 0011010010110000 Working in decimal format instead of hexadecimal within the data tables will allow easier calculations when you are working with analog data You can use the data in the and data tables for any math or data function without having to do any conversion or 2 s complement math When using raw data in any math calculations you would usually use double precision math You can find corresponding d
8. ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 7 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly 1 9 1C693ACC332 Use with IC693MDL940 45589 000000001070 20 0 2 10 mm AWG 14 Width j 128 mm 5 04 gt Height all blocks 57 mm 2 25 Depth all blocks 45 mm 1 7716 0000000 9 9 9 TERMINAL A e Page C 8 The terminal block provides a second wire connection point The common row is electrically isolated from the other connection points If used for common connection a jumper must be added between the common row and the module common Refer to Chapter 2 for required wiring connections Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly 1 10 IC693ACC333 Use with IC693MDL340 245590 222000000000 122020000000 Maximum wire size 20 2 220 220 Q0 2 2 per terminal one 2 10 mm AWG 14 Width 4 117 86 mm 4 64 gt Height all
9. 3 72 4 62 Wiring Information 2 22 3 73 Analog Current Voltage Output 8 Channel 693 6392 3 75 4 7 1 Current Voltage Ranges and Output 3 76 4 7 1 1 Current Operation 3 76 ATEZ Voltage Operation o ges 3 77 4 7 1 3 CPU Interface to 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output Module 3 78 4 7 1 4 Status Reportng eval 3 78 4 7 1 5 Power Requirements and LEDs 3 79 4 7 1 6 Location in 3 79 ATAT Refetences Used 3 80 4 7 1 8 Derating Curves for the 8 Channel Analog Output Module 3 82 47 22 p mese t ce ene 3 83 4 7 2 1 Configuration Using Alspa 8 25 35 05 or P80 3 84 4 7 2 2 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer 3 88 4 7 3 Wiring Connections 3 94 4 7 3 1 Terminal Assignments 3 94 4 7 3 2 Analog Current Voltage Output Block
10. 5 OR 10 SLOT 5 OR 10 SLOT BASEPLATE BASEPLATE Figure 1 2 Example of PCIF 35 Interface to Alspa C80 35 I O System Supply Power Voltage Current Watchdog Relay Initial Resistance Maximum Switching Power Maximum Switching Voltage Maximum Switching Current Maximum Carrying Current UL CSA Ratings Minimum Operations Mechanical Minimum Operations Electrical Environmental Operating Temperature Storage Temperature Humidity 4 75 to 5 25 VDC 230 mA maximum 0 05 ohms 60 Watts 62 5 VA 220 VDC 250 VAC 2 Amps 3 Amps 125 VAC at 0 3 Amps 110 VDC at 0 3 Amps 30 VDC at 1 0 Amp 100 000 000 500 000 30 VDC at 1 0A resistive 100 000 30 VDC at 2 0A resistive 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 40 to 85 40 to 185 F 5 to 95 non condensing Table 1 1 Specifications for Personal Computer Interface Card ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 7 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 3 ALSPA 80 35 BASEPLATES AND POWER SUPPLIES The following is a list of Alspa C80 35 baseplates and power supplies that can be used in an Alspa 80 35 system controlled by a Personal Computer Table 1 2 Alspa 80 35 Baseplates and Power Supplies 3 1 Expansion Baseplates Alspa 80 35 expansion baseplates are available in two versions a 5 slot IC693CHS398 and 10 slot 1 693 5392 Expansion basepla
11. 3 de 3 ves 3 en ge 8 vem 8 veg 3 Current Common User 24 Volt Return Table 3 22 Terminal Pin Assignments for IC693ALG392 Page 3 94 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 4 7 3 2 Analog Current Voltage Output Block Diagram Analog Module Specifications The following figure is a block diagram of the 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output Module LEDs 4 4 55 BACKPLANE INTERFACE VLSI Alspa C80 35 PLC BACKPLANE ISOLATION 4 SUPERVISOR REFERENCH v v 347037 24Vin a D A CURRENT DRIVER OUTPUT RANGE SELECT Figure 3 46 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output Module Block Diagram ALS 52118 IC693ALG392 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 95 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 7 3 3 Field Wiring Information The following figure provides information for connecting field wiring to the user terminal board on the 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output Module TERMINALS 347038 FIELD WIRING FIELD WIRI
12. 45030 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD STRING No ALO 3 OL aor 5 OL Os 7 o9 ome SON 0 27 mf 2 e N e BL A 400K 3 N 1K o HON B3 ta 09 lt is oO EE 1 e 20 NC Figure 2 1 Field Wiring 120 Volt AC Isolated Input Module IC693MDL230 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 9 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 2 240 Volt AC Isolated Input 8 Point IC693MDL231 The 240 volt AC Isolated Input module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 isolated input points each with a common power input terminal The input circuits are reactive resistor capacitor inputs Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied input devices such as pushbuttons limit switches and electronic proximity switches Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user This module requires an AC power source it cannot be used with a DC power source LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has a horizontal row with eight green LEDs labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has cir
13. 3 24 4 2 2 Field Wiring Information 2 22 3 25 Analog Voltage Input 16 Channel 693 16222 3 26 4 3 1 Voltage Ranges and Input Modes 3 26 4 32 Power Requirements and 3 26 4 3 3 Location ie System o ose SR Rp De WEB Io Rd ee 3 27 434 References Used ir e ae 3 27 4 3 5 CPU Interface to the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input 3 29 4 3 6 Placement of A D Bits within the Data 3 29 439 Configuration 3 31 4 3 7 1 Configuration Using Alspa 8 25 35 05 Software 3 32 4 3 7 2 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer 3 36 4 3 8 Field Wiring Connections 3 41 4 3 8 1 Terminal Assignments 3 41 4 3 8 2 Analog Voltage Input Block Diagram 3 42 4 3 8 3 Field Wiring Information 3 43 Analog Current Input 16 Channel 693 0223 3 45 Current RANGES e eoe e Reel ore aed cere CR t i
14. 3 95 4 7 3 3 Field Wiring Information 3 96 Alspa C80 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Contents 4 8 Analog Current Voltage Combination Module 4 Input 2 Output Channels 1 69 2 eer e Ros D e E SIR Aute upheld 3 97 4 81 Input Modes and Current Voltage 3 98 48 1 1 Current Operation 3 98 4 8 1 2 Voltage 3 99 4 8 2 Output Modes and Current Voltage 3 100 4 8 2 1 Current Operation 3 100 4 8 2 2 Voltage 3 101 4 8 2 3 CPU Interface to the Analog Combo 3 101 4 8 2 4 Status 1 3 101 4 8 2 5 Power Requirements and LEDs 3 102 4 8 2 6 Location in System hh 3 102 4 8 2 7 References Used onu Ir debes 3 103 48 5 Configuration i zie zd dy Gebet lepus Mee So psp POETAE 3 106 4 8 3 1 Configuration Using Alspa P8 25 35 05 or P80 3 107 4 8 3 2 Other Configurati
15. 3 118 Alspa 80 35 PLC Module Specifications 0001 5 T0002 R 0004 5 ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 8 3 5 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer You can also configure the 4 Channel Input 2 Channel Output Analog Current Voltage module using the Alspa 80 35 Hand Held Programmer In addition to the information in this paragraph refer to the ALS 52202 Hand Held Programmer for Alspa C80 35 80 25 and 80 05 PLCs User s Manual for more information on configuration of Intelligent I O modules Although you can change the number of actively scanned channels with the Alspa 8 25 35 05 configurator function the Hand Held Programmer does not support editing the number of actively scanned channels If the 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module is initialized by a Hand Held Programmer the number of actively scanned channels is 8 If a module had been previously configured with Alspa 8 25 35 05 software and the number of actively scanned channels has been changed from 8 that number will be displayed on the bottom line of the Hand Held Programmer display following the AQ entry You can edit data with the Hand Held Programmer only for the active channels but you can not change the number of actively scanned channels Module Present If a module is physically present in a system it can be added to the system s configuration by rea
16. 1 21 Figure 1 14 Current Remote baseplate IC693CHS393 399 Custom Y Cable Wiring Diagram 1 22 Figure 1 15 Point To Point Cable Wiring Diagram for Requiring Less Noise Immunity Applications 1 23 Figure 1 16 Standard AC DC Input Power Supply IC693PWR324 1 25 Figure 1 17 Interconnection of Power Supplies 1 26 Figure 1 18 Overvoltage Protection Devices and Jumper 5 1 28 Figure 1 19 High Capacity AC DC Input Power Supply CE693PWR330 1 29 Figure 1 20 Interconnection of Power Supplies 1 30 Figure 1 21 Overvoltage Protection Devices and Jumper Strap 1 31 Figure 1 22 Alspa 80 35 DC Input Power Supply IC693PWR325 1 33 Figure 1 23 Interconnection of Power Supplies 1 34 Figure 1 24 Typical Efficiency Curve for 24 48 VDC Power Supply 1 35 Figure 1 25 Alspa 80 35 DC Input High Capacity Power Supply CE6903PWR331 1 36 Figure 1 26 Interconnection of Power Supplies 1 37 Figure 1 27 5 VDC Current Output Derating for Temperatures above 50 122
17. 2 12 Specifications for 69 241 2 14 Specifications for 69 632 2 16 Specifications for 1 69 634 2 18 Specifications for 69 645 2 20 Specifications for 69 646 2 22 Specifications for 69 100 2 24 Specifications for 6 101 2 26 Specifications for 69 102 2 28 Specifications for 6 103 2 30 Specifications for 69 00 2 32 Specifications for 693 310 2 34 Specifications for 693 1 330 2 36 Specifications for 693 1 340 2 38 Specifications for 693 1 390 2 40 Specifications for 693 730 2 42 Specifications for 69 731 2 44 Specifications for 693 7
18. 6 CH8 mo 9 CHII G o_ CH13 15 15 12 I 14 L 9 r CHI6 4 9 GND NOT CONNECTED OPTIONAL SHIELD CONNECTION Figure 3 23 Field Wiring for 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module IC693ALG222 Single Ended Mode ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 43 Analog I O Module Specifications TERMINALS 247018 FIELD WIRING FIELD WIRING ore E amp d T CH1 G 4 1 _ 5 CH2 _ gee ONSE di e 7 _ EGIN 0 D s 2 _ CH6 13 b LO 1 4 5 gt Ga cus 197 Sie GND CONNECTED OPTIONAL CONNECTIONS Figure 3 24 Field Wiring for 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module IC693ALG222 Differential Mode Page 3 44 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 4 Analog Current Input 16 Channel IC693AL G223 The 16 Channel Analog Curren
19. m 5 BACK UP BATTERY CI Figure 1 25 Alspa 80 35 DC Input High Capacity Power Supply CE693PWR331 Page 1 36 Alspa 80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 4 4 1 Output Voltage Connections to Backplane The following figure illustrates how these three output voltages are connected internally to the backplane on the baseplate The voltage and power required by modules installed on the baseplate is available on the baseplate connectors POWER SUPPLY BACKPLANE 124V zi 2 42 gt 1 IGND gt R24V e e O d RGND gt SINGLE POINT CONNECTION 5 s PSV i DC 5 LGND gt 2 POINT CONNECTION FGND m 777 USE COMMENTS 243043 USED INTERNALLY ON ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT and DC INPUT MODULES ALSO AVAILABLE ON EXTERNAL TERMINALS ON DC INPUT MODULES AND ON FRONT OF POWER SUPPLY FOR USER APPLICATIONS USED INTERNALLY ON RELAY OUTPUTS USED INTERNALLY ON CPU INPUTS OUTPUTS ETC EXTERNAL CONNECTION TO EARTH GROUND Figure 1 26 Interconnection of Power Supplies ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 37 Nominal Rated Voltage Input Voltage Range Start Run Input Power Inrush Current Output Power Output Voltage Protective Limits Overvoltage Overcurrent
20. SONNECTOR ARow 12 321 Each wire pair has a solid color wire that same color wire with a black tracer For example Pair 1 has a solid brown wire paired with a brown wire with a black tracer 5 2 2 Connector Depth The following illustration shows the depth of the connector on this cable The depth of the cabinet that the PLC is mounted in should allow for the depth added by this connector 247115 59 9 Figure B 5 Dimension for Depth of Connector ALS 52118 Alspa 80 35 PLC Module Specifications Page 9 Data Sheets for I O Cables 6 IC693CBL321 322 323 FACEPLATE TO TERMINAL BLOCK 24 PIN 6 1 Function of cable These cables are used with I O modules that have a 20 pin terminal block on the module to allow easier and faster wiring to interposing terminal blocks Each cable has a 24 pin female connector on both ends Each cable provides a connection from the module to a connector mounted on a terminal block assembly These cables are wired pin to pin that is pin Al to pin Al pin A2 to pin A2 etc An I O faceplate assembly catalog number IC693ACC334 is required which snaps onto the module in place of the 20 pin terminal block assembly Five different terminal blocks are available to allow a variety of I O modules to use this accessory see Appendix C 6 2 Cable Specifications
21. oile _ Gp A269 22 SS S LIU T o A3 pams ot eV Em cr A S 4 j EAV 9 2 0 1 mf OPTICAL COUPLER NA Tee win el y 5 6K 6 6 666600600000 Figure 2 7 Field Wiring 125 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input Module IC693MDL 632 244960 8 145V SUPPLY 6 150 SUPPLY NUMBER OF INPUTS 4 4 INPUTS ON ON 2 2 INPUTS ON 45 C 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 8 Input Points vs Temperature for IC693MDL 632 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 17 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 6 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 8 Point IC693MDL 634 The 24 volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 input points in one group with a common power input terminal This input module is designed to have either positive logic or negative logic characteristics Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied input devices such as pushbuttons limit switches and electronic proximity switches Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table I Power to operate the field devices can be supplied by the user or an Isolated 24 VDC supply on the power supply 24V OUT and
22. 3 3 11 Differential Inputs s E ee 3 3 120 Outputs ac Says the eee Mute aree E tod Rr Ba oro 3 4 1 3 CPU Interface to Analog Modules 3 5 1 4 Placement of A D and D A Bits within the Data 3 7 1 5 Stair Step Effect of Output 3 8 5 De E mee bae A La eh 3 9 2 PERFORMANCE MEASURMENTS 3 10 2 1 Field voies os hy at Gag a opis po bee 3 10 2 2 Shielding for Analog Input 3 10 2 3 Shielding for Analog Output Modules 3 11 3 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ANALOG MODULES PER SYSTEM 3 13 4 ANALOG I O MODULE SPECIFICATIONS 3 15 4 1 Analog Voltage Input 4 Channel 693 16220 3 16 4 1 1 Analog Voltage Input Block Diagram 3 19 4 1 2 Field Wiring Information 2 3 20 ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 13 Contents 4 2 4 3 4 4 4 5 4 6 4 7 14 Analog Current Input 4 Channel 1 69 221 3 21 4 2 1 Analog Current Input Block Diagram
23. 44659 8 DA decimal BITS deci mal 0 7 0 4 20 0 0 CURRENT mA CURRENT mA 4 to 20mA RANGE 0 to 20mA RANGE Figure 3 34 A D Bits vs Current Output Figure 3 35 A D Bits vs Current Output 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA If the module is sent negative data it outputs the low end of the current range that is 4 mA for the 4 to 20 mA range If a value which is out of range is entered that is greater than 32767 the software does not accept the value This module provides two output ranges The default range is 4 to 20 mA with user data scaled so that a count of 0 corresponds to 4 mA and a count of 32000 corresponds to 20 mA with each 1000 counts representing 0 5 mA When a RANGE jumper either RANGE or RANGE2 is added to the I O terminal board the output range is 0 to 20 mA with user data scaled so that a count of 0 corresponds to 0 mA and a count of 32000 corresponds to 20 mA with each 800 counts representing 0 5 mA The range of each output can be programmed individually The module provides a full 12 bits of resolution in either range Scaling of the output is as shown in Figure 3 36 and Figure 3 37 Page 3 68 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications a44683 a44684 32000 4 32000 decimal decimal 0 T 0 T 0 4 20 0 20 CURRENT mA CURRENT mA 4 to 20mA RANGE 0 to 20mA RANGE Figure 3 36 Scaling for Current
24. o o 12 12 an FUJITSU CONNECTOR PINS A1 A12 B12 INTERNALLY GENERATED 5V SUPPLY MAY BE USED IN PLACE OF AN EXTERNAL USER SUPPLY Figure 2 58 Field Wiring 5 12 Volt DC TTL Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input Module IC693MDL654 Page 2 82 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 8 5 12V SUPPLY 45136 lt 15V SUPPLY NUMBEROF 6 INPUTS GROUP ON 4 M 4 INPUTS PER GROUP ON 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 59 Input Points vs Temperature for IC693MDL 654 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 83 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING WORK SHEET FOR IC693MDL654 The following table is provided for the convenience of our customers as an aid to wiring 32 point I O modules that have 24 pin connectors using cable IC693CBL315 It includes all of the required wiring information in one table This table has the following information connector pin number cable pair number wire color code module point number Al to A12 and B1 to B12 pair 1 to pair 12 base color or base color with tracer color Al A8 B1 B8 C1 C8 DI D8 voltage and common points Columns are also provided for circuit references and customer wire numbers Please copy and use the work sheets on this and the follow
25. a eee yee 75 Y SES HIR o9 16 x e i DIODT o 1 00 1 DIODT 17 m 17 DIODT 0 gt 00 DIOCLK 24 I 9 E 24 DIOCLK 09 CABLE 9 PIOCLK 25 m 25 00 00 DRSEL 20 1 20 DRSEL 99 DOWNSTREAM o DRSEL 21 a 21 DRSEL I gt o REMOTE 00 DRPERR 12 EI 12 DRPERR 0 EXPANSION OR 09 DRPERR 13 e 13 DRPERR 0 BASEPLATE 5 DRMRUN 8 L1 ET 8 DRMRUN 5 0 CONNECTOR TERMINATION gt o9 DRMRUN 9 e EET 9 DRMRUN o PLUG 09 DPFRAME 2 ND x 2 DPFRAME l o gt DPFRAME 3 r5 a 3 DPFRAME o s 99 Fg Fg 0 gt ov 7 7 ov 00 l Nc e Xl 20 00 FGND 1 P dg 1 FGND 22 Ne emu 25 PIN 25 PIN Eu MALE FEMALE Metallized Shell Metallized Shell X Metallized Shell SHIELD DRAIN WIRE CUT PIN HERE IN SHIELD DRAIN WIRE X NOT CONNECTED FACTORY MADE Y CABLES B SSS 16 f o 17 DIODT 96 24 I 1105 ooa 00 20 DRSEL o Cela lors 0 L4 12 DRPERR 0 CABLE 1 4 13 DRPERR 1 FROM L1 DRMRUN 1 10 4 9 DRMRUN 2 DPFRAME 90
26. 089062 5558 GFK 0868 455304 ozon 415954 GFK 0870 ALS3234 GEK I7I 25355 25553 03 25525 550 0050 4 WE WELCOME YOUR COMMENTS AND SUGGESTIONS ALSTOM strives to produce quality technical documentation Please take the time to fill in and return the Reader s Comments page if you have any remarks or suggestions ALS 52118 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications Page 7 Preface Page 8 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Reader s comments ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Your main job is System designer L Distributor Maintenance System integrator Operator Installer If you would like a personal reply please fill your name and address below Programmer Other specify below COMPANY hoa ede epo ES NAME Er qur ede oq ADDRESS ect Send this form directly to your ALSTOM sales representative or to this address ALSTOM Technology Technical Documentation Department TDD 5 avenue Newton BP 215 92142 Clamart Cedex France Fax 33 0 1 46 29 12 44 comments will be considered by qualified personnel REMARKS Continue on back if necessary ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 9 Reader s comments Page 10 Alspa C80 5
27. 4 4 2 2 Isolated 24 VDC Supply 4 4 3 Calculating Input Power Requirements for DC Input Power Supply 4 4 4 Status Indicators on Power Supply All ALS 52118 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications Contents Page 11 Contents 4 5 Overcurrent Protection All 1 40 4 6 CPU Serial Port Connector on Power Supply All 1 41 4 7 Backup Battery for RAM Memory All Supplies 1 42 4 8 Battery Accessory Kis cei sob RE brew aids TRE PS 1 43 5 MODULE INSTALLATION AND 1 44 5 1 Installation and Removal of I O Modules 1 44 5 1 1 Insertinga Module 22 1 44 5 12 Remoyinga Module 2 eta bere 1 45 3 2 Witing to Modules Pesos 1 46 5 2 1 Connections to Detachable Terminal Boards 1 46 5 22 Connections to High Density I O Modules 1 46 5 23 Installing a Terminal Board 1 46 5 24 Removing a Terminal Board 1 48 5 25 TemunalBoard POslS i vire rere ae
28. OUT terminals can power a limited number of inputs LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 is used by this module An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 24 volts DC Input Voltage Range 0 to 30 volts DC Inputs per Module 8 one group with a single common Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side Input Current 7 mA typical at rated voltage Input Characteristics On state Voltage 11 5 to 30 volts DC Off state Voltage 0 to 5 volts DC On state Current 3 2 mA minimum Off state Current 1 1 mA maximum On response Time 7 ms typical Off response Time 7 ms typical Power Consumption 5V 45 mA all inputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Power Consumption 24V 62 mA from the Isolated 24 volt backplane bus or from user supplied power Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 9
29. 2 22 3 9 48 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input FAST 16 Point CF693MDL100 2 24 3 10 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 16 Point CF693MDL101 2 26 3 11 48 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 16 Point 69 02 2 28 3 12 110 125 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 16 Point CF693MDL103 2 30 3 13 Input Simulator 8 16 Point 69 00 2 32 3 14 120 Volt AC Output 0 5 Amp 12 Point IC693MDL310 2 34 3 15 120 240 Volt AC Output 2 Amp 8 Point 693 330 2 36 3 16 120 Volt AC Output 0 5 Amp 16 Point IC693MDL340 2 38 3 17 120 240 Volt AC Isolated Output 2 Amp 5 Point IC693MDL390 2 40 Page 12 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Contents 3 18 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic Output 2 Amp 8 Point IC693MDL730 2 42 3 19 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic Output 2 Amp 8 Point IC693MDL 731 2 44 3 20 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic Output 0 5 Amp 8 Point IC693MDL732 2 46 3 21 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic 0 5 Amp Output 8 Point IC693MDL733 2 48 3 22 125 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic 1 Amp Output 6 Point IC693MDL734 2 50 3 23 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic Output 0 5 Amp 16 Point IC693MDL 740 2 52 3 24 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic 0 5 Amp Output 16 Point IC693MDL741 2 54 3 25 12
30. Figure 2 47 Load Current vs Temperature for IC693MDL742 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 57 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 26 Isolated Relay Output N O 4 Amp 8 Point IC693MDL930 The 4 Amp Isolated Relay Output module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 normally open relay circuits for controlling output loads provided by the user The output switching capacity of each circuit is 4 amps Each output point is isolated from the other points and each point has a separate common power output terminal The relay outputs can control a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators The user must supply the AC or DC power to operate the field devices connected to this module There are no fuses on this module LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module The LEDs are arranged in two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row This module uses the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 the bottom row is not used An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module c
31. m m gt DIODT 16 c e a 16 DIODT 2 100 mr 00 DIODT 17 17 DIODT 00 00 1 DIOCLK 24 EX e Cra 24 DIOCLK 00 CABLE 00 DIOCLK 25 25 DIOCLK 0 TO F 00 DRSEL 20 e SET 20 DRSEL 2 10 DOWNSTREAM 00 DRSEL 21 e 11 21 DRSEL o Remote 00 DRPERR 12 ie XT 12 DRPERR 0 EXPANSION OR 00 DRPERR 13 13 DRPERR o BASEPLATE 09 DRMRUN 8 X 8 DRMRUN gt 00 CONNECTOR TERMINATION o9 DRMRUN 9 A 9 DRMRUN 1 o PLUG 02 DPFRAME 2 LEX 2 DPFRAME o gt DPFRAME 3 3 DPFRAME 50 100 Fd 11 IR il 0 00 7 7 ov I 09 0 EE 0 00 e I 09 gt 0 FGND 1 1 FGND 0 bee ae oe oe oe 4 eee eo a 1 J 25 25 25 25 MALE FEMALE MALE FEMALE Metallized Shell Metallized Shell x Metallized Shell Metallized Shell SHIELD DRAIN WIRE SHIELDDRAINWIRE X FOR REMOTE BASEPLATES IC693CHS393F IC693CHS399E AND LATER REVISIONS OF EACH 6 I 17 DIODT 0 S 24 IE nn z 20 DRSEL I 21 dE 00 L 12 DRPERR un CA
32. DC Input Power Supply Capacities for Alspa C80 35 Baseplates 247945 PWR 1C693PWR325 15 SYSTEME ALSTOM o BUN STATUS Alspa 80 35 0 INDICATORS O BATT 30W POWER SUPPLY PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER CONNECTIONS ANPUT FOR 24 48VDC SOWATT rO DC POWER SOURCE lt INTERNAL POWER SOURCE FOR MODULES REQUIRING n 24 VDC OUTPUT E 6 108 MAX RS 485 COMPATIBLE SERIAL PORT LITHIUM BACK UP BATTERY ef CONNECTORS Figure 1 22 Alspa 80 35 DC Input Power Supply 1693PWR325 4 3 1 Output Voltage Connections to Backplane The following figure illustrates how these three output voltages are connected internally to the backplane on the baseplate The voltage and power required by modules installed on the baseplate is available on the baseplate connectors ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 33 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System POWER SUPPLY BACKPLANE 124V gt gt T IGND R24V 12 gt RGND gt SINGLE POINT CONNECTION pc lo P5V DC it LGND 2 POINT CONNECTION FGND Nominal Rated Voltage Input Voltage Rang
33. Holdup Time Standards Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 24 VDC 18 to 30 VDC 12 to 30 VDC 50 watts maximum at full load 30 watts maximum 5 VDC 15 watts maximum 24 VDC Relay 20 watts maximum 24 VDC Isolated 30 watts maximum total all three outputs 5 VDC 5 0 VDC to 5 2 VDC 5 1 VDC nominal Relay 24 VDC 192 to 28 8 VDC Isolated 24 VDC 19 2 VDC to 28 8 VDC 5 VDC output 6 4 to 7 V 5 VDC output 7 maximum 10 ms minimum Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Dependent on installation and power supply impedance characteristics Derate per Figure 1 27 at ambient temperatures above 50 C 122 F Table 1 13 Specifications for 24VDC Input High Capacity Power Supply 6 1 6 0 e e e e 5 87 5 67 5 47 5 24 BC i RENT 48 46 44 421 e 0 10 20 30 40 50 55 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 1 27 5 VDC Current Output Derating for Temperatures above 50 122 F Page 1 38 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 4 4 2 Field Wiring Connections to DC Input High Capacity Power Supply 4 4 2 1 DC Power Source Connections The and wires from the 24 VDC power source connect to the top two protected terminals on the terminal connector 4 4 2 2 Isolated 24 VDC Supply The bottom two connections provide terminals
34. no range jumper 2 to 10 V with external resistor 0 to 20 mA 0to5V range jumper present 0 to 10 V with external resistor Table 3 18 Range Settings vs Voltage Outputs ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 69 Analog I O Module Specifications The primary power source for the module is the isolated 24 VDC power supplied by the PLC power supply Two terminals are also provided on the module s I O terminal board for user supplied 24 volts This allows you to provide a standby power supply so that the outputs can continue to hold their value if the internal supply is lost and Hold Last State is selected You may also want to supply the module voltage to reduce the load on the PLC isolated 24 VDC power supply The user supply will be used when the applied voltage is higher than the isolated 24 VDC supply which can range from 21 5 volts to 26 5 volts An internal voltage source of about 24V is generated in the module to drive the current loop outputs The current loop drivers on the module are source type drivers This means that a positive current flows out of the current loop outputs so that the user s loads can be returned to common A resistor is placed in series with the common return to limit ground loop currents To minimize the capacitive loading and noise all field connections to the module should be wired using a good grade of twisted shielded instrumentation cable The shields should be connected
35. 00001 or next highest available n a type range address 1 Address Starting address for I reference type standard 26100001 or next highest available crm address STOP MODE Output state when module toggled NEN or HOLD from RUN to STOP mode DEFLOW Range Type of Output Range Displayed under Stop Mode Table 3 21 Configuration Parameters for IC693ALG392 For more information on configuration see Configuration Using Alspa P8 or Alspa P80 Programming Software beginning on page 3 84 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer beginning on page 3 88 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 83 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 7 2 1 Configuration Using Alspa 8 25 35 05 or P80 Software This paragraph describes how to configure the 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module using the configurator function in Alspa 8 25 35 05 Programming Software Configuration can also be done using Alspa P80 Programming Software For details refer to the Alspa P80 online help To configure an 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output Module on the I O Configuration Rack screen 1 Move the cursor to the desired rack and slot location The slot may be either unconfigured or previously configured 2 Press the m35 io key F1 You will then see a screen similar to the following NN gt KELM out mix g
36. 10 VOLTAGE V Figure 3 11 Scaling for Voltage Input A limited current input mode is also provided in the module A jumper is provided on the user terminal connector for each channel which may be used to connect the internal 250 ohm shunt resistor into the circuit The shunt resistor effectively provides 40 to 40 mA current input range However the input current should generally not exceed 20 mA to avoid self heating of the input resistor and a corresponding loss of accuracy A 4 to 20 mA input corresponds to a 1 to 5 volt input to the voltage input module therefore the resolution of the 4 to 20 mA input signal is approximately 10 bits binary 1 part in 1024 The resolution can be increased to approximately 11 bits 1 part in 2048 by using a precision 250 ohm resistor in place of the jumper The resistor causes the voltage input module to see a 4 to 20 mA input as 2 to 10 volts The main power source for the module is derived from the isolated 24 VDC power supplied by the PLC power supply This voltage is routed through an inverter regulator to produce the operating voltages for the module This module also consumes 27 from the 5 VDC output of the PLC power supply An LED at the top of the module s faceplate is ON when the module s power supply is operating The module provides electrical isolation of externally generated noise between the field wiring and the backplane through optical isolation To minimize the capacitive loadi
37. 3 DPFRAME 90 pog I lo ra 7 0 NEL NC um 1 1 1 FGND 0 gt 0 25 25 Metallized Shell Metallized Shell NOTE Bold dashed line shows continuous 100 shielding when metallized shell connectors are plugged together Figure 1 13 Earlier Revisions of Remote baseplate IC693CHS393 399 Custom Y Cable Wiring Diagram ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 21 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System TWISTED SHIELDED 247087 PAIRS PIN 00 DIODT 16 1 X I 16 DIODT 9 00 Diopr 17 L eL 17 00 gt 00 DIOCLK 24 I 9 NT 24 DIOCLK 09 CABLE 9 PIOCLK 25 I NE 25 DIOCLK gt 0 TO F 9 DRSEL 20 I X 20 DRSEL 99 DOWNSTREAM gt 0 DRSEL 21 a 21 DRSEL I gt 5 0 REMOTE 00 DRPERR 12 EI 12 DRPERR 0 EXPANSION 00 DRPERR 13 D 13 DRPERR EZ 9 BASEPLATE 5 DRMRUN 8 rex ET 8 DRMRUN 5 0 CONNECTOR TERMINATIO
38. Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 6 MECHANICAL SPARE PARTS KITS Two spare parts kits IC693ACC319 and IC693ACC320 are available that provide mechanical spare parts for I O CPU PCM power supply and other special module assemblies These kits provide the parts that allow you to replace mechanical parts such as the module levers or module doors that may accidentally break A description of the contents of each of the kits is provided in the following table IC693ACC319 qty 10 I O CPU PCM case lever Spare parts kit for I O CPU and PCM qty 10 Spring pins cap modules qty 2 module front cover qty 2 PCM lens qty 2 CPU module case IC693AC C320 2 Power supply lever Spare parts kit for power supplies qty 2 Spring pin for power supply lever qty 2 Spring for power supply lever qty 2 Power supply lens cap qty 2 Power supply terminal cover Table 1 14 Mechanical Spare Parts Kits Page 1 50 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Chapter Discrete I O Module Specifications 2 This chapter contains specifications and wiring information for Alspa 80 35 Discrete I O modules Modules listed by module type Input Output mixed Input Output and High Density Table 2 1 is an aid to locating I O module specifications and wiring information in this chapter Table 2 2 lists fuses on applicable output modules and the power supply Table 2 3 lists
39. above or equal to limit 261 38 Channel No 16 ALARM LO 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 1 39 Channel No 16 ALARM HI 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit Range Select the range Choices 0 to 10V or 10 to 10V In the 0 to 10V default range input voltage values ranging from 0 to 10V report 0 to 32 000 integer values to the CPU In the 10 to 10V range input voltage values ranging from 10 to 10V report 32 000 to 32 000 integer values to the CPU Alarm Low Enter a value that causes an alarm low indication to be passed to the PLC Each channel has a low limit alarm value ALARM LO which causes I points to be set Values Entered without a sign are assumed to be positive Value checking should be done to determine if the alarm low values are allowed for the appropriate range The values allowed are Oto 10V Range 0 to 32760 e 10to 10V Range 32767 to 32752 Alarm High Enter a value that causes an alarm high indication to be passed to the PLC Each channel has a high limit alarm value ALARM which causes I points to be set Values Entered without sign are assumed to be positive Value checking should be done to determine if the alarm high values are allowed for the appropriate range The values allowed are Oto 10 Range 0 to 32760 e 10to 10V Range 32767 to 32752 Default selection Table 3 11 Parameter Descriptions for Configuration continued 6 Pre
40. 1 41 temperature 1 12 Power supply capacities DC supply 1 33 high capacity AC DC supply 1 29 high capacity DC supply 1 36 Power supply load capacity 2 3 Power supply output voltages 1 37 Index 8 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Power supply specifications DC supply 1 34 high capacity ac dc supply 1 30 high capacity dc supply 1 38 Prewired I O expansion cables 1 16 Protection devices overvoltage 1 27 Q Quick connect terminal block C 1 R Rack number configuration example of 1 14 Rack number DIP switch 1 14 RAM memory backup battery 1 42 Ramp mode error handling 3 114 selecting 3 113 setting 3 113 References analog combo 3 103 Relay module input output 120 VAC input n o relay output 2 71 24 VDC input n o relay output 2 74 Relay module output 2 amp n o 2 68 4 amp isolated n o 2 58 8 amp isolated n c and form c 2 61 Remote baseplate example of 1 10 Remote cables building 1 16 Remote expansion system Y cable wiring diagram earlier version base plate 5 connector cable requirements 1 17 example of using Y cables B 6 example of using wye cables 1 22 example point to point wiring applications requi ring less noise immunity 1 23 4 Remote expansion system connections 1 14 Removing a terminal board 1 48 Removing an I O module 1 45 Routing field wiring 1 49 RS 485 compatible serial port 1 4
41. 1 LSB 5 uA 5 uA 1 LSB 5 uA 5 uA 1 LSB 5 uA 0 25 of full scale at 25 C 77 F 0 5 of full scale over specified operating temperature range lt 1 LSB 200V maximum gt 70 dB at DC gt 70 dB at 60 Hz gt 80 dB from DC to 1 kHz 250 Q 29 Hz 0 to 10V unipolar 10 to 10V bipolar 2 5 mV 1 LSB 22 5 mV 5 mV 1 LSB 5 mV 0 25 of full scale at 25 C 77 F 0 5 of full scale over specified operating temperature range lt 1 LSB 200V maximum 1 In the presence of severe RF interference IEC 801 3 10V m accuracy may be degraded to 4 FS 2 In the presence of severe RF interference IEC 801 3 10V m accuracy may be degraded to 2 FS Table 3 23 Specifications for IC693ALG442 continued Page 3 104 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications Common Mode Rejection gt 70 dB at DC gt 70 dB at 60 Hz Cross Channel Rejection gt 80 dB from DC to 1 kHz Input Impedance 800K typical Input Filter Response 29 Hz Power Requirements External Supply Voltage Range 20 to 30 VDC 24 VDC typical Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR Current 5 typical 101LA V maximum Voltage 25 mV V typical 5 maximum Voltage Ripple 1096 Current Consumption From Internal 5 Supply 95 mA from internal 5 supply From External User Supply 129 mA PSSR is measured by varying Vusgr from 24V to 30V Table
42. 16 ALARM HI 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit default 4 to 20mA range except that negative values are reported when the input current drops below 4mA In this mode if is input the value reported to the PLC is 8 000 Alarm Low Enter a value that causes an alarm low indication to be passed to the PLC Each channel has a low limit alarm value ALARM LO which causes 1 points to be set Values Entered without a sign are assumed to be positive Value checking should be done to determine if the alarm low values are allowed for the appropriate range The values allowed are 4to20mA Range 0 to 32759 20 Range 0 to 32759 4to 20mA Range 8000 to 32759 Alarm High Enter a value that causes an alarm high indication to be passed to the PLC Each channel has a high limit alarm value ALARM which causes I points to be set Values Entered without a sign are assumed to be positive Value checking should be done to determine if the alarm high values are allowed for the appropriate range The values allowed are 4to20mA Range 1 to 32760 20 Range 1 to 32760 4to20mA Range 7999 to 32760 Default selection Table 3 15 Parameter Descriptions for Configuration continued 6 Press Rack Shift F1 or the Escape key to return to the rack display ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 53 Anal
43. 4 5 10 5 ses 5 B6 N C Pin 1 Pin BI N C ERAS B7 N C hsc A7 N C 11 4 B8 12 ss 8 13 55 42 9 9 154555 B10 16250 10 B11 18 555 gt 12 Pin 12 19 66 x04 12 20 1 AS 12 Connector Pin Orientation Refer to Chapter 2 for each module Each of the Terminal Block Quick Connector assemblies are detailed on the following pages Page 4 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications 347119 ALS 52118 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly 1 6 IC693ACC329 Use with IC693MDL240 IC693MDL645 IC693MDL646 a45586 2202000202000000020 Maximum wire size per terminal one 2 10 mm AWG 14 Width H 112 mm 4 44 gt Height all blocks 57 mm 2 25 Depth all blocks 45 mm 1 7716 4 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 O9 9 9 Qo od TERMINAI see Noe bL bL ft b b tetow The terminal block provides second wire connection point The common row is electrically isolated from the other connection points If used for common connection a jumper must be added between the common row and the module comm
44. 48 VDC Pos Neg Logic 16 Point Input 24 VDC Pos Neg 32 Point Input CF693MDL100 48 VDC Pos Neg Logic FAST 16 Point Input a pe x 7 Table 2 3 Load Requirements mA for Discrete I O Modules ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 3 Discrete I O Module Specifications 424 VDC 424 VDC Catalog Description 5 VDC Relay Isolated Number Power IC693ACC300 Input Simulator 8 16 Points Input Simulator 8 16Points Q0 IC693MDL310 120 VAC 0 5A 12 Point Output 20 ELLA IC693MDL330 120 240 VAC 1A 8 Point Output 360 zm 2 4 IC693MDL340 120 VAC 0 5A 16 Point Output IC693MDL390 120 240 Isolated 2A 5 Point Output 10 IC693MDL730 12 24 VDC Positive Logic 2A 8 Point Output IC693MDL731 12 24 VDC Negative Logic 2A 8 Point Output mc e IC693MDL732 12 24 VDC Positive Logic 0 5A 8 Point Output 5 x IC693MDL733 12 24 VDC Negative Logic 0 5A 8 Point Output IC693MDL734 125 VDC Pos Neg Logic 6 Point Output 9 IC693MDL740 12 24 VDC Positive Logic 0 5A 16 Point Output 10 Ea IC693MDL741 12 24 VDC Negative Logic 0 5A 16 Point Output p 10 IC693MDL742 12 24 VDC Pos Logic ESCP 1A 16 Point O
45. C8035 TABLE CONVERTER ISOLATION PROCESSOR CPU 7 9 VLSI 1 O MM 280K LT 233K 5 __ 3300pf v V NOTE CHx AND 1 INDICATE SINGLE ENDED MODE CHx AND CHx INDICATE DIFFERENTIAL MODE Figure 3 20 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module Block Diagram IC693ALG222 4 3 6 Placement of A D Bits within the Data Tables Since converters used in the analog modules are 12 bit converters not all of the 16 bits in the data tables contain data required for the conversion A version of the 12 bits is placed within the 16 bit data word corresponding to the analog point in the AI table The Alspa 80 35 PLC system handles the integration differently for the various analog modules The CPU does not manipulate the data from the input modules before placing it within the word in the data table The bits in the AI data table which were not used in the conversion by the input module are either forced to 0 zero by the analog input module Placement of the 12 data bits from the A D converter for an analog current input data word for the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input module in unipolar range is shown below MSB LSB X Too To eI IT To To ETT X not converted bits ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 29 Analog I O Module Specifications Analog values are scaled over the range of
46. Cable Length 1 IC693CBL321 meter 3 feet IC693CBL322 2 meters 6 feet IC693CBL323 0 5 metert 1 5 feet Cable Type 12 twisted pairs with overall aluminum polyester shield and AWG 24 drain wire 24 Pin Female Connectors Equivalent to Fujitsu FCN 363J024 or equivalent 1 Length of cable is measured from backs of connector shells as shown in figure on next page The connector on the I O faceplate is oriented as shown below with the rows labeled A1 A12 and B1 B12 A1 and B1 are towards top of module faceplate a47116 Top of I O Faceplate Pin B1 in Pin Al O 12 12 Figure B 6 Connector Orientation on I O Faceplate Page B 10 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Data Sheets I O Cables 247117 quj o 55 Al Al oo Bl So 55 5 5 5 lt _ gt 12 99 A12 12099 B12 e Length EE IC693CBL321 meter 3 feet IC693CBL322 2 meters 6 feet IC693CBL323 0 5 meter 1 5 feet Length is measured from backs of connector shells as shown above Figure B 7 I O Faceplate to Terminal Block Cable ALS 52118 Alspa 80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page Data Sheets f
47. Current Input 0 to 20 mA 3 21 Figure 3 16 Scaling for Analog Current Input Module 4 to 20 mA 3 22 Figure 3 17 Scaling for Analog Current Input Module 0020 3 22 Figure 3 18 Analog Current Input Module Block Diagram 69 221 3 24 Figure 3 19 Field Wiring for 4 Channel Analog Current Input Module 3 25 Figure 3 20 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module Block Diagram IC693ALG222 3 29 Figure 3 21 A D Bits vs Voltage Input for 6 222 3 30 Figure 3 22 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module Block Diagram IC693ALG222 3 42 Figure 3 23 Field Wiring for 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module IC693ALG222 Single Ended Mode 3 43 Figure 3 24 Field Wiring for 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module IC693ALG222 Differential Mode gu 3 44 Figure 3 25 16 Channel Analog Current Input Module Block Diagram IC693ALG223 3 48 Figure 3 26 A D Bits vs Current Input for 6 223 3 48 Figure 3 27 16 Channel Analog Current Input Module Block Diagram IC693ALG223 3 60 Figure 3 28 Field Wiring for 16 Channel Analog Current Input Mod
48. Expansion Cables Prewired 1 16 Connector Cable Specifications 1 1 17 Expansion Port Pin Assignments 1 18 Standard AC DC Input Power Supply Capacities for Alspa C80 35 Baseplates 1 25 Specifications for Standard AC DC Input Power 1 27 High Capacity AC DC Input Power Supply Capacities 1 29 Specifications for High Capacity AC DC Input Power Supply 1 30 DC Input Power Supply Capacities for Alspa 80 35 Baseplates 1 33 Specifications for 24 48 VDC Input Power Supply 1 34 High Capacity DC Input Power Supply Capacities 1 36 Specifications for 24VDC Input High Capacity Power Supply 1 38 Mechanical Spare Parts RR RC 1 50 Guide to Page Location for Discrete I O Module Specifications 2 1 ListofPuses ilc bete BAERS CEG ea TERRE PEU See tas E 2 2 Load Requirements mA for Discrete I O Modules 2 3 Specifications for 693 230 2 8 Specifications for 69 231 2 10 Specifications for 69 240
49. Figure 2 52 Field Wiring Safety Isolated Relay Output Module CF693MDL150 2 67 Figure 2 53 Load Current vs Temperature for CF693MDL150 2 67 Figure 2 54 Field Wiring Relay Output 2 Amp Output Module IC693MDL940 2 70 18 Alspa 80 35 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Figures Figure 2 55 Load Current vs Temperature for 693 1940 2 70 Figure 2 56 Field Wiring 120 VAC Input Relay Output Module IC693MAR590 2 73 Figure 2 57 Field Wiring 24 VDC Input Relay Output Module IC693MDR390 2 76 Figure 2 58 Field Wiring 5 12 Volt DC TTL Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input Module IC693MDE 954 ERREUR UU epe UNE HERE 2 82 Figure 2 59 Input Points vs Temperature for 1 693 654 2 83 Figure 2 60 Input Points vs Temperature for 1 694 1655 2 87 Figure 2 61 Field Wiring 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input Module 1C 693 MDLD 6532 zt ounce PERS pan 2 88 Figure 2 62 Field Wiring 5 24 Volt DC TTL Neg Logic 32 Point Output Module IC693MDL752 2 93 Figure 2 63 Examples of Connections to User Loads 2 94 Figure 2 64 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC 0 5A Positive Logic 32 Point Output Modu
50. Input Points vs Temperature for IC693MDL646 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 23 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 9 48 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input FAST 16 Point CF693MDL100 The 48 volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input FAST module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 16 input points in one group with a common power input terminal This input module is designed to have either positive logic or negative logic characteristics Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied input devices Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table 961 Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to 8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system R
51. Power Supply Rejection Ratio PSRR 1 Current Voltage External Power Supply Voltage Ripple Internal Supply Voltage Update Rate Resolution 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 0 to 10 V 10 to 10 V Absolute Accuracy 9 Current Mode Voltage Mode Maximum Compliance Voltage User Load current mode Output Load Capacitance current mode Output Load Inductance current mode Output Loading voltage mode Output load Capacitance Isolation Internal Power Consumption Analog Module Specifications 1 to 8 selectable single ended 4 to 20 mA and 0 to 20 mA 0 to 10 V and 10 to 10 V Factory calibrated to 0 6254 for 0 20 mA 0 5uA for 4 20 mA and 0 3125 mV for voltage per count 24 VDC from user supplied voltage source 20 to 30 VDC 5 Lu A V typical 10 LA V maximum 25 mV V typical 50 mV V maximum 10 maximum 5 VDC from PLC backplane 8 msec approximate all eight channels Determined by I O scan time and is application dependent 0 5 1 LSB 0 5 uA 0 625 1 LSB 0 625 uA 0 3125 mV 1 LSB 0 3125 mV 0 3125 mV 1 LSB 0 3125 mV 0 196 of full scale at 25 C 77 F typical 0 25 of full scale at 25 C 77 F maximum X 0 596 of full scale over operating temperature range maximum X 0 2596 of full scale at 25 C 77 F typical 0 5 of full scale at 25 C 77 F maximum 1 0 of full scale over operating temperature range maximum VUSER 3V min
52. The current source may also be tied to the COM terminal if the source is floating to limit common mode voltages ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 25 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 3 Analog Voltage Input 16 Channel IC693ALG222 The 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input module provides up to 16 single ended or eight differential input channels each capable of converting an analog input signal to a digital value for use as required by your application This module provides two input ranges Oto 10 V unipolar 10 to 10 V bipolar 4 3 1 Voltage Ranges and Input Modes The default input mode and range is single ended unipolar with the user data scaled so that 0 volts corresponds to a count of 0 and 10 volts corresponds to a count of 32000 The other range and mode are selected by changing the configuration parameters using the Alspa P8 or Alspa P80 configurator software or the Hand Held Programmer The range can be configured for bipolar 10 to 10 V where 10 V corresponds to a count of 32000 0 V corresponds to a count of 0 and 10 V corresponds to a count of 32000 High and Low alarm limits are available on all ranges Ranges can be configured on a per channel basis 4 3 2 Power Requirements and LEDs This module consumes a maximum of 112 mA from the 5V bus on the PLC backplane It also requires a maximum of 41 mA from the backplane Isolated 24 Volt DC supply to power the on bo
53. Voltages from user devices may be present on a module s screw terminals even though power to the rack is turned off Care must be taken any time you are handling the module s removable terminal board or any of the wires connected to it ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 45 Introduction to 80 35 System 5 2 Wiring to I O Modules Wiring connections to and from user supplied input and output field devices is made to the detachable terminal board supplied with modules having up to 16 points modules with 32 points have two 24 connectors on the front of the module which must be connected through a cable to field devices The removable terminal board makes it easy to prewire field wiring to the user supplied input and output devices and to replace modules in the field without disturbing existing field wiring WARNING When handling terminal boards be aware that voltages from the user s field devices may be present on a module s screw terminals even though power to a baseplate is turned off Failure to observe this warning could cause damage to the equipment or cause injury to personnel Care must be taken any time that you are handling the module s terminal board or any wires connected to it 5 2 1 Connections to Detachable Terminal Boards of the detachable I O terminal boards for Alspa C80 35 I O modules have 20 screw terminals and will accept from two 0 36 mm AWG
54. cable with built in terminating resistors by building a custom cable with the resistors installed in connectors at the end of the bus ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 15 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 3 6 I O Expansion Cables Several prewired cables may be purchased from ALSTOM of these cables have a continuous or 100 shield Custom built cables with lengths greater than 15 meters 50 feet the recommended cable type must be used see Table 1 4 page 1 17 Catalog Number Length IC693CBL300 meter 3 feet continuous shield IC693CBL301 2 meters 6 feet continuous shield Table 1 3 I O Expansion Cables Prewired The 1 meter cable IC693CBL300 can be used as the Y T adapter between cables and remote baseplates in a remote expansion system See the following discussion of remote baseplates for details Also note that all of the available prewired expansion cables can be used with either the expansion or remote baseplates as long as cable length guidelines are followed as described in this paragraph 3 7 Building remote Cables The following information is provided to help you to build the cables required when installing a system that requires remote baseplates and the distances between baseplates are not easily adapted to purchased cables The total length of the remote link depends on the type of cable that you use with the maximum total length bei
55. current input module 16 ch 3 45 current input module 4 ch 3 22 current output module 2 ch 3 70 current voltage output module 8 ch 3 79 on power supplies 1 39 voltage input module 16 ch 3 26 voltage input module 4 ch 3 17 voltage output module 2 ch 3 64 List of fuses 2 2 Lithium battery 1 42 Load capacity power supply 2 3 Load current limitations IC693MAR590 2 72 IC693MDL930 2 59 IC693MDL931 2 62 IC693MDL940 2 69 IC693MDR390 2 75 Load requirements analog I O modules 3 2 table of 2 3 2 4 Load requirements analog modules table of 3 2 Local expansion system example point to point wiring 1 20 B 4 Low battery warning 1 42 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 35 PLC Module Specifications Index Making a 10046 shielded cable 1 23 Maximum current for field wiring 1 49 Mechanical spare parts kits 1 50 Microsoft C 1 6 Module retention in slot 1 2 N Negative logic input modules 2 6 Negative logic output modules 2 6 O Operation without battery 1 42 Option modules 1 3 Ouput modules analog current voltage 8 channel 3 75 Output module fuses 2 2 Output modules 12 24 VDC negative logic 16 pts 2 54 12 24 VDC negative logic 8 pts 2 44 2 48 12 24 VDC positive logic ESCP 16 pts 2 56 12 24 VDC positive logic 16 pts 2 52 12 24 VDC positive logic 8 pts 2 42 2 46 12 24 VDC 0 5A positive logic 32 pts 2 97 120 VAC 12 pts 2 3
56. input data as an integer value from 0 to 32760 or 8000 to 32760 depending on the range type selected Reference Address The second Reference Address field contains the reference address for I data The address points to the Reference location in I memory where status information from the module begins You can select the number of Address 91 Size Page 3 52 1 status locations reported to the PLC by editing the value in the Size field Enter the number of locations reported to the PLC Choices are 8 16 24 32 or 40 The data is brought back in the following format available for 1 SIZE values 8 16 24 32 and 40 First eight 6I locations e I e 1 1 Module OK User Supply 1 2 to 1 7 Reserved for future modules available for I SIZE values 16 24 32 and 40 Second eight I locations 961 8 19 1 10 91 11 9 1 12 1 13 9 1 14 91 15 Channel No Channel No Channel No Channel No Channel No Channel No Channel No Channel No Third eight I locations 9614 16 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21 1 22 1 23 Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Fourth eight 91 locations 1 24 1 25 1 26 1 27 1 28 261 29 2014 30 761 31 Channel No Channel No Channel No Channel No Channel No Channel
57. new values entered in the corresponding reference cause the output to step to the commanded values as shown in Figure 3 52 When an output channel is in ramp mode new values entered in the corresponding reference cause the output to ramp to the given values using ramp variables which have been assigned to the channel using ladder logic The ramp is composed of output steps taken every 1 millisecond OUTPUT EXAMPLE OUTPUT IN RAMP MODE EXAMPLE OUTPUT IN STANDARD MODE FINAL OUTPUT VALUE THe CORRESPONDING TO NEW VALUE TIME VALUE CHANGES Figure 3 52 Output Behavior in Ramp Mode and in Standard Mode The default mode of both outputs is standard mode Ramp mode and ramp variables are set using an E2 in ladder logic as described below The mode of each output channel is set independent of the mode of the other channel When an output is in ramp mode two lower level modes can be used to specify the ramp slope time mode in which the user provides the total ramp time in milliseconds and step mode in which the user provides the step in counts that will be taken every 1 millisecond Setting the Ramp Mode An E2 is used to change the ramp mode of an output channel This is the same COMMREQ that is used to change the input alarm limits of the module and clear the I error code When the module receives the the f
58. remote system 1 22 B 6 wiring diagram remote system for earlier version baseplate B 5 A AC DC high capacity power supply AC power source connections 1 31 DC power source connections 1 31 illustration of 1 29 specifications 1 30 AC DC power supplies status indicators 1 39 AC DC Standard Power Supply AC power source connections 1 27 DC power source connections 1 28 specifications 1 27 AC DC standard power supply illustration of 1 25 overvoltage protection devices 1 27 Accessory kit battery 1 43 Adapter bracket for 10 slot baseplate 1 13 Alspa 80 35 125 VDC supply 1 25 125 VDC supply 1 29 24 48 VDC supply 1 33 AC DC supply 1 25 baseplate installation 1 11 high capacity 24 VDC supply 1 36 high capacity AC DC supply 1 29 I O module example of 1 3 I O system 1 1 power supplies 1 25 1 29 Alspa C80 35 I O 1 2 module types 1 3 ALS 52118 Index Alspa 80 35 I O modules terminal board 1 4 Alspa P80 programming software 3 32 Analog combo module block diagram 3 129 configuration 3 106 with Alspa 8 25 35 05 3 107 with the Hand Held Programmer 3 119 configuration parameters 3 106 LEDs 3 102 location in system 3 102 power requirements 3 102 ramp mode operation 3 113 references used 3 103 specifications 3 103 status reporting 3 101 terminal pin assignments 3 128 wiring diagram 3 130 Analog I O modules 1 3 load requiremen
59. to GND on the user terminal connector block The GND connection provides access to the baseplate frame ground resulting in superior rejection of noise caused by any shield drain currents An LED on the module s faceplate is ON when the module s power supply is operating The module provides electrical isolation of externally generated noise between field wiring and the backplane through use of optical isolation This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system If user provided supplies are not used to power the module a maximum of three Analog Current Output modules can be installed in a baseplate Page 3 70 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Output Current Range Output Voltage Range 0 Calibration Supply Voltage nominal External Supply Voltage Range External Supply Voltage Ripple Update Rate Resolution 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 1to5V 0to5V Absolute Accuracy 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA 1to5V 0to5V Maximum Compliance Voltage User Load current mode Output Load Capacitance current mode Output Load Inductance current mode Maximum Output Loading voltage mode Isolation Internal Power Consumption Analog I O Module Specifications 4 to 20 mA and 0 to 20 mA 1to 5 Vand0to5 V Factory calibrated to 44A per count 24 VDC from isolated 24 VDC on backplane or user supplied voltage source and 5 VDC from backplane 20 to 30 VDC 10 5 m
60. 1 4 24 DIOCLK 16 nn z 20 DRSEL um I 21 DRSEL L 12 DRPERR un CABLE L4 13 DRPERR 1 FROM LA 8 DRMRUN IE 0 UPSTREAM 0 9 DRMRUN I 2 DPFRAME 0 Lo 3 DPFRAME I 9 9 Fd t t 70V 9 0 NC jE un lies aL FGND 100 21 ee LHH Lo 25 PIN 25 PIN MALE FEMALE Metallized Shell Metallized Shell NOTE Bold dashed line shows continuous 100 shielding when metallized shell connectors are plugged together Figure B 3 Earlier Versions of Remote Baseplate Custom Y Cable Wiring Diagram ALS 52118 Alspa 80 35 PLC Module Specifications Page 5 Data Sheets for I O Cables Remote baseplates IC693CHS393F and later and IC693CHS399E and later have a change inside the baseplate which alleviates the need to remove pin 1 from the mating cable When using factory made Y cable with these baseplates it is not necessary to remove pin from the cable Custom built Y cables for these baseplates can be made using either Figure B 3 or Figure B 4 Figure B 4 shows how the factory made Y cable are made TWISTED SHIELDED 247087 PIN PAIRS PIN a ae X
61. 2 52 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 12 24 volt DC positive logic 0 5 amp output module 243098 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING 1 4 gt 4 5 A4 5 11 Oo mam A T AT e xd OTHER lt e e CIRCUITS 1 2 Bl 21 0 Ed Las 17 B6 Le Bi 4 20 Figure 2 42 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic 0 5 Amp Output Module IC693MDL740 245049 4 TOTAL 3 MODULE LOAD CURRENT 2 AMPS 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 43 Load Current vs Temperature for IC693MDL740 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 53 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 24 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic 0 5 Amp Output 16 Point IC693MDL741 The 12 24 volt DC Negative Logic 0 5 Amp Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 16 output points in two groups Each group has a common power output
62. 24 Volt DC Positive Logic ESCP Output 1 Amp 16 Point IC693MDL742 2 56 3 26 Isolated Relay Output N O 4 Amp 8 Point IC693MDL930 2 58 3 27 Isolated Relay Output N C and Form 8 8 Point IC693MDL93 2 61 3 28 Safety Isolated Relay Output 6 Amp 8 Point CF693MDL150 2 64 3 29 Relay Output N O 2 16 Point IC693MDL940 2 68 3 30 120 Volt AC Input Relay Output 8 Inputs 8 Outputs 693 590 2 71 3 31 24 Volt DC Input Relay Output 8 Inputs 8 Outputs IC693MDR390 2 74 4 HIGH DENSITY MODULES 32 POINTS 2 77 41 Cables for 32 Point I O Modules 2 77 4 1 1 W O Interface Cable 693 315 2 2 78 4 1 2 Building Cables for 24 Pin Connectors 2 79 4 2 5 12 VDC TTL Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input IC693MDL654 2 80 4 3 24 VDC Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input IC693MDL655 2 86 4 4 5 24 Volt DC TTL Negative Logic Output 32 Point IC693MDL752 2 9 4 5 12 24 Volt DC 0 5A Positive Logic Output 32 Point IC693MDL753 2 97 4 6 Field Wiring Information 2 99 CHAPTER 3 ANALOG MODULE SPECIFICATIONS l HARDWARE DESCRIPTION OF ANALOG MODULES
63. 245527 7 PAIRS DIODT DIODT DIOCLK DIOCLK DRSEL DRSEL DRPERR DRPERR DRMRUN DRMRUN DFRAME DFRAME OV ALSPA C80 35 BASEPLATE EXPANSION PORT CABLE o2 2 P2 SINGLE CONNECTOR END DFRAME OV MO FGND FGND 25 SHIELD DRAIN WIRE 25 PIN FEMALE MALE MALE FEMALE Figure 1 15 Point To Point Cable Wiring Diagram for Requiring Less Noise Immunity Applications Making 100 Shielded Cable Use the following steps to build an 100 shielded cable 1 2 Strip approximately 15 cm 5 8 inch of insulation from your custom cable to expose the shield Remove the male Pin 1 from any connector plugging directly into an older version remote baseplate IC693CHS393E IC693CHS399D or earlier Put split ring ferrule over cable insulation Figure 1 11 Fold the shield back over top of the cable insulation and ferrule Place the collar of the metal hood over top of the folded shield and securely clamp the hood Test your cable for continuity between both connector shells If the metalized connector hood is not making proper contact with the cable shield at either end the continuity will be intermittent Plug the metal hooded cable onto a remote baseplate
64. 3 59 16 ch voltage input module 3 41 8 ch current voltage output module 3 94 current voltage in out module 3 128 Terminal block quick connect cables 2 face plate C 2 installation 2 terminal blocks C 1 Terminal blocks interposing C 1 Terminal board posts 1 49 Terminal board I O detachable 1 4 Terminal boards connections to 1 46 Terminology analog 3 2 Third party I O modules 1 5 Index 10 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications U Universal terminal board 1 4 V Voltage input analog 16 channel 3 26 4 channel 3 16 Voltage output analog 2 channel 3 63 W Wiring practices 1 49 3 2 Work sheet for field wiring IC697MDL654 2 84 IC697MDL655 2 89 IC697MDL752 2 95 IC697MDL753 2 100 ALS 52118
65. 3 23 Specifications for IC693ALG442 continued ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 105 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 8 3 Configuration The Analog Combo module can be configured using either the Alspa P8 or Alspa P80 Programming Software configurator function or with the Hand Held Programmer The parameters that can be configured are described in the following table Configuration procedures using Alspa P8 or Alspa P80 Programming Software and the Hand Held Programmer are described in the following pages Parameter Values Defaults Uni STOP MODE Output state when module HOLD or DEFLOW HOLD N A toggled from RUN to STOP mode ADR Starting address for the AI standard range 10001 or next reference type highest available reference ADR Starting address for the standard range 26A Q0001 or next reference type highest available reference ADR Starting address for the I standard range 10001 or next reference type highest available reference 9 1 SIZE Number of I status locations 8 16 24 RANGE 0 10 V volts Voltage OUTPUT Type of output range 10 10 V mA Current 4 20 mA 0 20mA RANGE 0 10 V 10 10 V volts Voltage INPUT Type of input range 4 20 mA 0 20mA mA Current 4 20 mA Enhanced ALARM LO Low limit alarm value 32768 to 32759 ALARM HIGH High limit alarm value 32767 to 32760 432000 Table 3 24 Configuration Parameters fo
66. 4 NC NC P 2 5 5 gt E AH ole 6 6 NC NC NC NC 1 ele Figure 2 40 Field Wiring 125 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic 1 Amp Output Module IC697MDL734 345240 6 6 AMPS TOTAL 4 MODULE LOAD CURRENT AMPS 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 Figure 2 41 Load Current vs Temperature for IC6935MDL734 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 51 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 23 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic Output 0 5 Amp 16 Point IC693MDL740 The 12 24 volt DC Positive Logic 0 5 Amp Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 16 output points in two groups of eight with a common power output terminal for each group This output module is designed to have positive logic characteristics in that it sources current to the loads from the user common or positive power bus The output device is connected between the negative power bus and the module output The output characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power to operate the field devices must be supplied
67. 91 4 to 7 t See definition for these bits below tx 4 7 upper 4 bits of first I byte hold an error code which is defined as follows 9 bitnumber 7 4 3 2 I 0 module ok 0 module failure 2 module OK user power ok 0 user supplied power absent or not 1 user supplied power OK unused error code binary hexadecimal error 0000 0 nO errors 0001 1 invalid channel 0010 2 invalid alarm level 0011 3 invalid ramp time or step 1000 8 invalid 2 COMMREO function If the you send E2 COMMREQ data that reflects an invalid condition the module will ignore the COMMREQ command and return an error code in the upper 4 bits of the first byte The module will NOT stop standard operation if an error is detected these error bits are for the user s information and can be ignored if desired The error code will remain until you send an E2 to clear the error code or reconfigure the module Only the most recent error will be reported an existing error code will be overwritten if another error occurs The priorities for errors are 1 Invalid function highest priority 2 Invalid channel 3 Invalid data ramp or alarm parameter lowest priority Thus if multiple error conditions exist the one with the highest priority is reported in the error code Page 3 110 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications Sec
68. Analog Module Specifications You can press the CLR key while entering the starting address to clear the address field and enter a different address After selecting the starting address and pressing the ENT key the following screen is displayed RO 03 AIO 2 00 S AQ02 AQ Selecting AQ Reference This screen allows you to select the starting address for the AQ reference by specifying the starting reference in the field Note that the number of references 02 is displayed as the first two digits following the first AQ on the second line of the display You can select the next available address or enter a specific address Pressing the key will allow the PLC to select the starting address You can select a specific starting address by pressing the key sequence for the desired address and pressing the ENT key For example to specify the starting address as AQ35 press the key sequence 3 5 ENT The following screen will be displayed R0 03 AIO 2 00 S AQ02 AQ035 0036 Once the AQ starting address has been assigned the lt key can be used to view the configured I and AI reference addresses For example if 117 and AI35 are used as starting addresses then the following screen will be displayed after pressing the key sequence lt lt R0 03 AIO 2 00 S 124 10017 0040 Scrolling forward from this screen using the key causes the following screen to be displayed R0 03 AIO 2 00 S AI04 A10
69. DC Input Power Supply 4 1 2 Field Wiring Connections to Standard AC DC Power Supply The Standard AC DC power supply has six terminals for user connections These connections are described below 4 1 2 1 AC Power Source Connections The Hot Neutral and Ground wires from the 120 VAC power source or L1 L2 and Ground wires from the 240 VAC power source connect to the system through the top three protected terminals on the terminal connector on the power supply faceplate 4 1 2 2 Overvoltage Protection Devices The overvoltage protection devices for this power supply are connected internally to pin 4 on the user terminal board This pin is normally connected to frame ground pin 3 with the supplied jumper strap which is installed at the factory If overvoltage protection is not required or is supplied upstream this feature can be disabled by leaving pin 4 unconnected by removing the jumper strap If you want to Hi pot test this supply overvoltage protection must be disabled during the test by removing the terminal board strap Re enable overvoltage protection after testing by reinstalling the strap ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 27 Introduction to 80 35 I O System 47106 1 1 26 e 3 Frame Ground Jumper Strap Connects Overvoltage Protection Devices to Frame Ground 4 oe Screw Terminals on Terminal Board Figure 1
70. FAST module 16 points 2 22 24 VDC pos neg logic input module 2 18 2 20 24 VDC Pos Neg Logic Input 16 pts 2 26 24 VDC pos neg logic 32 point input module 24 pin connector 2 87 24 48 VDC power supply 1 34 240 VAC isolated input module 2 10 48 VDC pos neg logic input FAST module 2 24 48 VDC Pos Neg Logic Input 16 pts 2 28 5 12 VDC TTL pos neg logic 32 point input module 2 81 5 24 VDC TTL negative logic 32 point output module 2 92 AC DC Standard Power Supply 1 27 analog combo module 3 103 analog current input module 4 channel 3 23 analog current output module 2 channel 3 71 analog voltage input module 4 channel 3 18 analog voltage output module 2 channel 3 65 high capacity ac dc power supply 1 30 input simulator module 2 32 personal computer interface card 1 7 relay output 2 Amp Module 2 68 relay output 4 amp module 2 58 relay output N C and form C 8 amp module 2 61 Standard AC DC power supply illustration of 1 25 overvoltage protection devices 1 27 Standard Power Supply isolated 24 VDC supply connections 1 28 Standard Power supply field wiring to AC DC sup ply 1 27 Standard Power Supply Capacities AC DC supply 1 25 Standard Power Supply specifications AC DC sup ply 1 27 Status reporting analog combo module 3 101 ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Index 9 Index T Terminal assignments 16 ch current input module
71. FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 120 240 volt isolated AC output module 343096 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER CIRCUITS Figure 2 30 Field Wiring 120 240 Volt Isolated AC Output Module IC693MDL390 43835 5 5 5 4 TOTAL MODULE 3 LOAD CURRENT SE R BS AMPS 1 45 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 31 Load Current vs Temperature for IC693MDL390 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 41 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 18 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic Output 2 Amp 8 Point IC693MDL730 The 12 24 volt DC Positive Logic 2 Amp Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 output points in one group with a common power input terminal This output module is designed to have positive logic characteristics in that it sources current to the loads from the user common or positive power bus The output device is connected between the negative power bus and the module output The output characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are loc
72. Figure 3 37 Scaling for Current Output Output 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA The state of the module if the CPU goes to the STOP mode or RESET be either Default to 0 4 mA or Hold Last State Selection of the desired state is made by configuring the DEF0 4 jumper on the detachable terminal board connector on the module If the jumper is not installed the outputs will Hold Last State on STOP or RESET provided that a backup user supply is connected when the system power goes down If the DEFO 4 jumper is present the module defaults to 4 mA on the 4 to 20 mA range or 0 mA on the 0 to 20 mA range on STOP or RESET One jumper per module is used to program both outputs for Hold Last State or DEFO A4 Each module output may be used as a current source or as a less accurate voltage source voltage is output at VOUTX that corresponds to the current output The selection of current or voltage output is made with a jumper on the I O terminal board If no jumper is installed the module performs as a current source If the JMPVx jumper is present the module performs as a voltage source Each channel has the option of selecting voltage or current The setting of the current output range determines the voltage range The voltage range can be increased by using a 250 ohm resistor in place of the voltage jumper from JMPVx to IOUTx The following table shows the relationship between range settings and voltage outputs Range Setting Voltage Range 4 to 20 mA 1 5
73. Figure B 3 Earlier Versions of Remote Baseplate Custom Y Cable Wiring Diagram 5 Figure B 4 Current Remote baseplate Custom Y Cable Wiring Diagram B 6 Figure B 5 Dimension for Depth of B 9 Figure B 6 Connector Orientation on B 10 Figure B 7 I O Faceplate to Terminal Block Cable B 11 Page 20 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Table 1 1 Table 1 2 Table 1 3 Table 1 4 Table 1 5 Table 1 6 Table 1 7 Table 1 8 Table 1 9 Table 1 10 Table 1 11 Table 1 12 Table 1 13 Table 1 14 Table 2 1 Table 2 2 Table 2 3 Table 2 4 Table 2 5 Table 2 6 Table 2 7 Table 2 8 Table 2 9 Table 2 10 Table 2 11 Table 2 12 Table 2 13 Table 2 14 Table 2 15 Table 2 16 Table 2 17 Table 2 18 Table 2 19 Table 2 20 Table 2 21 Table 2 22 Table 2 23 Table 2 24 Table 2 25 Table 2 26 Table 2 27 Table 2 28 Table 2 29 Table 2 30 ALS 52118 Tables Specifications for Personal Computer Interface Card 1 7 Alspa 80 35 Baseplates and Power Supplies 1 8
74. L D wer ena 5 34 E gt Es 2 22 C9 OIC gt G G GO Figure 2 26 Field Wiring 120 240 Volt AC Output 2 Amp Module IC693MDL330 43703 8 TOTAL 4 MODULE LOAD CURRENT 2 2 AMPS AMPS 10 20 30 40 50 60 Figure 2 27 Input Points vs Temperature for IC693MDL330 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 37 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 16 120 Volt AC Output 0 5 Amp 16 Point IC693MDL340 The 120 volt 0 5 Amp AC Output module provides 16 output points in two isolated groups with eight points each group Each group has a separate common associated with it the two commons are not tied together inside the module This allows each group to be used on different phases of the AC supply or they can be powered from the same supply Each group is protected with a 3 amp fuse and an RC snubber is provided for each output to protect against transient electrical noise on the power line This module provides a high degree of inrush current which makes the outputs suitable for controlling a wide range of inductive and incandescent loads AC Power to operate loads connected to outputs must be supplied by the user This module requires an AC power source LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at
75. Ne Oe Sire ee gu 1 49 5 2 6 Field Wiring Considerations 1 49 6 MECHANICAL SPARE PARTS 5 1 50 CHAPTER 2 DISCRETE MODULE SPECIFICATIONS 1 POWER SUPPLY LOAD CAPACITY 2 3 2 DEFINITION OF POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE LOGIC 2 5 2 1 Positive Logic Input 2 5 2 2 Positive Logic Output Modules 2 5 2 3 Negative Logic Input Modules 2 6 2 4 Negative Logic Output 2 6 3 MODULE SPECIFICATIONS 2 7 3 1 120 Volt AC Isolated Input 8 Point IC693MDL230 2 8 3 2 240 Volt AC Isolated Input 8 Point 1 693 1231 2 10 3 3 120 Volt AC Input 16 Point IC693MDL240 2 12 3 4 24 Volt AC DC Positive Negative Logic Input 16 Point IC693MDL241 2 14 3 5 125 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 8 Point IC693MDL632 2 16 3 6 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 8 Point IC693MDL634 2 18 3 7 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 16 Point IC693MDL645 2 20 3 8 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input FAST 16 Point IC693MDL646
76. O ANALOG OUTPUT and DC INPUT MODULES ALSO AVAILABLE ON EXTERNAL T TERMINALS ON DC INPUT MODULES e o IGND AND ON FRONT OF POWER SUPPLY FOR USER APPLICATIONS R24V e e USED INTERNALLY ON RELAY OUTPUTS RGND gt SINGLE POINT CONNECTION PSV DC USED INTERNALLY ON CPU INPUTS OUTPUTS ETC i LGND gt 2 POINT CONNECTION EXTERNAL CONNECTION TO EARTH GROUND 4777 Figure 1 20 Interconnection of Power Supplies Nominal Rated Voltage 120 240 VAC or 125 VDC Input Voltage Range AC 85 to 264 VAC DC 100 to 300 VDC Input Power 100 VA with VAC Input Maximum with Full Load 50 W with VDC Input Inrush Current 4A peak 250 ms maximum Output Power 30 watts maximum 5 VDC 15 watts maximum 24 VDC Relay 20 watts maximum 24 VDC Isolated NOTE 30 watts maximum total all three outputs Output Voltage 5 VDC 5 0 VDC to 5 2 VDC 5 1 VDC nominal Relay 24 VDC 24 to 28 VDC Isolated 24 VDC 21 5 VDC to 28 VDC Protective Limits Overvoltage 5 VDC output 6 4 to 7 V Overcurrent 5 VDC output 6 5 A maximum Holdup Time 20 ms minimum Table 1 9 Specifications for High Capacity AC DC Input Power Supply Page 1 30 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 4 2 2 Field Wiring Connections to High Capacity AC DC Power Supply The High Capacity AC DC power supply has six terminals for
77. Output Channels The following tables show values sent from the CPU to the module for the Output channels Module Mode Allowed Values Sent values from CPU 10 to 10 V 32168 to 32767 32768 to 32767 4 to 20 mA 0 to 32000 0 to 32767 0 to 20 mA 0 to 32767 0 to 32767 Allowed Values refers to the values that are valid If a value outside the specified range is sent the module clips it to the nearest valid value before sending it to the Digital to Analog Converter No errors are returned The following table shows values sent from the module back to the PLC for the Input channels The ALARM LO and ALARM HI data fields allow you to enter values that cause alarm indications to be passed to the PLC Each channel has a low limit alarm value ALARM and a high limit alarm value ALARM HI These alarm values cause I points to be set as indicated in the tables above Values can be entered in all high and low limit fields Values entered without a sign are assumed to be positive The allowable values are shown in the following table 0 to 20 mA 0 32760 4 to 20 mA 0 32760 4 to 20 mA Enhanced 8000 32760 0 to 10 0 32760 10 10 32768 32760 3 112 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 8 3 3 Ramp Mode Operation The ramp mode operation represents a separate mode of the module s outputs When an output channel is not in ramp mode
78. Specifications for IC6933MDL 634 Page 2 18 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 24 volt DC positive negative logic input module 345046 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER CIRCUITS T OPTICAL COUPLER E T Sal NC NC NC NC NC NC NC NC 24V OUT OV OUT NC Figure 2 9 Field Wiring 24 Volt Positive Negative Logic Input Module IC693MDL634 345048 NUMBER 4 OF INPUTS ON 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 10 Input Points vs Temperature for IC693MDL 634 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 19 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 7 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 16 Point IC693MDL645 The 24 volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 16 input points in one group with a common power input terminal This input module is designed to have either positive logic or negative logic characteristics Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied input devices such as pushbuttons limit switches and electronic proximity switches Current into an input poin
79. This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row This module uses the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to B8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert 15 color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 110 125 volts DC Positive or Negative Logic Input Voltage Range 0 to 150 volts DC Inputs per Module 16 four groups of four inputs Isolation 2500 volts between field side and logic side 2500 volts between groups Input Current 5 mA typical 110V 6 mA typical 125V Input Characteristics Guaranteed On state Voltage 82 to 150 volts DC Guaranteed Off state Voltage 0 to 18 volts DC Guaranteed On state Current 3mA Guaranteed Off state Current mA maximum On response Time 7 ms typical Off response Time 7 ms typical Power Consumption 5 80 mA from the 5 volt bus on the backplane all inputs ON Power Consumption 110V 90 mA from user input supply all inputs ON 125 105 mA from user input supply all inputs Number of inputs ON is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in
80. Voltage Outputs Table 3 19 Specifications for Analog Current Output Module IC693ALG391 Page 22 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Tables Table 3 20 Specifications for 69 6392 3 81 Table 3 21 Configuration Parameters for 693 5392 3 83 Table 3 22 Terminal Pin Assignments for 693 5392 3 94 Table 3 23 Specifications for 69 442 3 103 Table 3 24 Configuration Parameters for 693 442 3 106 Table 3 25 E2 Command Block Definitions 3 115 Table 3 26 COMMREQ Data Types 3 115 Table 3 27 E2 COMMREQ Data and Command Word Formats 3 116 Table 3 28 Terminal Pin Assignments for 693 442 3 128 Table B 1 Expansion Port Pin Assignments B 3 Table B 2 Catalog Numbers for 24 Pin Connector Kits B 7 Table B 3 Wire List for 24 Pin Connectors B 8 ALS 52118 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specific
81. Y cables are also referred to as T cables The point to point cables have a male connector on one end and a female connector on the other end The Y cables have a single male connector on one end and a dual connector one male one female on the other end If a Y cable longer than the prewired 1 meter cable is required you can build one that is the required length Page 1 10 844968 J DIP EXPANSION RACK SW 1 2 3 4 1 x x 2 x x 38 x BASE 5 SLOT X CLOSED REMOTE co co CAUTION USER PROGRAM AND REGISTER VALUES MAY BE LOST IF POWER SUPPLY IS REMOVED FOR LONGER THAN 1 HOUR POWER SUPPLY zO oz uxm Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Figure 1 4 Example of an Alspa 80 35 Remote Baseplate 5 slot shown ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 3 3 Baseplate Installation Alspa C80 35 baseplates must be panel mounted Each baseplate has standard attachment flanges for mounting on an electrical panel Baseplate dimensions and proper spacing requirements for installation purposes for both the 5 and 10 slot baseplates are shown in the following figure All 5 slot baseplates have the same mounting dimensions and all 10 slot baseplates have the same mounting
82. a removable 20 terminal connector block mounted on the front of the module Actual terminals used are shown in the specifications for the individual modules Technological advances used in the analog modules are aimed at making equipment smaller faster or more sensitive This effort increases the concern for electrical noise Therefore shielding and grounding are important when installing an Alspa C80 35 PLC system It is impossible to provide a practical guide for installation of equipment that covers all possible situations However some guidelines are suggested below To minimize capacitive loading and noise all field connections to the module should be wired to the I O terminal board using a good grade of twisted shielded instrumentation cable Refer to the Glossary for a definition of terms relating to measurement of analog I O terminals 2 2 Shielding for Analog Input Modules Generally the shield for inputs to a module should be grounded at the analog source However ground connections for each channel labeled COM and GND on the terminal board are provided for connecting shields at the analog input module if desired The COM connection provides access to the common of the analog circuitry in the module The GND connection provides access to the baseplate frame ground The shields may be connected to either COM or GND Page 3 10 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications
83. about the card including software installation procedures More smart modules will be supported in the future see your local ALSTOM PLC distributor or ALSTOM sales office for details The Personal Computer Interface card when ordered by catalog number CE693PIF301 includes the 35 card and two software interfaces One of the interfaces is for a direct interface to modules based on rack and slot address and a second one has a PLC type reference table interface with override capability A C Language Interface available from Horner Electric works with both Borland Turbo C and Microsoft C The source code for this interface is available from Horner Electric catalog number HE693SRC844 Page 1 6 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 247016 DOS BASED MICROSOFT C TURBO C WINDOWS BASED SOFTWARE PROGRAMS SOFTWARE DOS TSR ROUTINE OR C LIBRARY OR WINDOWS DLL MS DOS MS DOS MS WINDOWS EXPANSION CABLE PCIF 35 ALSPA C80 35 I O ALSPA C80 35 I O EXPANSION CABLE 5 OR 10 SLOT 5 OR 10 SLOT BASEPLATE BASEPLATE EXPANSION CABLE EXPANSION CABLE ALSPA 80 35 I O ALSPA 80 35 I O
84. and a red LED centered between and to the right of the two rows This module uses the first six LEDs labeled A1 to 6 in the top row and the first six LEDs labeled B1 to 6 in the bottom row for output status The red LED labeled F functions as a blown fuse indicator that turns ON if any of the fuses should blow insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Although this module is configured as a 16 point output only outputs 1 to 6 and 9 to 14 are available to be referenced in your program For example if the starting reference is Q0017 then valid references are Q17 to Q22 and Q25 to Q30 Rated Voltage 120 volts AC Output Voltage Range 85 to 132 volts AC 50 60 Hz Outputs per Module 12 two groups of six outputs each Isolation 1500 volts RMS between field side and logic side 500 volts RMS between each group Output Current 0 5 amp maximum per point 1 amp maximum per group at 60 140 F 2 amps maximum per group at 50 122 F Output Characteristics Inrush Current 5 amps maximum for one cycle Minimum Load Current 50 mA Output Voltag
85. and configuration using Alspa P80 where applicable ALS 52118 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications Page 3 Revisions Page 4 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Preface This manual which describes the discrete and analog I O Modules for the Alspa C80 35 PLC was created on separation of the ALS 52101 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual into 2 documents the other being the ALS 52117 Alspa C60 35 PLC Installation Manual Both resulting manuals have been updated to incorporate new modules This manual provides specifications and wiring information for each of the currently available discrete and analog I O modules for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller PLC Descriptions and specifications for available option modules can be found in individual manuals for each of those modules A list of these manuals can be found under Related Publications in this Preface The I O modules described in this manual can be controlled two ways 1 With an Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller 2 By a Personal Computer PC that has a Personal Computer Interface card PCIF 35 catalog number CE693PIF301 installed in the PC This allows a PC to control and monitor Alspa 80 35 I O using computer language If you are using the Alspa C80 35 PLC to control Alspa C80 35 I O you should also refer to ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual which describes the hardware compo
86. baseplate connectors 243845 POWER SUPPLY BACKPLANE USE COMMENTS id USED INTERNALLY ON gt ANALOG INPUT ANALOG he OUTPUT and DC INPUT T MODULES e IGND ALSO AVAILABLE ON EXTERNAL TERMINALS ON DC INPUT MODULES AND FRONT OF POWER SUPPLY FOR USER APPLICATIONS R24V pr e e USED INTERNALLY T RELAY OUTPUTS RGND SINGLE POINT CONNECTION gt DC USED INTERNALLY ON CPU INPUTS OUTPUTS ETC LGND O gt 2 POINT AEGND p EXTERNAL CONNECTION TO EARTH GROUND 4777 Figure 1 17 Interconnection of Power Supplies Page 1 26 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Nominal Rated Voltage Input Voltage Range AC DC Input Power Maximum with Full Load Inrush Current Output Power Output Voltage Protective Limits Overvoltage Overcurrent Holdup Time Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 120 240 VAC or 125 VDC 85 to 264 VAC 100 to 300 VDC 90 VA with VAC Input 50 W with VDC Input 4A peak 250 ms maximum 15 watts maximum 5 VDC and 24 VDC Relay 20 watts maximum 24 VDC Isolated 30 watts maximum total all three outputs 5 VDC 5 0 VDC to 5 2 VDC 5 1 VDC nominal Relay 24 VDC 24 to 28 VDC Isolated 24 VDC 21 5 VDC to 28 VDC 5 VDC output 6 4 to 7 V 5 VDC output 4 A maximum 20 ms minimum Table 1 7 Specifications for Standard AC
87. blocks 57 mm 2 25 Depth all blocks 45 mm 1 7716 0 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 ESSE TERMINAL BLOCK See Note below ALS 52118 The terminal block provides second wire connection point The common row is electrically isolated from the other connection points If used for common connection a jumper must be added between the common row and the module common Refer to Chapter 2 for required wiring connections Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 9 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly Page 10 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Glossary This glossary explains some general terms relating to measurements at analog I O terminals Bipolar Bipolar signals can reverse polarity in operation Reversed signal connections to a bipolar input will produce data of opposite sign Common Mode This is the voltage between the analog signal wires and the common point of the power supply of a differential signal or to ground in the case of an isolated signal It is desirable that all common mode signals are ignored by the circuit but in practice there is some error introduced in the data This is specified as Common Mode Rejection Ratio CMRR usually expressed in decibels db Differential circuits also have a maximum common mode voltage specification usually stated as a maximum voltage with respect t
88. bracket and baseplate RIGHT SIDE OF 243726 4 BASEPLATE RU qa 6 a Q Q EE Figure 1 7 Baseplate Adapter Bracket Installation Dimensions for rack mounting of the 10 slot baseplate with the adapter bracket attached are shown in the following figure Tm 245047 lt 18 89 gt 465 18 30 gt DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS INCHES ARE IN PARENTHESIS Figure 1 8 Baseplate Mounting Dimensions for 19 Rack Installation ALS 52118 Alspa 80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 13 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 3 4 Rack Number DIP Switch Each expansion and remote rack is identified with a unique number between 1 and 4 1 and 7 in a system with a model 351 or 352 CPU called a Rack Number These rack numbers are selected by configuration of a three position DIP switch located on each expansion baseplate directly above the connector for slot 1 switches must be configured before the power supply is installed In an Alspa C80 35 PLC system rack number 0 must always be present and is assigned to the CPU rack the CPU baseplate does not have this D
89. by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row with the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to 8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module There are no fuses on this module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 12 24 volts DC Output Voltage Range 12 to 24 volts DC 20 15 Outputs per Module 16 two groups of eight outputs each Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 500 volts between groups Output Current 0 5 amps maximum per point 2 amps maximum per common Output Characteristics Inrush Current 4 78 amps for 10 ms Output Voltage Drop 1 volt maximum Off state Leakage mA maximum On Response Time 2 ms maximum Off Response Time 2 ms maximum Power Consumption 110 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 26 Specifications for IC693MDL740 Page
90. enter positive or negative values using the numeric keys 0 through 9 and the key To view the range screen for the next input channel press the key The following screen will be displayed RO 03 AIO 2 00 S CH 2 AI 0 10 V Edit the ranges and alarm limits for this channel and subsequent channels as you did for the first channel ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 125 Analog I O Module Specifications Freeze Mode If an alarm value in the allowed range 32768 to 32760 is entered that results in an invalid condition such as a low alarm limit greater than an upper alarm limit or a negative alarm for a channel in a unipolar range the module will enter freeze mode In this mode you will not be allowed to move beyond the present channel parameters range low alarm limit and high alarm limit until the invalid condition is corrected or removed Freeze mode is indicated on the HHP screen by an asterisk after the slot number For example if a low alarm limit of 1000 is entered for input channel 1 in the 0 10V range the following screen will be displayed RO 03 AIO 2 00 lt 5 CH 1 LO 1000 If you press either the 1 key or the key to change slots the following message will be displayed SAVE CHANGES S lt ENT gt Y lt CLR gt N If you do not want to save the changes to the CPU press the CLR key The following message will be displayed DISCARD CHGS lt S lt ENT gt
91. expansion port connector or into an Y cable and securely tighten the two screws Installing and tightening the screws will electrically connect the shield to the remote baseplate frame ground which should in turn be connected to earth ground ALS 52118 Alspa 80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 23 Introduction to 80 35 I O System 3 7 3 Expansion Bus Termination When two or more baseplates are cabled together in an expansion system the I O expansion bus must be properly terminated The I O bus must be terminated at the last baseplate in an expansion system Each signal pair is terminated with 120 ohm 1 4 watt resistors wired between the appropriate pins as follows see Table 1 5 pins 16 17 24 25 20 21 12 135 8 9 2 3 The I O bus termination can be done one of the following ways By installing an Bus Terminator Plug catalog number IC693ACC307 on the last expansion baseplate local expansion baseplate or remote baseplate in the system The Terminator Plug has a resistor pack physically mounted inside of a connector The I O Bus Terminator Plug is shipped with each baseplate only the last baseplate in the expansion chain can have the I O Bus Terminator Plug installed Unused I O Bus Terminator Plugs can be discarded or saved as spares If an expansion system has only one expansion baseplate the I O bus be terminated by installing as the last cable the 15 meter 50 fee
92. field devices is made through a cable having a mating female connector on one end and stripped and tinned wires on the other end You can purchase a pre wired cable catalog number IC693CBL315 two required or if required for your application build your own cable Refer to Building Cables for 24 Pin Connectors on page 2 79 of this manual for more information on building these cables ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 91 Discrete I O Module Specifications Rated Voltage 5 and 12 to 24 volts DC negative logic active low Output Voltage Range 4 75 to 5 25 volts DC TTL mode 10 2 to 28 8 volts DC 12 24V mode Outputs per Module 32 four groups of eight outputs each Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 250 volts between groups Output Current 25 mA per point maximum in TTL mode 0 5 amps per point maximum in 12 24V mode with 4 amps maximum per group and 3 amps maximum per group common pin Output Characteristics Inrush Current 4 6 amps for 10 ms On state active low 0 4 volts DC maximum in TTL mode Voltage Drop 0 24 volts DC maximum in 12 24V mode Off state Leakage Current 0 1 mA maximum On Resp onse Time 0 5 ms maximum Off Response Time 0 5 ms maximum Internal Power Consumption 260 mA maximum from 5 volt bus on backplane 13 mA 3 mA point ON 4 7 mA LED 12 mA maximum per group from user supply at 5 VDC and all eight outputs in group ON 25 mA maximum per g
93. for connections to the internally supplied Isolated 24 volt DC output which can be used to provide power for input circuits within power limitations of the supply 4 4 3 Calculating Input Power Requirements for DC Input Power Supply Use the following procedure to determine input power requirements for the 24 VDC High Capacity Power Supply Determine total output load from typical specifications listed for individual modules in Chapters 2 and 3 Multiply the output power by 1 5 Divide the input power by the operating source voltage to determine the input current requirements Use the lowest input voltage to determine the maximum input current Allow for start up surge current requirements Allow margins 10 to 20 for variations 4 4 4 Status Indicators on Power Supply Supplies Four LEDs on the power supply are located at the upper right front of the faceplate The purpose of these LEDs is as follows PWR The top green LED labeled PWR provides an indication of the operating state of the power supply The LED is ON when the power supply has a correct source of power and is operating properly and OFF when a power supply fault occurs or power is not applied OK The second green LED labeled OK is steady ON if the PLC is operating properly and OFF if a problem is detected by the PLC RUN The third green LED labeled RUN is steady ON when the PLC is in the RUN mode BATT The bottom red LED la
94. length see Chapter 1 for detailed instructions of the I O Bus Expansion cables are made with a continuous or 100 96 shield Also the cable with catalog number IC693CBL300 can be used for Y connections in a remote expansion system 4 2 Cable Lengths IC693CBL300 meter 3 feet continuous shield IC693CBL301 2 meters 6 feet continuous shield IC693CBL302 15 meters 50 feet continuous shield IC693CBL312 0 15 meter 0 5 feet continuous shield IC693CBL313 8 meters 26 feet continuous shield 4 3 Cable Specifications for Remote Expansion System Belden 8107 Computer cable overall braid over foil shield twisted pair 30 volt 80 C 176 F 0 22 mm AWG 24 tinned copper 7 x 32 stranding Velocity of propagation 70 1 Nominal impedance 100 Q 25 Pin Male Connector Crimp Plug Amp 207464 1 Pin Amp 66506 9 NOUS 25 Pin Female Connector Crimp Receptacle Amp 207463 2 Pin Amp 66504 9 RM l Solder Receptacle Amp 747913 2 Connector Shell Kit Amp 745833 5 oJ Metal plated plastic plastic with nickel over copper 1 Crimp ring Amp 745508 1 split ring ferrule 1 Critical Information Page 2 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Data Sheets I O Cables 4 4 Expansion Port Pin Assignments The following table lists the expansion port pin assignments you will need when building remote cables connections between cable
95. logic or negative logic characteristics Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied input devices such as pushbuttons limit switches and electronic proximity switches Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table I Power to operate the field devices can be supplied by the user or an Isolated 24 VDC supply on the power supply 24V OUT and OUT terminals can power a limited number of inputs LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to 8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of an Alspa 80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 24 volts DC Input Voltage Range 0 to 30 volts DC Inputs per Module 16 one group with a single common Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side Input Current 7 mA typical at rated voltage Input Characteristics On state Voltage 11 5 to 30 volts DC Off state Voltage 0 to 5 vo
96. module to be installed slots available in baseplate s selectable configuration parameters and where applicable whether Isolated 24 VDC is supplied by the PLC backplane or by a user provided supply Before installing modules in a baseplate verify that the total current consumption of all of those modules does not exceed the power rating of the PLC Standard Power Supply 30 watts maximum all voltages The following tables will help you determine the maximum number of analog I O modules that can be installed in an Alspa 80 35 PLC system Calculations assume maximum number of references used Modules with selectable references can have more modules per system AI Current from Analog References References 1 References Current from Isolated Module maximum maximum 5 VDC 1 24 VDC 1 IC693ALG220 4 27 98 IC693ALG221 4 25 100 IC693ALG222 16 8 to 40 112 41 IC693ALG223 16 81040 120 user supplied IC693ALG390 2 32 120 2 IC693ALG391 2 30 215 2 IC693ALG392 8 8 16 110 user supplied IC693ALG442 4 2 8 16 24 95 user supplied 1 Maximum current available from Standard AC DC and DC power supply 5 VDC 15W 3000 mA Isolated 24 VDC 20W 830 mA High Capacity AC DC and DC power supplies provide 30W 6000 mA for 5 VDC Isolated 24 VDC 20W 830 mA For all supplies maximum total power for all outputs cannot exceed 30 watts 2 Sup
97. must select 16 I bits at configuration If this selection is not made a loss of module fault will occur CPU Firmware Version 5 0 or later If your CPU has firmware version 5 0 or later then the I configuration will accept 8 or 16 1 bits Alspa 8 25 35 05 Software Version 5 00 or later is required to configure the module using the Alspa 8 25 35 05 software configuration function Alspa P80 Software Version 2 1 or later is required to configure the module using the Alspa P80 software configuration function ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 75 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 7 1 Current Voltage Ranges and Output Modes 4 7 1 1 Current Operation In the 4 to 20 mA range user data is scaled so that 4 mA corresponds to a count of 0 and 20 mA corresponds to a count of 32000 In the 0 to 20 mA range user data is scaled so that 0 mA corresponds to a count of 0 and 20 mA corresponds to 32000 Note that in the 0 to 20 mA mode you can enter a value up to 32767 which provides a maximum output of approximately 20 5 mA Scaling of the current output for both the 4 to 20 mA range and the 0 to 20 mA range is shown below In current mode the module also provides an open loop fault detect which is reported to the PLC in the I table 244683 244684 32000 1 32000 decimal 0 T 0 T T 0 4 20 0 20 CURRENT mA CURRENT mA 4 to 20mA RANGE 0
98. n a available address 91 Size Number of 961 status locations 8 16 24 32 40 8 Alspa P8 25 35 05 bits 40 Hand Held Programmer Range Range 0 to 10V or 0 to 10V n a 10 to 10V Alarm Low Low limit alarm value 32767 to User 32759 counts Alarm High High limit alarm value 32766 to 32000 User 32760 counts Table 3 10 Configuration Parameters for IC693ALG222 For more information on configuration see Configuration Using Alspa P8 25 35 05 or P80 Programming Software beginning on page 3 32 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer beginning on page 3 36 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 31 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 3 7 1 Configuration Using Alspa 8 25 35 05 Software This paragraph describes how you can configure the 16 Channel High Density Analog Voltage Input module using the configurator function in Alspa 8 25 35 05 Programming Software Configuration can also be done using Alspa P80 Programming Software For details refer to the Alspa P80 online help To configure a 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module on the I O Configuration Rack screen 1 Move the cursor to the slot where the module will be located and press the m35 io softkey F1 In the following example screen the module will be placed in slot 5 of the main rack Tam out in fie out mix Bother fe o gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RA
99. of 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 24 volts DC 120 240 volts AC Operating Voltage 5 to 30 volts DC 5 to 250 volts AC 50 60 Hz Outputs per Module 16 four groups of four outputs each Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 500 volts between groups Maximum Load 2 amps pilot duty maximum per output 4 amps maximum per common Minimum Load 10 mA Maximum Inrush 5 amps On Response Time 15 ms maximum Off Response Time 15 ms maximum Int Power Consumption 7 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane 135 mA all outputs on from relay 24V bus on backplane Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 36 Specifications for IC693MDL940 Page 2 68 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications Maximum Current Operating for Load Type Typical Contact Life Voltage Lamp or Solenoid Number of Operations 24 to 120 VAC 300 000 24 to 120 VAC 500 000 24 to 120 VAC 1 000 000 240 VAC 150 000 240 VAC 200 000 240 VAC 500 000 24 VDC 100 000 24 VDC 300 000 24 VDC 500 000 24 VDC 1 000 000 125 VDC 300 000 Assumes a 7 ms time constant Table 2 37 Load Current Limitations for IC693MDL940 Relay contact life when switching inductive loads will approach resistive load contact life 1f suppression circuits are used The following figures are examples of typical suppression cir
100. of electrical noise must be considered when mixing TTL and inductive type loads An internal pull up resistor is provided for each point The function of each resistor is to passively pull up the output to the user positive side power input typically 5 for TTL mode when the output point FET is OFF thereby providing a high logic level for TTL applications 32 outputs are forced OFF when the CPU is stopped Power to provide current to the loads must be provided by the user The module also draws a minimum amount of power from the user supply to provide gate drive to the output devices Backplane isolation between the field side and logic side is provided by opto couplers on the module No special fault or alarm diagnostics are reported LED indicators labeled Al A8 B8 C8 D1 D8 at the top of the module provide the ON OFF status of each output point This module is configured as a 32 point output type and uses 32 bits of discrete output data This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa 80 35 PLC system Connections to the output circuits are made from the user s load devices to two male pin type 24 pin connectors Fujitsu FCN 365P024 AU mounted on the front of the module The connector mounted on the right of the module front view interfaces with groups A and B The connector on the left side of the module interfaces with groups C and D Wiring from these connectors to
101. of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any slot of a 5 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 120 volts AC Input Voltage Range 0 to 132 volts AC 50 60 Hz Inputs per Module 16 one group with a single common Isolation 1500 volts RMS between field side and logic side Input Current 12 mA typical at rated voltage Input Characteristics On state Voltage 74 to 132 volts AC Off state Voltage 0 to 20 volts AC On state Current 6 mA minimum Off state Current 2 2 mA maximum On response Time 30 ms maximum Off response Time 45 ms maximum Consumption 90 mA all inputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 4 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 6 Specifications for IC693MDL240 Page 2 12 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 120 volt AC input module 243092 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS F
102. of these conditions is described below LED USER POWER SUPPLY OK 1 4 MODULE OK O O 2 5 6 DEFINITION MODOK No 5 backplane power or module not OK l UPSOK User power may or may not be present LED STATE MODOK Module OK not configured O Off 2 UPSOK user power MODOK Module OK not configured UPSOK User power is present MODOK Module OK and configured 4 UPSOK No user power Module OK and configured 5 UPSOK User power is present MODOK Module not OK 6 UPSOK User power is present _ Flashing 4 8 2 6 Location in System The Analog Combo module be installed in any I O slot of 5 or 10 slot baseplate an Alspa 80 35 PLC system Page 3 102 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 8 2 7 References Used The number of Analog Combo modules which can be installed in a system depends on the amount of and 1 references available Each module uses 8 references and 8 6AT references depending on the number of channels enabled and 8 16 or 24 I references depending on alarm status configuration There are 32 and 64 AI references available in Models 311 313 and 323 system 64 AQ and 128 AI references available in a Model 331
103. scale range as determined by how you have configured the module Each output channel be configured to operate in ramp mode using ladder logic In ramp mode changes in data cause the corresponding output channel to ramp to the new 6AQ value The ramp output consists of steps taken each millisecond until the final value is reached High and low alarm limits can be set for all input channels and an open wire fault current output modes is reported to the CPU for each output channel six analog channels may be updated on every scan depending on the scan time ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 97 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 8 1 Input Modes and Current Voltage Ranges 4 8 1 1 Current Operation In the 4 to 20 mA range user data is scaled so that 4 mA corresponds to a count of 0 and 20 mA corresponds to a count of 32767 The other ranges are selected by changing the configuration parameters using the Alspa 8 25 35 05 configurator software or the Hand Held Programmer In the 0 to 20 mA range user data is scaled so that 0 mA corresponds to a count of 0 and 20 mA corresponds to a count of 32767 Full 12 bit resolution is available over the 0 to 20 mA range 4 to 20 mA Enhanced range can also be selected When this range is selected 0 mA corresponds to a count of 8000 4 mA corresponds to a count of 0 zero and 20 mA corresponds to a count of 32767 The Enhanced range use
104. show the relationship between voltage and current in the and data words 344649 32000 344650 OR AQ Hm decimal decimal 32000 VOLTAGE V CURRENT mA Figure 3 6 Voltage vs Data Word Figure 3 7 Current vs Data Word Page 3 8 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 1 6 Scaling The data may be changed to a scale more suited to your application This may be accomplished through programming with Alspa P8 25 35 05 software The formula for the data conversion is shown below Data Word or Application Data Value Application Offset 32000 Application Maximum Value Application Minimum Value For analog inputs the application data value is what you will need to calculate for based on the analog data word For analog outputs the analog data word is what you will need to calculate for based on the application data value and maximum range An example of scaling is 0 to 10 volt signal that actually represents 0 to 2000 rpm For an output signal the following factor would be used 32000 2000 rpm 0 rpm Solving the above equation scaling an input in a program PAI 16 scaling an output in a program as Xrpm x 16 Another example would be a 1 to 5 volt signal which actually represents 4 to 20 mA If you want to use values in your program that are actually mA values use the following equation for calcu
105. side is provided by opto couplers on the module 32 outputs are forced OFF when the CPU is stopped There are no special fault or alarm diagnostics reported LED indicators labeled A1 A8 B1 B8 C1 C8 D1 D8 at the top of the module provide the ON OFF status of each output point This module is configured as a 32 point output type and uses 32 bits of discrete output data This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa 80 35 PLC system Connections from the output circuits are made to the user load devices from two male pin type 24 pin connectors Fujitsu FCN 365P024 AU mounted on the front of the module The connector mounted on the right of the module front view interfaces with groups A and B The connector on the left side of the module interfaces with groups C and D Wiring from these connectors to field devices is made through a cable having a mating female connector on one end and stripped and tinned wires on the other end You can purchase a pre wired cable catalog number IC693CBL315 two required with the mating female connector on one end and stripped and tinned wires on the other end or if required for your application build your own cable Refer to Building Cables for 24 Pin Connectors on page 2 79 of this manual for more information on building these cables ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 97 Discrete I O Module Specifications
106. starting address for the reference Note that the length of the status field 16 is displayed as the first two digits following the first AI on the second line of the display This field cannot be changed with the Hand Held Programmer However it can be changed using the Alspa 8 25 35 05 software configurator function The Hand Held Programmer will always reflect the currently active length of the status field ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 55 Analog I O Module Specifications In the AI field you can select the next available address the default by pressing the ENT key or by entering a specific address To enter a specific address press the starting reference number keys and the ENT key for example 3 5 then ENT R0 03 HI DEN C gt 5 AI16 AI035 AIO051 You can press the CLR key at any time to abort the configuration you have just selected and return the slot to EMPTY Removing Module From Configuration If required this module can be removed from the current configuration Assume that the module is currently configured in rack 0 slot 3 It can be deleted with the following sequence Initial Display R0 03 HI DEN C gt 5 AI16 AI_ To delete the module press the DEL ENT key sequence The display will then be RO 03 EMPTY gt 5 Selecting Input Channel Ranges The range for each of the 16 channels can be displayed and selected or changed as described below Assum
107. system The maximum number of 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input modules which may be installed in a system are 4 ina Model 311 313 or Model 323 system 8 ina Model 331 system 12 in a Model 341 system 51 Model 351 or 352 system When planning the module configuration for your application you must also consider the load capacity of the installed power supply and the total load requirements of all modules that are installed in the baseplate Refer to the ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual for details on power supplies and module load requirements ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 27 Analog I O Module Specifications Number of Channels Input Current Ranges Calibration Update Rate Resolution at 0V to 10V Resolution at 10V to 10V Absolute Accuracy Linearity Isolation Common Mode Voltage Differential Cross Channel Rejection Input Impedance Input Filter Response 1 to 16 selectable single ended 1 to 8 selectable differential OV to 10V unipolar or 10V to 10V bipolar selectable each channel Factory calibrated to 2 5 mV per count on OV to 10V unipolar range 5 mV per count on 10 to 10V bipolar range 6 msec all 16 single ended channels 3 msec all 8 differential channels 2 5 mV 1 LSB 2 5 mV 5 mV 1 LSB 5 mV 0 25 of full scale at 25 C 77 F X 0 596 of full scale over specified operating temperature ra
108. that can be installed in any PC AT ISA bus 8 bit half size slot connecting a personal computer with up to four Alspa C80 35 Expansion or Remote I O baseplates Up to 1280 bytes of I O data may be monitored and controlled by the personal computer using computer language for example C or third party control software Remote baseplates can be located up to 213 meters 700 feet from the personal computer local expansion baseplates up to 15 meters 50 feet connected through standard ALSTOM expansion cables The 35 card connects to the Alspa C80 35 baseplates four maximum through a 25 pin connector on the front of the card The PCIF card also has a 3 pin removable terminal strip which provides connections to a watchdog supervised RUN output signal and relay Prewired I O expansion cables which can be used with expansion and remote baseplates are available from ALSTOM Catalog numbers and lengths of these cables are listed in Table 1 3 page 1 16 Note that the 1 and 2 meter cables are Y also referred to as T cables cables The PCIF 35 interfaces to all Alspa C80 35 discrete and analog modules except 16 channel analog modules which are not currently supported A variety of smart modules from Horner Electric Inc are also supported A manual describing the PCIF 35 is available from Horner Electric Inc An Important Product Information notice GFK 0889 which is included with the PCIF 35 card provides basic information
109. the converter Factory calibration adjusts the analog value per bit resolution to a multiple of full scale that is 2 5 mV bit for unipolar 5 mV bit for bipolar This calibration leaves a normal 12 bit converter with 4000 counts normally 212 4096 counts The data is then scaled with the 4000 counts over the analog range For example the data to the A D converter for the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input is scaled as shown below 4475 4000 5 D A BITS decimal 0 T 0 10 VOLTAGE 0 to 10V RANGE Figure 3 21 A D Bits vs Voltage Input for IC693ALG222 Page 3 30 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 3 7 Configuration The 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input module can be configured using either the Alspa P8 25 35 05 or P80 Programming Software configurator function or with the Hand Held Programmer The parameters that may be configured are described in the following table Configuration procedures using Alspa 8 25 35 05 Programming Software and the Hand Held Programmer are described in the following pages Parameter Description Values Default Values Units Name Active Number of channels converted 1 to 16 1 Alspa 8 25 35 05 Channels 16 Hand Held programmer Ref Adr Starting address for AI reference type standard range 10001 or next highest available address Ref Adr Starting address for I reference type standard range 9100001 or next highest
110. to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit Table 3 15 Parameter Descriptions for Configuration Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications Parameter Description Size Fifth eight I locations available for 1 SIZE value 40 cont d 9612 32 Channel 9 1 33 Channel 9 1 34 Channel 1 35 Channel 1 36 Channel N 9 1 37 Channel 1 38 Channel N 1 39 Channel N Range Select the type of input range and the ranges Choices are 4 20mA 0 20mA 4 20mA In the 4 to 20mA default range input current values ranging from 4 to 20mA report 0 to 32 000 integer values to the CPU In the 0 to 20mA range input current values ranging from 0 to 20mA report 0 to 32 000 integer values to the CPU over an input current range of 0 to 20mA The enhanced 4 to 20mA range operates like the 13 ALARMLO above limit 1 below or equal to limit 13 ALARM 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 14 ALARM LO 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 14 ALARM HI 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 15 ALARM LO 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 15 ALARM 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 16 ALARM LO 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit
111. user connections These connections are described below 4 2 2 1 AC Power Source Connections The Hot Neutral and Ground wires from the 120 VAC power source or L1 L2 and Ground wires from the 240 VAC power source connect to the system through the top three protected terminals on the terminal connector on the power supply faceplate 4 2 2 2 Overvoltage Protection Devices The overvoltage protection devices for this power supply are connected internally to pin 4 on the user terminal board This pin is normally connected to frame ground pin 3 with the supplied jumper strap which is installed at the factory If overvoltage protection is not required or is supplied upstream this feature can be disabled by leaving pin 4 unconnected by removing the jumper strap If you want to Hi pot test this supply overvoltage protection must be disabled during the test by removing the terminal board strap Re enable overvoltage protection after testing by reinstalling the strap 47086 1 20 e 39 Frame Ground Jumper Strap Connects Overvoltage Protection Devices to Frame Ground 4 0 e Screw Terminals on Terminal Board Figure 1 21 Overvoltage Protection Devices and Jumper Strap 4 2 2 3 DC Power Source Connections The and wires from the 125 VDC nominal power source connect to the top two protected terminals on the terminal connector ALS 52118 Alspa
112. volt DC TTL positive negative logic input module The first figure shows a typical input circuit The second figure shows how field devices are connected to the module 5y 5y a45038 10K 0012 3 3K 56K INPUT J A A ICS 0 5W 022 mf Li aad 6 680 S COMMON e l LED 4 MODEO H MODE 1 ov ov ov 245037 DI D2 Al pa A2 e o o B12 A12 D3 D4 4 o 0 B11 11 2 B2 DS D6 AS A6 o o B10 A10 oO o B3 D7 D8 AT A8 o 0 B9 9 o 0 A4 B4 2 5 551 us ZIN B7 A7 E A6 B6 24V NC ov NC QUO 24V 6 7 7 VO OUT Ne rz II vo Ness lR CONN CONN BCOM 5 B8 CD NC B5 4 8 4 C8 C7 B8 B7 B4 A4 6 o C6 C5 B6 B5 B3 A3 e e 10 10 C4 C3 B4 B3 o B2 o o B114 9 o e C2 CI B2 B1 BI e o A12 12 o x b rca
113. volts RMS between groups 2 amps maximum per output 4 amps maximum per common 10 mA 5 amps 15 ms maximum 15 ms maximum 80 mA all I O on from 5V backplane bus 70 mA all outputs on from relay 24V backplane bus Maximum load current is dependent on operating voltage as shown in Table 2 41 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 40 Specifications for IC693MDR390 Operating Voltage 240 VAC 120 VAC 24 VDC For inductive loads Maximum Current for Load Type Typical Operations number of Operations 200 000 Table 2 41 Load Current Limitations for IC693MDR390 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 75 Discrete I O Module Specifications Relay contact life when switching inductive loads will approach resistive load contact life if suppression circuits are used The following figures are examples of typical suppression circuits for AC and DC loads The 1A 100V diode shown in the DC load typical suppression circuit is an industry standard 1N4934 FIELD WIRING INFORMATION DC LOADS 45151 AC LOADS 245152 ALSPA ALSPA YY C80 35 80 35 AA 1A 100V 0 022 100 Y RELAY OUTPUT OUTPUT 630v 2 y COM 0 DC SUPPLY AC SOURCE The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input and load devices and power
114. 0 S CH 1 4 20 RO 03 2 00 lt S 1 0 20 RO 03 AIO 2 00 lt S 1 4 20 MA When the desired range for the module is displayed it is accepted by pressing the ENT key return to the previous screen press the lt key Page 3 124 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications Selecting Low and High Alarm limits The low and high alarm limit screens for each channel are displayed immediately following the channel range screen The following screen is displayed if the key is pressed from the range screen for input channel 1 RO 03 AIO 2 00 S CH 1 LO 0 This display contains the entry field for the low alarm limit for this channel You can enter positive or negative values using the numeric keys 0 through 9 and the key Press the ENT key to accept the value you have entered When an alarm value that is not in the allowed range 32768 to 32760 is entered a DATA ERR message will be displayed as shown in the following example RO 03 DATA ERR S CH 1 LO 33000 The bad data must be corrected before the HHP will allow you to move to another screen When a valid low alarm has been entered press the key to move to the high alarm limit screen for this channel The following screen will be displayed RO 03 AIO 2 00 S CH 1 HI 32000 This screen contains the entry field for the high alarm limit for this channel You can
115. 0 mA the A D converter will output up to full scale corresponding to 7FFFH in Page 3 98 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 8 1 2 Voltage Operation In the 0 to 10 V default range user data is scaled so that 0 volts corresponds to a count of 0 and 10 volts corresponds to a count of 32767 The 10 to 10 volt range is selected by changing the configuration parameters using the Alspa P8 25 35 05 configurator software or the Hand Held Programmer In the 0 to 10 volt range user data is scaled so that 10 volts corresponds to a count of 32767 and 10 volts corresponds to a count of 32767 Full 12 bit resolution is available over either range Since converters used in the analog input channels are 12 bit converters not all of the 16 bits in the data tables contain data required for the conversion A version of the 12 bits is placed within the 16 bit data word corresponding to the analog point in the AI table The Alspa C80 35 PLC system handles the integration differently for the various analog modules The CPU does not manipulate the data from the input modules before placing it within the word in the 6AI data table The bits in the AI data table which were not used in the conversion by the input channels are forced to 0 zero by the analog input module Placement of the 12 data bits from the A D converter for an analog current input data word for the 16 Ch
116. 0 slot baseplate 1 13 installation 1 13 Baseplate installation 1 11 mounting requirements 10 slot 1 11 mounting requirements 5 slot 1 11 Baseplate expansion example of 1 8 Baseplate remote example of 1 10 Baseplates adapter bracket 1 13 dimensions for mounting 10 slot 1 11 dimensions for mounting 5 slot 1 11 installation 1 11 mounting in 19 rack 1 13 power supply location 1 26 remote 1 9 Baseplates and power supplies 1 8 Battery accessory kit 1 43 back up 1 42 installation accessory kit 1 43 Index 2 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Battery accessory kit installation 1 43 Blown fuse status output modules 1 4 Borland Turbo C 1 6 Bracket adapter 1 13 C Cable for Alspa C80 35 Installations shield treat ment 1 18 Cable for Alspa C80 35 installations Y cable wiring diagram earlier version base plate 5 I O bus expansion B 2 interface cable for 32 point I O modules 7 Cable I O expansion 1 16 Cables shield treatment 1 18 Cables for 32 point modules 2 77 I O interface cable 2 78 Cables for expansion system Y cables 1 9 Catalog numbers baseplates 1 693 5393 1 9 1 693 5399 1 9 Catalog numbers cables IC693CBL300 B 2 IC693CBL301 2 IC693CBL302 B 2 IC693CBL312 B 2 IC693CBL313 2 IC693CBL315 2 78 B 7 IC693CBL321 B 10 C2 IC693CBL322 B 10 C2 IC693CBL323 B 10 C 2 Catalog
117. 035 0038 Removing Module From Configuration The module can be removed from the current rack configuration at any time during the configuration process by pressing the DEL ENT key sequence The following screen will be displayed pow ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 121 Analog I O Module Specifications If the CLR key is pressed after the DEL key instead of the ENT key the delete operation will be aborted Selecting Module Stop Mode The STOP mode of the module either HOLD or DEFAULT LOW DEFLOW can be displayed and modified using the following procedure From the reference screen press the key to scroll to the next screen RO 03 2 00 S HLS DEF HOLD The default STOP mode is HOLD which indicates that each output will hold its last state when the PLC is placed in STOP mode You can toggle between the HOLD and DEFLOW modes by pressing the key Pressing this key once causes the following screen to be displayed R0 03 AIO 2 00 S HLS DEF DEF LOW In DEFLOW mode each output will become zero when the PLC is placed in STOP mode When the desired mode is displayed it is accepted by pressing the ENT key To return to the previous screen press the key Page 3 122 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications Selecting Output Channel Ranges The range for each of the output and input channels can be d
118. 05 PLCs User s Manual for more information on the COMMREQ E2 COMMREQ Command Block The E2 COMMREQ command block consists of 10 words as shown in Table 3 25 Example E2 data in hexadecimal format are included in the figure for clarity Page 3 114 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications status address zero based 0000 0001 Command type E2 message ID for 6 byte data command to ALG442 and command parameter 1 write 08 Data address zero based 0064 0101 Table 3 25 2 Command Block Definitions The decimal and hexadecimal values which specify data types are shown in Table 3 26 data format and command word description for the 2 are shown in Table 3 27 The first word holds the command word the second word holds data for changing alarm or ramp parameters and the third word is unused The addresses correspond to the example command block data in Table 3 27 Enter This Number For This Data Type Discrete Input m mae Table 3 26 COMMREQ Data Types ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 115 Analog I O Module Specifications 2 COMMREQ Data Channel Convention word 1 0101 command word 0 channel 1 word 2 0102 alarm or ramp data 1 channel 2 word 3 0103 unused 2 c
119. 1 ALS 52118 5 Scan time considerations remote system 1 9 Serial port connector location of 1 41 when functional 1 41 Serial port considerations 1 41 Shield treatment cables 1 18 Shielded cable making a 1 23 Smart modules 1 5 SNP port connection 1 41 Spare parts kits mechanical 1 50 Specifications 110 125 VDC Pos Neg Logic Input 16 pts 2 30 12 24 VDC negative logic 0 5 amp output module 16 points 2 54 12 24 VDC negative logic 0 5 amp output module 8 points 2 48 12 24 VDC negative logic 2 amp output module 2 44 12 24 VDC positive logic 0 5 amp outpout module 8 points 2 46 12 24 VDC positive logic 0 5 amp output module 16 points 2 52 12 24 VDC positive logic 2 amp output module 2 42 12 24 VDC positive logic ESCP 1 amp output module 16 points 2 56 12 24 VDC 0 5 pos logic 32 point output module 2 98 120 VAC input module 2 12 120 VAC input relay output module 2 72 120 VAC isolated input module 2 8 120 VAC output 0 5 amp module 12 points 2 34 120 VAC output 0 5 amp module 16 point 2 38 120 240 VAC Isolated output modules 2 40 120 240 VAC output 2 amp module 2 36 125 VDC pos neg logic 2 amp output module 2 50 125 VDC pos neg logic input module 2 16 2 26 2 28 2 30 24 VAC or VDC pos neg logic input module 2 14 24 vdc high capacity power supply 1 38 24 VDC input relay output module 2 75 Index 24 VDC pos neg logic input
120. 1 1 7 VIOLET A2 1 BROWN BLACK B2 7 VIOLET BLACK A3 2 RED B3 8 WHITE A4 2 RED BLACK B4 8 WHITE BLACK A5 3 ORANGE B5 9 GRAY A6 3 ORANGE BLACK B6 9 GRAY BLACK 7 4 YELLOW B7 10 PINK 8 4 YELLOW BLACK B8 10 PINK BLACK A9 5 DARK GREEN B9 11 LIGHT BLUE 10 5 DARK GREEN BLACK B10 11 LIGHT BLUE BLACK 6 DARK BLUE Bll 12 LIGHT GREEN 12 6 DARK BLUE BLACK 12 12 LIGHT GREEN BLACK Table 2 42 Wire List for I O Interface Cable IC693CBL315 A Field Wiring Work Sheet can be found following the specifications for each of the 32 point I O modules that use the IC693CBL315 I O Interface Cable This work sheet provides all the information needed for wiring the module to field devices and may be copied for use as needed BROW 12 321 245144 2 2J O CONNECTOR 2 12 3 Each wire pair has a solid color wire that same color wire with a black tracer For example Pair 1 has a solid brown wire paired with a brown wire with a black tracer A ROW 1 Page 2 78 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 4 1 2 Building Cables for 24 Pin Connectors Cables connecting the module to field devices can be built to lengths as required for individual applications The mating female socket type 24 pin connectors must be purchased by the user The 24 pin connector accessory kits can be ordere
121. 1 3 10V m accuracy may be degraded to 50mV Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 3 17 Specifications for Analog Voltage Output Module IC693ALG390 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 65 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 5 1 Analog Voltage Output Block Diagram The following figure is a block diagram of the 2 Channel Analog Voltage Output Module IC693AL 390 243843 POT ADJUST 2 CH REFERENCE p GENERATOR 9 vol DUAL D A BACKPLANE 4 INTERFACE ISOLATION b V02 CIRCUITRY ocs 2 gt JUMPERS lt lt neo gt INVERTER 15 REGULATOR GND2 AND osy FRAME VOLTAGE SUPERVISOR zx gt gt K lt gt K d mov Figure 3 32 Analog Voltage Output Module Block Diagram IC693ALG390 Page 3 66 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 5 2 Field Wiring Information The following figure provides information for connecting field wiring to the Analog Voltage Output module 43104 1 5 FIELD WIRING 5 Q 2 x DEFO 24V IES OPTIONAL CONNECTIO
122. 1 to B3 Relay 24V bus OK Safety input Relay 24V common on board OK and provides some additional LEDs labeled B4 to B8 available for customer purposes The red LED labeled F indicate a failure over coil current in safety mode An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage Output 24 or 48 or 110 volts DC 250 volts AC 50 60 Hz Output Voltage range 0 to 132 volts DC 5 to 250 volts AC 50 60 Hz Outputs per Module 8 isolated outputs Maximum Load 6 amps resistive per output for 250 volts AC 6 amps resistive per output for 24 volts DC 1 amp resistive per output for 48 volts DC 0 5 amp resistive per output for 110 volts DC On Response Time 10 msec maximum Off Response Time 10 msec maximum Input Voltage Range 19 2 to 132 volts DC Input per Module 1 isolated input Input Current 10 mA maximum Isolation 2500 volts AC between field and logic side 1000 volts AC between outputs and outputs input Internal Power Consumption 40 mA all outputs ON from the 5 volt bus on backplane 80 mA all outputs ON from relay 24V bus on backpl
123. 18 Overvoltage Protection Devices and Jumper Strap 4 1 2 3 DC Power Source Connections The and wires from the 125 VDC nominal power source connect to the top two protected terminals on the terminal connector 4 1 2 4 Isolated 24 VDC Supply The bottom two terminals provide connections to the internally supplied Isolated 24 volt DC output which can be used to provide power for input circuits within power limitations of the supply If the Isolated 24 VDC supply is overloaded or shorted the Programmable Logic Controller or PC will stop operation Page 1 28 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to 80 35 System 4 2 High Capacity Power Supply 120 240 VAC or 125 VDC Input The Alspa 80 35 system AC DC input High Capacity power supply CE693PWR330 is available as a 30 watt wide range supply which can operate from a voltage source in the range of 100 to 240 VAC or 125 VDC This power supply provides 5 VDC output 24 VDC relay power output which provides power to circuits on Alspa C80 35 Output Relay modules and isolated 24 VDC output For applications requiring greater 5V current capacity than is available with the standard supply this supply allows all 30 watts to be consumed by the 5V The isolated 24 VDC is used internally by some modules and can be used to provide power for some Input modules The load capacities for each output of the power supply are shown in the follow
124. 2 This common mode voltage may be caused by differences in location of circuit grounds or by the nature of the input signal itself To reference floating sources and limit common mode voltages the COM terminal should be connected to either side of the input at the source itself Without special design considerations the summation of the common mode voltage the differential input voltage and noise on the lines referenced to the COM terminals is limited to 11 volts or damage may result to the module The input modules provide some filtering to protect against high frequency spikes but low frequency signals exceeding this will produce erroneous conversions ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 3 Analog I O Module Specifications Figure 3 2 Analog Input Common Mode Voltage 1 2 Outputs The AQ data table is a memory location within the Alspa 80 35 CPU where the output information is stored The Alspa 80 35 PLC has current and voltage analog output modules available however the Alspa 80 35 CPU does not recognize the difference between the two types of analog outputs The user must configure the Alspa 80 35 PLC system as described in the ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual and the ALS 52201 Alspa 8 25 35 05 Programming Software for Alspa 80 35 80 25 80 05 PLCs User s Manual After configuration the two analog outputs will correspond to 32 bits in the data table
125. 2 Red Black 8 4 8 White Black A Common A5 3 Orange AVIN B5 9 Gray AVIN A6 3 Orange Black N C B6 9 Gray Black N C 7 4 Yellow BVIN B7 10 Pink BVIN 8 4 Yellow Black B Common B8 10 Pink Black B8 A9 5 Dark Green B7 B9 11 Light Blue B6 10 5 Dark Green Black B5 10 Light Blue Black B4 6 Dark Blue B3 12 Light Green Table 2 54 Wiring for Module Groups A and B connector on right front of module Page 2 100 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications Reference Module Point Connector Pun Wire Color Code Wire Number Number Pin Number Number B2 A12 6 Dark Blue Black B1 B12 12 Light Green Black Table 2 54 Wiring for Module Groups A and B connector on right front of module Continued Module Point Connector Cable Reference Number Pin Number Pair Wire Color Code Wire Number Number 1 1 Brown C2 7 Violet C3 A2 1 Brown Black C4 B2 7 Violet Black C5 A3 2 Red C6 B3 8 White C7 A4 2 Red Black C8 B4 8 White Black C Common AS 3 Orange CVIN B5 9 Gray CVIN A6 3 Orange Black N C B6 9 Gray Black N C 7 4 Yellow DVIN B7 10 Pink DVIN 8 4 Yellow Black D Common B8 10 Pink Black D8 A9 5 Dark Green D7 B9 11 Light Blue D6 10 5 Dark Green Black 05 10 11 Light Blue Black D4 All 6 Dark Blue D3 B11 12 Light Green
126. 20 0 20 4 20 n a or 4 20 Enhanced Alarm Low Low limit alarm value 8000 to User 32759 counts Alarm High High limit alarm value 7999 to 32000 User 32760 counts Table 3 14 Configuration Parameters For more information on configuration see Configuration Using Alspa P8 25 35 05 or P80 Programming Software beginning 4 4 7 1 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer beginning 4 4 7 2 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 49 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 4 7 1 Configuration Using Alspa 8 25 35 05 Software This paragraph describes how you can configure the 16 Channel High Density Analog Current Input module using the configurator function in Alspa 8 25 35 05 Programming Software Configuration can also be done using Alspa P80 Programming Software For details refer to the Alspa P80 online help To configure a 16 Channel Analog Input Module on the I O Configuration Rack screen 1 Move the cursor to the slot where the module will be located and press the m35 io softkey F1 In the following example screen the module will be placed in slot 5 of the main rack uu out out mix Bother 7 0 gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK J SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION SLOT Catalog 5 1 P8NLESSON ONFIG VALID REPLACE 2 Press the a in softkey F4 to display a list of available anal
127. 2000 4 1 1 decimal decimal 0 oA 0 CURRENT mA 20 0 to 20mA RANGE Figure 3 16 Scaling for Analog Current Figure 3 17 Scaling for Analog Current Input Module 4 to 20 mA Input Module 0 to 20 mA Input protection for the module is sufficient to guarantee operation with reduced performance with up to 200V common mode The module provides electrical isolation of externally generated noise between field wiring and the backplane through the use of optical isolation To minimize the capacitive loading and noise all field connections to the module should be wired using a good grade of twisted shielded instrumentation cable The shields can be connected to either COM or GND The COM connection provides access to the common of the analog circuitry in the module The GND connection provides access to the baseplate frame ground An LED at the top of the faceplate is ON when the module s power supply is operating The main power source for the module is the isolated 24 VDC power supplied by the PLC power supply This voltage is routed through an inverter regulator to provide the operating voltage for the module This module also consumes power from the 5 VDC output of the PLC power supply to drive the isolation circuitry This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa 80 35 PLC system See 3 page 3 13 to determine the number of Analog Current Input modules that can be instal
128. 22 2 2 2 p Qu Qood o Duo available for I SIZE values 32 and 40 Fourth eight 91 locations 761 24 261 25 2614 26 261 277 261 28 261 29 2014 30 761 31 Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel 9 ALARM LO 9 ALARM HI 10 ALARM LO 10 ALARM HI 1 ALARM LO ALARM HI 12 ALARM LO 12 ALARM HI 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit Table 3 11 Parameter Descriptions for Configuration Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications Parameter Description Size Fifth eight locations available for 1 SIZE value 40 cont d 261 32 Channel No 13 ALARM LO 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 261 33 Channel No 13 ALARM HI 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 261 34 Channel No 14 ALARM LO 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 261 35 Channel No 14 ALARM HI 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 2614 36 Channel No 15 ALARM LO 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 261 37 Channel No 15 ALARM HI 0 below limit 1
129. 25 VDC pos neg logic out 1 amp 6 pts 2 50 24 VAC or VDC pos neg logic in 16 pts 2 14 24 VDC in relay out 8 in 8 out 2 74 24 VDC pos neg logic in 16 pts 2 20 24 VDC pos neg logic in 32 pts 2 86 24 VDC pos neg logic in 8 pts 2 18 24 VDC pos neg logic in FAST 16 pts 2 22 24 VDC Pos Neg Logic Input 16 pts 2 26 240 VAC isolated in 8 pts 2 10 48 VDC pos neg logic in FAST 16 pts 2 24 48 VDC Pos Neg Logic Input 16 pts 2 28 5 12 VDC TTL pos neg logic in 32 pts 2 80 5 24 VDC TTL negative logic out 32 pts 2 91 analog combo module 3 97 analog current in 16 channel 3 45 analog current in 4 channel 3 21 analog current out 2 channel 3 68 analog current voltage out 8 channel 3 75 analog voltage in 16 channel 3 26 analog voltage in 4 channel 3 16 analog voltage out 2 channel 3 63 Input simulator 8 16 pts 2 32 isolated relay N C and Form C out 8 amp 8 pts 2 61 isolated relay N O out 4 amp 8 pts 2 58 isolated relay N O out 6 amp 8 pts 2 64 relay N O out 2 amp 16 pts 2 68 I O modules blown fuse status for output modules 1 4 circuit status leds 1 4 color code for type 1 4 Horner Electric Inc 1 5 insert with wiring information 1 4 interface to PCIF 35 1 6 terminal board 1 4 types of 1 3 I O system rack type 1 1 I O terminal block IC693ACC329 C 5 IC693ACC330 C 6 IC693ACC331 C 7 IC693ACC332 C 8 IC693ACC333 C 9 Alspa 80 3
130. 3 Grasp pull tab towards you until contacts have separated from module housing and hook has disengaged for full removal Open the plastic terminal board cover 2 Push up on the jacking lever to release the terminal block Page 2 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly 3 Snap I O Face Plate assembly on module 247118 1234 5678 1234 5678 1234 5678 n B1234 5678 B LL H LIC LU Installing the I O Face Plate Module with I O Face Plate Installed 4 Connect cable to connector on terminal block Finally connect the selected length cable from the connector on the I O Face Plate to the connector on the interposing terminal block ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly 1 5 Connector Pin Orientation and Connection to Module Terminal Module Connector Terminal No Pin No 1234 5678 B12345678 2b 1 2 2 B3 Mae B4
131. 310 2 35 Figure 2 25 Input Points vs Temperature for 693 310 2 35 Figure 2 26 Field Wiring 120 240 Volt AC Output 2 Amp Module IC693MDL330 2 37 Figure 2 27 Input Points vs Temperature for 693 1 330 2 37 Figure 2 28 Field Wiring 120 Volt AC Output 0 5 Amp Module 693 340 2 39 Figure 2 29 Load Current vs Temperature for 693 340 2 39 Figure 2 30 Field Wiring 120 240 Volt Isolated AC Output Module IC693MDL390 2 41 Figure 2 31 Load Current vs Temperature for 693 390 2 41 Figure 2 32 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic 2 Amp Output Module IC693MDL730 2 43 Figure 2 33 Load Current vs Temperature for 693 730 2 43 Figure 2 34 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic 2 Amp Output Module IC693MDL731 2 45 Figure 2 35 Load Current vs Temperature for 69 3 731 2 45 Figure 2 36 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic 0 5 Amp Output Module IC693MDL732 2 47 Figure 2 37 Load Current vs Temperature for 69 3 732 2 47 Figure 2 38 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic 0 5 Amp Output Module IC693MDL733 2 49 F
132. 32 2 2 46 Specifications for 693 733 2 48 Specifications for 693 734 2 50 Specifications for 693 740 2 52 Specifications for 693 41 2 54 Specifications for 693 742 2 2 56 Specifications for 693 1930 2 58 Load Current Limitations for IC693MDL930 2 59 Alspa 80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 21 Tables Table 2 31 Specifications for 69 031 Table 2 32 Load Current limitations for 693 931 Table 2 33 Specifications for 693 150 Table 2 34 Output Input table for 693 150 Table 2 35 Load Current Limitations for 150 Table 2 36 Specifications for 693 1040 Table 2 37 Load Current Limitations for IC693MDL940 Table 2 38 Specifications for IC693MAR590 Table 2 39 Load Current Limitations for
133. 3ALGA442 3 128 IC693MAR590 2 73 IC693MDL230 2 9 IC693MDL231 2 11 IC693MDL240 2 13 IC693MDL241 2 15 IC693MDL310 2 35 IC693MDL330 2 37 IC693MDL340 2 39 IC693MDL390 2 41 IC693MDL632 2 17 IC693MDL634 2 19 IC693MDL645 2 21 IC693MDL646 2 23 IC693MDL654 2 82 IC693MDL655 2 88 IC693MDL730 2 43 ALS 52118 IC693MDL731 2 45 IC693MDL732 2 47 IC693MDL733 2 49 IC693MDL734 2 51 IC693MDL740 2 53 IC693MDL741 2 55 IC693MDL742 2 57 IC693MDL752 2 93 IC693MDL753 2 99 IC693MDL930 2 60 IC693MDL931 2 63 IC693MDL940 2 70 IC693MDR390 2 76 to AC DC Standard Power Supply 1 27 to dc input power supply 1 39 to DC power supply 1 35 to high capacity AC DC power supply 1 31 Field wiring considerations 1 49 Field wiring work sheet IC697MDL654 2 84 IC697MDL655 2 89 IC697MDL752 2 95 IC697MDL753 2 100 Fuses list of 2 2 G Guide to page location for analog I O module specifications 3 1 discrete I O module specifications 2 1 H Handling terminal boards 1 46 Hardware description analog modules 3 3 High capacity AC DC power supply AC power source connections 1 31 DC power source connections 1 31 illustration of 1 29 specifications 1 30 High capacity DC power supply dc power source connections 1 39 illustration of 1 36 ALS 52118 Index isolated 24 vdc supply connections 1 39 specifications 1 38 High density discrete I O modules connections
134. 3MDL940 Page 2 70 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 30 120 Volt AC Input Relay Output 8 Inputs 8 Outputs IC693MAR590 The 120 volt AC Input Relay Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 input points with one common power input terminal and 8 normally open relay circuits in the same module The input circuits are reactive resistor capacitor inputs and are arranged as one group of 8 inputs The output points are arranged in two groups of four points each Each group has a common power output terminal Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied devices such as pushbuttons limit switches and electronic proximity switches Current to an input results in a logic 1 in the input status table I Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user This module s input section requires an AC power source it cannot be used with a DC power source The normally open relay circuits are used for controlling output loads provided by the user The output switching capacity of each output is 2 amps The relay outputs can control a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power for the internal relay circuits is provided by the 24 volt DC bus on the backplane The user must supply the AC or DC power to operate field devices There are no fuses on this module
135. 4 120 VAC 8 pts 2 38 120 240 VAC isolated 5 pts 2 40 120 240 VAC 8 pts 2 36 125 VDC positive negative logic 6 pts 2 50 5 24 VDC TTL neg logic 32 pts 2 91 analog current 2 channel 3 68 analog voltage 2 channel 3 63 isolated relay N C amp Form C 8 pts 2 61 isolated relay N O 8 pts 2 58 isolated relay NO 6 amp 8 pts 2 64 negative logic 2 6 positive logic 2 5 relay N O 2 amp 16 pts 2 68 Overvoltage protection devices 1 27 Index 7 Index P Parts kits mechanical spare 1 50 PCIF 35 interface card 1 6 specifications 1 7 to Alspa 80 35 I O example of 1 7 Personal computer interface card 1 6 specifications 1 7 to Alspa 80 35 I O example of 1 7 Pin assignments expansion port 1 18 Positive and negative logic definitions 2 5 Positive logic input modules 2 5 Positive logic output modules 2 5 Power requirements analog combo 3 102 Power supplies and baseplates 1 8 Power supply 120 240 VAC or 125 VDC 1 25 24 48 VDC input 1 33 back up battery location of 1 42 field wiring to DC input supply 1 39 field wiring to high capacity AC DC supply 1 31 high capacity 120 240 VAC or 125 VDC 1 29 high capacity 24 VDC input 1 36 isolated 24 VDC supply connections 1 32 1 35 isolated 24 vdc supply connections 1 39 load ratings 1 12 location in baseplate 1 26 mounting orientation 1 12 serial port connector location of
136. 5 1 2 IC693ALG392 3 75 IC693ALG442 3 97 Input modules 110 125 VDC Pos Neg Logic Input 16 pts 2 30 120 VAC isolated 8 pts 2 8 120 VAC 16 pts 2 12 125 VDC pos neg logic 8 pts 2 16 24 VAC or VDC pos neg logic 16 pts 2 14 24 VDC Pos Neg Logic Input 16 pts 2 26 24 VDC pos neg logic 16 pts 2 20 24 VDC pos neg logic 32 pts 2 86 24 VDC pos neg logic 8 pts 2 18 24 VDC pos neg logic FAST 16 pts 2 22 240 VAC isolated 8 pts 2 10 48 VDC pos neg logic FAST 16 pts 2 24 48 VDC Pos Peg logic Input 16 pts 2 28 5 12 VDC 32 pts 2 80 analog current 16 channel 3 45 analog current 4 channel 3 21 analog voltage 16 channel 3 26 analog voltage 4 channel 3 16 input simulator 8 16 pts 2 32 negative logic 2 6 positive logic 2 5 Input Output module combination 120 VAC in relay 8 8 2 71 24 VDC in relay out 8 8 2 74 Installation baseplate 1 11 baseplate adapter bracket 1 13 battery accessory kit 1 43 I O module 1 44 load requirements for analog I O modules 3 2 remote cables building 1 16 remote expansion system 1 14 terminal board 1 46 Installation I O modules 3 2 Index 6 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52116 c en Interposing terminal blocks C 1 Isolated 24 VDC supply 1 32 Isolated 24 vdc supply 1 39 J Jumper strap for overvoltage protection devices 1 28 K Kits spare parts mechanical 1 50 L LEDs analog combo module 3 102
137. 5 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 CHAPTER 1 INTRODUCTION ALSPA C80 35 SYSTEM 1 ALSPA 80 35 SYSTEM 1 1 Alspa 80 35 I O Module Types 1 2 Universal Terminal Boards 1 3 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly 1 4 Connections to High Density I O Modules 1 5 Horner Electric Modules 2 PERSONAL COMPUTER INTERFACE CARD 3 ALSPA 80 35 BASEPLATES AND POWER SUPPLIES 3 1 Expansion Baseplates 32 RemoteBaseplates 3 3 Baseplate Installation 3 3 1 Load Ratings Temperature and Mounting Position 3 3 2 Baseplate Adapter Bracket 3 4 Rack Number DIP 5 3 5 Expansion System Cable Connections 3 6 I O Expansion Cables 3 7 Building remote 371 Expansion Port Pin Assignments 3772 Shield Treatment a ees E Erde 3 7 3 TO Expansion Bus Termination 4 POWER SUPPLIES nee ees we ute e es 41 Standard Power Supply 120 240 VAC or 125 VDC Input 4 1 1 Output voltag
138. 5 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 8 Point IC693MDL 632 This 125 volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input module provides 8 input points in two isolated groups with four points in each group Each group has a separate common associated with it the two commons are not tied together inside the module The input module is designed to have either positive logic characteristics in that it sinks current from the input devices to the user common or negative power bus or negative logic characteristics in that it sources current through the input devices to the user common or positive power bus The input device is connected between the power bus and the module input Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table 1 Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of input devices such as pushbuttons limit switches and electronic proximity switches Power to operate field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row This module uses the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of
139. 51 79 2 More if 24 VDC is user supplied 32 for Model 331 49 for Model 341 79 for Model 351 Table 3 6 Maximum Number of Analog Modules per System Page 3 14 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 ANALOG MODULE SPECIFICATIONS The following pages contain general information on Alspa C80 35 analog modules and specifications for each of the Alspa C80 35 analog I O modules For each module the following technical information is provided A description of the module A list of specifications for the module An illustration showing field wiring information including appropriate user connections to the detachable terminal board or connector and an example of the module s input or output circuitry for user interface information A graph that provides temperature derating information where applicable for the module These Analog modules are described in the following pages IC693ALG220 IC693ALG221 IC693ALG222 IC693ALG223 IC693ALG390 IC693ALG391 IC693ALG392 IC693ALG442 ALS 52118 Voltage Input Current Input Voltage Input Current Input Voltage Output Current Output Current Voltage Output Current Voltage Input Output 4 Channel 4 Channel 16 Channel 16 Channel 2 Channel 2 Channel 8 Channel AIn 20ut Channels Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 16 Page 3 21 Page 3 26 Page 3 45 Page 3 63 Page 3 68 Pa
140. 693CBL315 I O INTERFACE CABLE 24 PIN FOR 32 POINT MODULES B 7 9 1 Fu ction of cable ies eR NH Tb o o B 7 9 22 Specifications s esie Sr Sie ined c ceste oe Roe e B 7 5 2 1 Building Cables for 24 Pin Connectors B 7 5 22 Connector Depths ere RED Roe ee ord Bae NOD THER B 9 ALS 52118 Alspa C80 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 15 Contents 6 IC693CBL321 322 323 FACEPLATE TO TERMINAL BLOCK 24 PIN B 10 6 1 Function of Cable sina osos RM TR UNE S SER B 10 6 2 Cable Specifications B 10 APPENDIX C TERMINAL BLOCK QUICK CONNECT ASSEMBLY 1 TERMINAL BLOCK QUICK CONNECT COMPONENTS C 1 Terminal Blocks uei C 1 1525 Caples ie wordt sd et 2 1 34 IO bace Pl te sarete cete oet E C 2 1 4 Installation Aue bore S O uis esaet e edu C2 1 5 Connector Pin Orientation and Connection to Module Terminal C 4 1 6 6693ACGC320 inte wey DI E eo re bes TRA Es HR Ev peus C 5 beh LER RP SCR eB HR DU C 6 L8 C 7 1 97 0693 ACC332 SR DL UC Pete C 8 1 10 IG693ACC 333 zoe eredi e
141. 7 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 8 4 Field Wiring Connections Connections to this module from user devices are made to screw terminals on a removable 20 terminal connector block mounted on the front of the module The actual terminals used are described in the following table and are shown in the following wiring diagrams 4 8 4 1 Terminal Assignments Pin assignments for the 20 terminal I O connector on the Analog Combo module are as shown in the following table Pin Signal Name Signal Definition 3 m e Table 3 28 Terminal Pin Assignments for IC693ALG442 Page 3 128 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 4 8 4 2 Analog Combo Module Block Diagram Analog Module Specifications The following figure is a block diagram of the Analog Combo module 247046 CHx CURRENT VOLTAGE ____ ay INPUT SELECT A JMPx O 5 REFERENCE gt 15V SN POWER m 15V CONVERTER 5V 45V FGND 0 VOLTAGE SUPERVISOR D CONFIG IL Tout CURRENT DRIVER jt 1 Vor VOLTAGE FAULT o OUTPUT SR LATCH v RANGE SELECT Figure 3 53 Analog Combo Modul
142. 9 1 38 Figure 1 28 Timing Diagram for all Alspa 80 35 Power Supplies 1 40 Figure 1 29 Serial Port Connector 1 41 Figure 1 30 Backup Battery for RAM 1 42 Figure 1 31 Battery Accessory Installation 1 1 43 Figure 2 1 Field Wiring 120 Volt AC Isolated Input Module 693 230 2 9 Figure 2 2 Field Wiring 240 Volt AC Isolated Input Module 693 231 2 11 Figure 2 3 Field Wiring 120 Volt AC Input Module IC693MDL240 2 13 Figure 2 4 Input Points vs Temperature for 693 240 2 13 Figure 2 5 Field Wiring 24 Volt AC DC Pos Neg Logic Input Module IC693MDL241 2 15 Figure 2 6 Input Points vs Temperature for 693 241 2 15 Figure 2 7 Field Wiring 125 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input Module IC693MDL632 2 17 Figure 2 8 Input Points vs Temperature for 693 632 2 17 Figure 2 9 Field Wiring 24 Volt Positive Negative Logic Input Module IC693MDL634 2 19 Figure 2 10 Input Points vs Temperature for 693 634 2 19 Figure 2 11 Field W
143. 93MDL 752 and IC693MDL753 Connections to input circuits are made from the user s input devices to two male pin type 24 pin connectors Fujitsu FCN 365P024 AU mounted on the front of the module The connector mounted on the right of the module front view interfaces with groups A and B the connector on the left side of the module interfaces with groups C and D A pre wired IC693CBL315 cable is available from ALSTOM for field connections to these modules or you can build your own cable ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 77 Discrete I O Module Specifications 4 1 1 Interface Cable IC693CBL315 This cable assembly IC693CBL315 3 meters 10 feet is for use with all Alspa C80 35 programmable controller High Density 32 point I O modules that have the Fujitsu 24 pin user I O connector mounted on the front of each module The cabel has a 24 pin connector on one end and etripped and tinned wires on the other end This I O Interface Cables is for use with I O modules IC693MDL654 MDL655 MDL752 and MDL753 This cable is not intended to be used with the Alspa C80 35 Axis Positioning Modules APM Note that this cable replaces previous version of the cable IC693CBL310 which is now obsolete The only difference between the two cables is that the color codes are different Pin Pair Pin Pair Number Number Wire Color Code Number Number Wire Color Code
144. A positive logic output module 345043 DI D2 Al A2 LoaD 12 A12 LOAD LOAD Al BI LOAD D3 D4 A3 A4 LoaD All LOAD LoaD A2 B2 LOAD D5 D6 A5 A6 LoaD B10 A10 LOAD LoaD A3 B3 LOAD D7 D8 A7 A8 LOAD B9 9 LOAD LoaD 4 B4 LOAD DCOM DVIN ACOM AVIN B8 e 5 DVIN AVIN Alik EL B LAT NC ie 6 NC CVIN VO B6 6 vO NC A7 7 CONN CONN CD 1 CCOM P BCOM cvi TLES A3 syn TAH Be C8 7 B8 B7 LOAD B4 A4 LOADJ 6 LOAD A9 B9 LOADJ e C6 C5 B6 B5 LoaD B3 LOAD 10 10 LOADJ e C3 B4 B3 B2 2 LOAD 6 LOAD A11 LOAD C2 Cl B2 Bl LOAD LOAD 12 12 LOADJ e FUJIT
145. ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 57 Analog I O Module Specifications The display shows the entry field for the high alarm limit for the currently displayed channel You can enter positive or negative numbers see using the and numeric keys After selecting the low and high alarm limits for channel 1 or the currently displayed channel you can view the next channel by pressing the key R0 03 HI DEN C gt 5 CHANNEL 2 4 20 Edit the range and low and high alarm limits as described for Channel 1 All active channels can be changed in this manner Return to the initial display screen by pressing the ENT key or by pressing the lt key until the initial screen is displayed Saved Configurations Configurations that contain a 16 Channel Analog Current Input module can be saved to an EEPROM or MEM card and read into the CPU at a later time MEM cards and EEPROMs containing these configurations can be read into any Release 4 or later CPU Refer to Chapter 2 of the ALS 52202 Hand Held Programmer for Alspa 80 35 80 25 and 80 05 PLCs User s Manual for detailed information on the Save and Restore operations Page 3 58 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 4 8 Field Wiring Connections Connections to this module from user devices are made to screw terminals on a removable 20 terminal connector block mounted on the front of the modu
146. AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 18 Input Points vs Temperature for CF693MDL 101 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 27 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 11 48 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 16 Point CF693MDL102 This 48 volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input module provides 16 input points in four isolated groups with four points in each group Each group has a separate common associated with it the two commons are not tied together inside the module The input module is designed to have either positive logic characteristics in that it sinks current from the input devices to the user common or negative power bus or negative logic characteristics in that it sources current through the input devices to the user common or positive power bus The input device is connected between the power bus and the module input Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of industrial input devices Power to operate field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row This module uses the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to B8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The su
147. Alspa 80 35 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 c en First issue 05 95 This edition 06 99 Meaning of terms that be used this document Notice to readers WARNING Warning notices are used to emphasize that hazardous voltages currents temperatures or other conditions that could cause personal injury exist or may be associated with use of a particular equipment In situations where inattention could cause either personal injury or damage to equipment a Warning notice is used Caution notices are used where there is a risk of damage to equipment for example Notes merely call attention to information that is especially significant to understanding and operating the equipment This document is based on information available at the time of its publication While efforts have been made to be accurate the information contained herein does not purport to cover all details or variations in hardware or software nor to provide for every possible contingency in connection with installation operation or maintenance Features may be described herein which are not present in all systems ALSTOM assumes no obligation of notice to holders of this document with respect to changes subsequently made ALSTOM makes no representation or warranty expressed implied or statutory with respect to and assumes no responsibility for the accuracy completeness sufficiency or usefulness of the information contained herein ALSTOM giv
148. Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 67 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 29 Relay Output N O 2 Amp 16 Point IC693MDL940 The 2 Amp Relay Output module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 16 normally open relay circuits for controlling output loads provided by the user The output switching capacity of each output is 2 amps The output points are arranged in four groups of four points each Each group has a common power output terminal The relay outputs can control a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power for the internal relay circuits is provided by the 24 volt DC bus on the backplane The user must supply the AC or DC power to operate field devices There are no fuses on this module LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module The LEDs are arranged in two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to 8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot
149. BLE 1 4 13 DRPERR 0 FROM L DRMRUN 1 50 c 9 DRMRUN I 2 DPFRAME um Lo 3 DPFRAME I 9 9 Fd 1 t t 7 0 0 0 pE 1 FGND gt X 25 PIN 25 PIN MALE FEMALE Metallized Shell Metallized Shell NOTE Bold dashed line shows continuous 100 shielding when metallized shell connectors are plugged together Figure B 4 Current Remote baseplate Custom Y Cable Wiring Diagram Page 6 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Data Sheets I O Cables 5 IC693CBL315 O INTERFACE CABLE 24 PIN FOR 32 POINT MODULES 5 1 Function of cable This prewired cable is available for use with all Alspa C80 35 high density 32 point I O modules that use the Fujitsu 24 pin user I O connector Each of these modules has two of these connectors mounted side by side I O Interface cables have a 24 pin connector on one end for connection to the module and stripped and tinned wires on the other end Catalog numbers for 32 point modules having two 24 connectors are IC693MDL 654 IC693MDL 655 IC693MDL752 and IC693MDL753 Connections to input circuits are made from the user s input devices to two male pin type 24 pin connectors Fujitsu FCN 365P024 AU mounted on the front of the module The connector mounted on the right of the module front view interfaces with groups A and B the connector on the left side of the module interfaces with groups C and D If
150. C LOADS 45151 AC LOADS 345152 ALSPA ALSPA YY C80 35 C80 35 rS ye 1A 100V 0 022 100 Y OUTPUT OUTPUT 630v 2 y COM wi DC SUPPLY AC SOURCE FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input and load devices and power source s to the 120 Volt Input Relay Output module 345045 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER CIRCUITS lt e fay UJ Xx _ G Gots gt lt NJ 3 5 C LV YY 9 A6 COUPLER 7 7 8 9 9 7 04 NOT USED OTHER CIRCUITS 4 Y SS 4 7 2 e 13 B2 x p RELAY NO B5 7 6 Figure 2 56 Field Wiring 120 VAC Input Relay Output Module IC693MAR590 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 73 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 31 24 Volt DC Input Relay Output 8 Inputs 8 Outputs IC693MDR390 The 24 volt DC Input Relay Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 input points with one common power input terminal and 8 normally open relay circuits in the same module The input circuits are desi
151. C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 31 Introduction to 80 35 I O System 4 2 2 4 Isolated 24 VDC Supply The bottom two connections provide terminals for connections to the internally supplied Isolated 24 volt DC output which can be used to provide power for input circuits within power limitations of the supply If the Isolated 24 VDC supply is overloaded or shorted the Programmable Logic Controller or PC will stop operation Page 1 32 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to 80 35 System 4 3 Power Supply 24 48 VDC Input The Alspa 80 35 DC input power supply IC693PWR325 is available as a 30 watt wide range supply designed for 24 VDC or 48 VDC nominal inputs It will accept an input voltage range from 18 VDC to 56 VDC Although it is capable of maintaining all outputs within specifications with input voltages as low as 18 VDC it will not start with initial input voltages of less than 21 VDC This power supply provides 5 VDC output 24 VDC relay power output which provides power to circuits on Alspa 80 35 Output Relay modules and isolated 24 VDC output The isolated 24 VDC can be used to provide power for some Input modules The load capacities for each output of the power supply are shown in the following table Catalog Load Number Capacity Output Capacities Voltage Power Total of all outputs combined cannot exceed 30 watts Table 1 10
152. CIRCUITRY GND ALSPA C80 35 PLC Figure 3 27 16 Channel Analog Current Input Module Block Diagram IC693ALG223 Page 3 60 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 4 8 3 Field Wiring Information The following figure provides information for connecting field wiring to the user terminal board on the 16 Channel Analog Current Input Module TERMINALS 345246 24VIN D 24VOUT EI m EE UN 3 cH2 5 y e 1 Y 2l e v Z COM ND USER CURRENT LOOP DRIVER OPTIONAL SHIELD CONNECTION Figure 3 28 Field Wiring for 16 Channel Analog Current Input Module IC693ALG223 The current source may also be tied to the COM terminal if the source is floating to limit common mode voltages ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 61 Analog I O Module Specifications TERMINALS 847021 24VIN CHI I USER CURRENT SOURCE I Ne RS 24 USER COMMON COM 9 9 9 OO 9 92 0990909 OPTIONAL SHIELD CONNECTION Figure 3 29 Field Wiring Alternative User Connections IC693ALG223 Page 3 62 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specificatio
153. CK 2 SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION SLOT Catalog 5 1 NP8NLESSON ER SU ONFIG VALID REPLACE 2 Press the a in softkey F4 to display a list of available analog input modules and their catalog numbers am Rat out Jed mix in out Be nix Bother o gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK 2 SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION SLOT Catalog 5 CATALOG DESCRIPTION TYPE 1 IC693ALGZ220 INPUT ANALOG 4PT VOLTAGE IALGU4 2 IC693ALG221 INPUT ANALOG 4PT CURRENT IALGI4 3 IC693ALG222 INPUT ANALOG 16PT VOLTAGE IALGUF 4 IC693ALG223 INPUT ANALOG 16PT CURRENT IALGIF 5 ALGIN4 GENERIC INPUT ANALOG 4 CH lt lt CURSOR TO THE DESIRED CATALOG NUMBER AND PRESS THE ENTER KEY gt gt lt lt PRESS PGDN KEY FOR NEXT PAGE PGUP KEY FOR PREVIOUS PAGE gt gt 0 P8 LESSON igit ONFIG VALID REPLACE 3 To select the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module position the cursor on the catalog number for the module IC693ALG222 and press the Enter key Page 3 32 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications feat out mix in ep out nix Bother gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK J SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION SLOT Catalog 5 CATALOG DESCRIPTION TYPE 1 IC693ALG220 INPUT ANALOG VOLTAGE IALGU4 2 IC693ALG221 INPUT ANALOG CURRENT IALGI4 3 IC693A
154. Channels V channels used then add the number of cur AMBIENT 50 rent channels This is the total number of TEMPERATU RE C channels used 45 _ To determine the maximum operating tem 40 perature select the total active channels used 2 VUSER 30V from the bottom of chart then draw a verti y cal line to the line for the number of voltage 35 _ MIXED VOLTAGE AND CURRENT channels AM VOLTAGE CHANNELS HAVE 2K ohm LOADS ACTIVE CHANNELS CURRENT AND VOLTAGE MIX CURRENT CHANNELS HAVE SHORTED LOADS NOTE For maximum performance and module life it is recommended that the mod ule be operated at maximum load resistance to offload heat from the module Figure 3 45 Module Derating Curves for IC693ALG392 Page 3 82 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 7 2 Configuration The 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module can be configured using either the Alspa P8 or Alspa P80 Programming Software configurator function or with the Hand Held Programmer The parameters that may be configured are described in the following table Configuration procedures using Alspa P8 25 35 05 Programming Software and the Hand Held Programmer are described in the following pages Parameter Description Values Default Values Units Name Active Number of channels converted 1to8 1 Channels AQAddress Starting address for reference standard
155. Common B8 10 Pink Black B8 A9 5 Dark Green B7 B9 11 Light Blue B6 10 5 Dark Green Black B5 10 11 Light Blue Black B4 6 Dark Blue B3 12 Light Green ALS 52118 Table 2 51 Wiring for Module Groups and connector on right front of module Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 95 Discrete I O Module Specifications Module Point Connector Cable Reference Number Pin Number Pair Wire Color Code Wire Number Number B2 12 6 Dark Blue Black B1 B12 12 Light Green Black Table 2 51 Wiring for Module Groups and B connector on right front of module continued Cable Reference Module Point Connector Pair Wire Color Code Wire Number Number Pin Number Number C1 1 1 Brown C2 T Violet C3 A2 1 Brown Black C4 B2 zi Violet Black C5 A3 2 C6 B3 8 White C7 A4 2 Red Black C8 B4 8 White Black C Common 5 3 Orange C Common B5 9 Gray CVIN A6 3 Orange Black N C B6 9 Gray Black N C 7 4 Yellow DVIN B7 10 Pink D Common 8 4 Yellow Black D Common B8 10 Pink Black D8 A9 5 Dark Green D7 B9 11 Light Blue D6 10 5 Dark Green Black 05 10 11 Light Blue Black D4 6 Dark Blue D3 B11 12 Light Green D2 A12 6 Dark Blue Black D1 B12 12 Light Green Black Table 2 52 Wiring for Module Groups and D connector on left front of mo
156. D B10 A10 LOAD e Loap HS roADI e Loanl 22H so 4 HS B4 HASH j DCOM DCOM j ACOM ACOM t B8 A8 DE a as Les B7 7 NC B6 NC DVIN AVIN CVIN BVIN ro NE B6 A6 yo ONG B7 CONN CONN BCOM CD B5 as He ie AB A8 Bs H e Alike 1 pa a4 1 LOAD HSH ao 187 e e JLoap SS 23 H froApl e 221 aio Bio HBS oA D e 42 2 aii HES e _ ni HC roan 82 Bl Toan FUJITSU CONNECTOR PINS A12 B12 Figure 2 62 Field Wiring 5 24 Volt DC TTL Neg Logic 32 Point Output Module IC693MDL752 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 93 Discrete I O Module Specifications The following figure provides examples of typical connections to user loads from the 5 24 VDC TTL Negative Logic Output module Page 2 94 245042 O VIN CONTACTOR ZN 10K COIL USER LOAD j xVI COM EX 10K ALSPA C80 35 VU UAM Bg I TTL w GE O INx lt 9 xCOM O xVIN USER a WE TTL IN
157. D SIDE VIEW DOOR 102 4 00 Figure 1 6 10 Slot Baseplate Mounting Dimensions and Spacing Requirements ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 11 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 3 3 1 Load Ratings Temperature and Mounting Position The power supply load rating depends on the mounting position of the baseplate and the ambient temperature The load rating with the baseplate mounted upright on a panel is 100 at 60 C 140 F Power supply load ratings with the baseplate mounted horizontally are temperature at 25 C 77 F full load temperature at 60 C 140 F 50 of full load Page 1 12 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to 80 35 System 3 3 2 Baseplate Adapter Bracket An optional Baseplate Adapter Bracket catalog number IC693ACC308 allows 10 slot baseplate to be mounted in a 19 inch rack Each baseplate installation requires only one of the adapter brackets Install the adapter bracket by inserting the tabs at the top and bottom of the adapter bracket into the corresponding slots at the top and bottom of the baseplate as shown in the following figure When the bracket is in place insert and tighten the two screws as described in the illustration included with the bracket into the holes in the
158. D2 A12 6 Dark Blue Black D1 B12 12 Light Green Black Table 2 55 Wiring for Module Groups and D connector on left front of module ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 101 Discrete I O Module Specifications Page 2 102 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Chapter Analog I O Module Specifications 2 This chapter describes the currently available Analog Input and Output modules for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller Module specifications and wiring information are provided for each of the available Analog I O modules The first part of this chapter describes how analog information is handled in the Alspa C80 35 PLC followed by a description of each of the modules Specific information for a particular analog module can be found in the description of that module Currently available Analog I O modules are listed in the following table Table 3 1 along with the starting page number where the description of each module can be found Number of Page Catalog Number Description of Module Channels Number IC693ALG220 Analog Input Voltage IC693ALG221 Analog Input Current 1C693ALG222 Analog Input Voltage High Density 16 channel IC693ALG442 Analog Combo Module Current Voltage 4 channels In 3 97 2 channels Out Table 3 1 Guide to Page Location for Analog I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Modul
159. DC to 30 VDC Although it is capable of maintaining all outputs within specifications with input voltages as low as 12 VDC it will not start with initial input voltages of less than 18 VDC This power supply provides 5 VDC output 24 VDC relay power output which provides power to circuits on Alspa C80 35 Output Relay modules and isolated 24 VDC output For applications requiring greater 5V current capacity than is available with the standard supply this supply allows all 30 watts to be consumed by the 5V The isolated 24 VDC can be used to provide power for some Input modules The load capacities for each output of the power supply are shown in the following table Catalog Number Load Capacity Output Capacities Voltage Power Total of all outputs combined cannot exceed 30 watts Table 1 12 High Capacity DC Input Power Supply Capacities 244854 CE693PWR331 PWR ALSTOM SYSTEM STATUS Alspa C80 35 O RUN INDICATORS POWER SUPPLY PROGRAMMABLE 1 CONTROLLER CONNECTIONS PUT FOR 24 VDC DC POWER lt 50 WATT SOURCE INTERNALPOWER gt SOURCE FOR C MODULES REQUIRING 24VDC 24 9 OUTPUT 0 8A MAX o SIsisis RS 485 COMPATIBLE SERIAL PORT
160. ENT key will allow the PLC to select the starting address of the status data You can select a specific starting address by pressing the key sequence for the desired address and pressing the ENT key For example to specify the starting address as I17 press the key sequence 1 7 ENT The following screen will be displayed R0 03 AO 1 00 gt 5 I16 10017 10032 You can press the CLR key at any time to abort the configuration you have just selected and return the slot to EMPTY After selecting the starting 1 address and pressing the ENT key the following screen appears RO 03 AO 1 00 gt S AQ8 AQ ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 89 Analog I O Module Specifications Selecting AQ Reference This screen allows you to select the starting address for the reference by specifying the starting reference in the field You can select the next available address the default or enter a specific address Pressing the ENT key will allow the PLC to select the starting addresses To enter a specific address for example AQ35 press the starting reference number keys and the ENT key For example to specify a starting address of AQ35 press the key sequence 3 5 ENT RO 03 1 00 gt 5 AQ8 AQ035 AQ043 Note that the length of the status field 8 is displayed as the first two digits following the first AQ on the second line of the display This field cannot be changed with the Han
161. Figure 2 22 Table 2 15 Specifications for CF693MDL103 Page 2 30 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 110 125 volt DC positive negative logic input module MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER CIRCUITS A OPTICAL COUPLER Figure 2 21 Field Wiring 110 125 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input Module CF693MDL103 110V SUPPLY 125V SUPPLY 132V SUPPLY 150V SUPPLY NUMBER OF INPUTS 4 ON 10 C 20 C 30 C 40 C 50 C 60 C AMBIENT TEMPERATURE C Figure 2 22 Input Points vs Temperature for CF693MDL103 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 31 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 13 Input Simulator 8 16 Point IC693ACC300 The Input Simulator module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller has 16 two position switches on the front of the module Each switch can be programmed as a discrete input device This module allows simulation of either 8 point or 16 point input modules A switch located in the rear of the module allows configuration of the module for either 8 or 16 points When the mode switch is set for 8 points only the first 8 switches can be used A switch the ON position results in a logic 1 in the input table 1 This module
162. G INFORMATION The following figures provide wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 5 12 volt DC TTL pos neg logic input module 5V 5y 245036 10 0 01 1 3K K 56 INPUT V e 1 yN 9 ICS 0 5W 0 22 mf 2 2 VAs 680 COMMON LED MODE 0 MODE 1 0 0 p 345037 DI D2 Al A2 o o 212 12 Al BI D4 A3 A4 o o 2 B11 11 7 o o 2 B2 D5 D6 A5 A6 10 10 D7 D8 7 8 B9 A9 o o 4 B4 DCOM BS 8 ACOM AS Fe NC 5 _ 7 BS Tay C EJ 0V Cip J OUT 5V B6 A6 0V AT B7 2 OVD 22 N CD NC B5 5 114 8 88 4 11 C8 C7 7 B4 4 Oo o 6 Oo 0 9 B9 C6 C5 B6 B5 2 o 4 07 o o A10l 10 4 B3 o o 4 B2 A2 o o B11 07 C2 B2 B1 Al
163. HS393 Remote baseplates provide the same functionality as the expansion baseplates with the added feature that they can be used at distances up to 213 meters 700 feet The remote baseplates are the same physical size are rack addressable use the same power supply and support the same I O and option modules as the expansion baseplates The remote baseplates are identified with the word Remote on the plastic cover and the word Remote is also visible on the backplane board through the plastic cover immediately above the connector for slot 1 Remote capability is achieved by providing isolation between the 5 volt logic supply used by the I O modules installed in the baseplate and the supply for the interface circuit associated with the I O Interface Isolation helps prevent problems associated with unbalanced ground conditions These conditions usually occur when systems are located long distances from each other and do not share the same ground system However distance is not always the problem systems in close proximity should be verified for proper grounding prior to installation The use of the remote capability also requires some special considerations one of which is scan time In order to operate at long distances the I O clock speed must be lowered when communicating with remote racks This will have an impact on performance The impact will be relatively small for discrete I O and slightly more for other modules The increase in time needed t
164. I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Product Certification Standards and General Specifications Power Supply Input Dips Variations IEC 1000 4 11 During Operation Dips to 30 and 100 variation for 10 Variation for DC 220 Notes 1 Refer to module specific data sheets and installation guidelines in the related publications listed in Preface 2 Selected modules may be derated 3 Modules comply with applicable CSA Standards as evaluated by UL The C UL mark is accepted throughout Canada ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page A 3 Product Certification Standards and General Specifications Page 4 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Appendix Data Sheets for Cables b This appendix provides data sheets describing each of the Alspa C80 35 cable types that can be used in an I O system The information in these data sheets applies to I O systems controlled by either Alspa 80 35 PLC or by a PC with a Personal Computer Interface card installed in the PC These data sheets allow all cable information to be found in one convenient location Each data sheet contains the following information Cable name and function Applicable catalog numbers Hardware description of cable connector types cable type other relevant hardware Wiring diagram of cable Information on these cables is included in this appendix e 1C693CBL300 I
165. I O modules can be installed in any available slot in the CPU baseplate PLC Models 311 313 331 341 351 352 or into any slot in any of the expansion or remote baseplates PLC Models 331 341 351 352 or in a PC system The Alspa 80 35 PLC with Model 331 or 341 CPU supports up to 49 I O modules Model 351 or 352 CPUs support up to 79 I O modules The Alspa 80 35 PLC Model 311 and Model 313 5 slot baseplates support five I O modules and the Model 323 10 slot baseplate supports ten modules An Alspa 80 35 I O system controlled by a PC with a 35 card supports up to 40 I O modules Third party I O modules are also available which can be included in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system For information on Third party I O modules consult your authorized ALSTOM PLC distributor or your local ALSTOM sales office I O modules are retained in their slots by molded latches that easily snap onto the upper and lower edges of the baseplate when the module is fully inserted into its slot to prevent accidental loosening or disengagement of the modules Page 1 2 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 343082 A12345678 B12345678 OUTPUT RELAY N O 2 AMP 1 4 5 7
166. IC693ACC331 IC693MDL741 Output 12 24 VDC Neg Logic 0 5 16 points IC693ACC332 IC693MDL940 Output Relay 16 points 69 333 IC693MDL340 Output 120 VAC 0 5A 16 points This Terminal Block may be used with most I O modules that have up to 16 I O points can not be used with 32 point modules Jumpers may have to be added for details of required wiring connections refer to module specifications in this manual ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page C 1 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly 1 23 Cables Three cables are available for the connection between the module s faceplate connector and the connector on the interposing terminal block Each cable has a 24 pin connector wired pin to pin on each end e IC693CBL321 meter 3 3 feet e IC693CBL322 2 meters 6 5 feet e IC693CBL323 0 5 meter 1 6 feet 1 3 Face Plate The I O Face Plate catalog number IC693ACC334 has a 24 pin connector which provides the connection to the applicable terminal block through a 0 5 1 or 2 meter cable This face plate replaces the 20 terminal connector on the listed modules 1 4 Installation 1 Install terminal block assembly on DIN rail Place the terminal block over the desired location on the DIN rail and snap into place 2 Remove 20 terminal assembly from module 243061 343715 S PULL D Ee LEVER
167. IC693MAR590 Table 2 40 Specifications for IC693MDR390 Table 2 41 Load Current Limitations for IC693MDR390 Table 2 42 Wire List for I O Interface Cable IC693CBL315 Table 2 43 Catalog Numbers for 24 Pin Connectors Table 2 44 Specifications for 69 654 Table 2 45 Wiring for Module Groups A and B connector on right front of module Table 2 46 Wiring for Module Groups C and D connector on left front of module Table 2 47 Specifications for 693 655 Table 2 48 Wiring for Module Groups A and B connector on right front of module Table 2 49 Wiring for Module Groups C and D connector on left front of module Table 2 50 Specifications for 693 752 2 Table 2 51 Wiring for Module Groups A and B connector on right front of module Table 2 52 Wiring for Module Groups C and D connector on left front of module Table 2 53 Specifications for 693 753 Table 2 54 Wiring for Module Groups A and B connector on right front of module Table 2 55 Wiring for Module Groups C and D connector on left front of module Table 3 1 G
168. IC693PWR330 1 29 IC693PWR331 1 36 Combination I O modules 120 VAC in relay out 2 71 24 VDC in relay out 2 74 E2 command block 3 114 Configuration analog combo module 3 106 with Alspa P8 25 35 05 3 107 with the Hand Held Programmer 3 119 Configuration parameters list of analog current input 16 channel 3 52 analog voltage input 16 channel 3 34 Configuration with Alspa P8 25 35 05 16 channel analog voltage input 3 32 16 channel analog current input 3 50 8 channel analog currrent voltage output 3 84 analog combo module 3 107 Configuration with HHP 16 channel analog current input 3 54 16 channel analog voltage input 3 36 8 channel analog current voltage output 3 88 analog combo module 3 119 Connections to detachable terminal boards 1 46 to high density discrete I O modules 1 4 1 46 Connector serial port 1 41 Considerations for field wiring 1 49 CPU serial port connector 1 41 CPU serial port considerations 1 41 Current input analog 16 channel 3 45 4 channel 3 21 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Index 3 Index Current output analog 2 channel 3 68 Current voltage Output analog 8 channel 3 75 D Data sheets for I O cables I O bus expansion cables B 2 I O interface cable 24 pin for 32 point modules B 7 interface to terminal block 10 DC high capacity power supply 5 vdc current derating diagram 1 38 calculating input power requirem
169. IELD WIRING Al 2 E 0 A2 G E A3 4 4 5 O O A5 O 6 7 Gy 0 27 nf 0 BS 2 4 B5 620 9 14 22 B7 Rp eme z oie 17 _ ch PE PS _ COUPLER 9 Om NC OTHER CIRCUITS Figure 2 3 Field Wiring 120 Volt AC Input Module IC693MDL240 120 VAC 243849 16 i6 INPUTS ON 4 32 VAC 12 4 NUMBER OF INPUTS 8 9 INPUTS ON ON 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 4 Input Points vs Temperature for IC693MDL240 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 13 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 4 24 Volt AC DC Positive Negative Logic Input 16 Point IC693MDL241 The 24 volt AC DC Positive Negative Input module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 16 input points in one group with a common power input terminal This input module is designed to have either positive or negative logic characteristics in the DC input mode This input module is designed to function with AC or DC user inputs Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied input devices such as pushbuttons limit switches and electronic proximity switches Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table 1 Power to operate the field devices can be supplied by
170. IP switch The other racks do not need to be contiguously numbered although for consistency and clarity it is recommended that rack numbers not be skipped use 1 2 3 not 1 3 Rack numbers must not be duplicated in an expansion system having multiple racks To select the rack number set the switches to either the open binary 1 or closed binary 0 position The label above the switch shows the switch positions for each rack number The following figure shows this DIP switch package with an example of a rack number selected rack 2 selected in the example DIP EXPANSION RACK SW 1 2 3 4 X 1 X 2 x X 3 X X X BASE 10 SLOT EXPANSION B cos Figure 1 9 Example of Rack Number Configuration Rack 2 Selected An I O system controlled by a PC with a Personal Computer Interface card PCIF 35 can have a maximum of four baseplates DIP switch positions 5 6 and 7 are not valid in this case 3 5 Expansion System Cable Connections The following figure shows cable connections in a typical I O expansion system Included in the figure are both remote and expansion baseplates A remote system can consist of any combination of remote and expansion baseplates as long as recommanded distance and cable requirements are followed The I O system can be controlled by either an Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller or by a Personal Computer with a Personal Computer Interface card installed Both options are shown in the ill
171. KEY FOR NEXT PAGE PGUP KEY FOR PREVIOUS PAGE gt gt 1 NP8NLESSON ONFIG VALID REPLACE 4 After pressing the Enter key the first detail screen shown below is displayed be in ep out nix Bother ONHNNED gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK J SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION Catalog INPUT ANALOG 16PT CURRENT Active Chan Ref Adr 10001 Ref Adr 410001 al Size 8 Channel 1 4 20MA Alarm Low 00000 Alarm High 32000 1 P8NLESSON imi ONFIG VALID IREPLACE Only enabled active channels are displayed on the screen 5 Use the parameter descriptions provided in the following table to help you make selections for the parameters on this screen ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 51 Analog I O Module Specifications Parameter Description Enter a number from 1 to 16 This number represents the number of channels to be converted Channels are scanned in sequential contiguous order with channel No 1 being the first channel scanned If more than eight channels are selected a second detail screen will be displayed to allow you to Enter data in channels 9 to 16 Active Channel The first Reference Address field contains the reference address for data The address points to the location in AI memory where input data to the module begins Each channel provides 16 bits of analog
172. LC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to 80 35 System When installing a terminal board that has wiring attached verify that the terminal board is connected to the proper module type The following figure shows the recommended procedure for installation of a terminal board Check the labels on the hinged door and the module to ensure that they match If a prewired terminal board is installed on the wrong module type the module may be damaged 43062 REFER TO TEXT FOR INSTALLATION PROCEDURE ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 47 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 5 2 4 Removing a Terminal Board To remove a terminal board Open the plastic terminal board cover Push up on the jacking lever as shown below to release the terminal block 343061 JACKING LEVER Grasp the pull tab and pull towards you until the contacts have separated from the module housing and the hook has disengaged for full removal PULL 243715 Page 1 48 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to 80 35 System 5 2 5 Terminal Board Posts Notice that the terminal board has three posts on the left side The top and bottom posts hold the terminal board cover in place The purpose of the middle post is to keep the cable wired to the term
173. LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module The LEDs are arranged in two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row The top row is labeled A1 to 8 input points 1 to 8 and the bottom row is is labeled B1 to B8 relay output points 1 to 8 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 71 Discrete I O Module Specifications Inputs Rated Voltage Input Voltage range Inputs per Module Isolation Input Current Input Characteristics Guaranteed On State Voltage Guaranteed Off State Voltage Guaranteed On State Current Guaranteed Off State Current On Response Time Off Response Time Outputs Rated Voltage Operating Voltage Outputs per Module Isolation Maximum Load Minimum Load Maximum Inrush On Response Time Off Response Time Internal Power Consumption 120 volts AC 0 to 132 volts AC 8 one group of eight inputs 1500 volts RMS between field and logic side 500 volts RMS between inpu
174. LG222 INPUT ANALOG 16PT VOLTAGE IALGUF 4 IC693ALG223 INPUT ANALOG 16PT CURRENT IALGIF 5 ALGIN4 GENERIC INPUT ANALOG 4 CH lt lt CURSOR TO THE DESIRED CATALOG NUMBER AND PRESS THE ENTER KEY gt gt lt lt PRESS PGDN KEY FOR NEXT PAGE PGUP KEY FOR PREVIOUS PAGE gt gt 1 P8NLESSON ay ONFIG VALID REPLACE 4 After pressing the Enter key the first detail screen shown below is displayed You can then configure the module as required for your application am out mix Bother gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK J SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION Catalog INPUT ANALOG 16 VOLTAGE Active Chan 1 Ref Adr 10001 Ref Adr 10001 Mode SINGLEND Size 8 Channel 1 0 109 Alarm Low 00000 filarm High 32000 1 NPENLESSON ig ONFIG VALID IREPLACE Only enabled active channels are displayed on the screen 5 Use the parameter descriptions provided in the following table to help you make selections for the parameters on this screen ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 33 Analog I O Module Specifications Parameter Active Channel Reference Address Reference Address 91 Size Page 3 34 Description Enter a number from 1 to 16 for Single Ended or 1 to 8 for Differential This number represents the number of channels to be converted Channels are scanned in se
175. N REFER TO TEXT amp GG QOO Figure 3 33 Field Wiring for Analog Voltage Output Module IC693ALG390 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 67 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 6 Analog Current Output 2 Channel IC693ALG391 The 2 Channel Analog Current Output module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides two output channels each capable of converting 12 bits of binary digital data to an analog output for use as required by your application The Analog Current Output module is capable of providing outputs in the range of 0 to 20 mA Resolution of the converted signal is 12 bits binary 1 part in 4096 The sign bit is not used in the conversion process Both channels are updated on every scan about 5 milliseconds User data in the registers is in a 16 bit 2 s complement format The 13 most significant bits from the register are converted to sign magnitude by the PLC and sent to the module Twelve of the bits are used by the D A converter the 13th bit sign is used to determine if negative data was sent to the module The placement of the 13 bits within the data word is shown below The relationship between the current output and the data from the D A converter is shown in Figure 3 34 and Figure 3 35 MSB LSB ou onl oo os or vo os os o D EE Px x S sign bit X not converter bits a44647 4000
176. N o9 DRMRUN 9 e E 9 DRMRUN 1 o PLUG 09 DPFRAME 2 ND x 2 DPFRAME l o 09 DPFRAME 3 E a 3 DPFRAME gt o gt ov 7 E an 7 ov eo 00 NC I 09 1 gt 0 FGND 1 FGND 0 w 2 2 25 25 25 25 FEMALE FEMALE Metallized Shell Metallized Shell x Metallized Shell Metallized Shell SHIELD DRAIN WIRE SHIELD DRAIN WIRE X FOR REMOTE BASEPLATES IC693CHS393F IC693CHS399E AND LATER REVISIONS OF EACH 6 f o 17 DIODT 96 I4 24 DIOCLK 16 nn z 20 DRSEL IX 99 I 21 dE o 0 L4 12 DRPERR 0 CABLE I 13 DRPERR 1 FROM 1 1 8 DRMRUN 16 0 MES Md 4 9 DRMRUN I 2 DPFRAME 90 3 DPFRAME 90 Fd 1 t t 7 0 0 NC jE 96 1 FGND LS 21 ee E aa 25 25 FEMALE Metallized Shell Metallized Shell NOTE Bold dashed line shows continuous 10096 shielding when metallized shell connectors are plugged together Figure 1 14 Current Remote baseplate IC693CHS393 399 Custom Y Cable Wiring Diagram Page 1 22 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System TWISTED PAIRS SHIELDED
177. NG 24VIN VCHI 1 VCH2 9 2 VCH3 ICH3 VCH4 e ICH4 5 e 5 VCH6 e9 ICH6 VCH7 e ICH7 VCH8 9 ICH8 VGND ICOM FGND Optional Cable Shield Ground Figure 3 47 Field Wiring for 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output Module IC693ALG392 Each channel can be configured independent of other channels to operate as a voltage output or a current output not both simultaneously Page 3 96 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 8 Analog Current Voltage Combination Module 4 Input 2 Output Channels IC693ALG442 The Analog Current Voltage Combination Input Output module provides up to 4 differential input current or voltage channels and 2 single ended output channels with either current loop outputs or voltage outputs Each channel can be individually configured for the current or voltage range as applicable required for your application All module configuration is done through software except for a jumper required for selecting the current input mode ranges can b
178. No Channel No Channel No I ALARM LO 1 ALARM HI 2 ALARM LO 2 ALARM HI 3 ALARM LO 3 ALARM HI 4 ALARM LO 4 ALARM HI 0 module NOT 1 module OK 0 below limit 1 user supply OK 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit available for I SIZE values 24 32 and 40 5 ALARM LO 5 ALARM HI 6 ALARM LO 6 ALARM HI 7 ALARM LO 7 ALARM HI 8 ALARM LO 8 ALARM HI 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit available for I SIZE values 32 and 40 9 ALARM LO 9 ALARM HI 10 ALARM HI 11 ALARM HI 12 ALARM HI 10 ALARM LO 11 ALARM LO 12 ALARM LO 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal
179. No 22 to one 2 1 mm AWG No 14 or two 1 32 mm AWG No 16 copper 90 C 194 F wires Each terminal can accept solid or stranded wires but the wires into any given terminal should be the same type The suggested torque for the I O terminal boards is from 1 09 Nm to 1 30 Nm For 24 volt DC input an internal 24 volt power source can be connected to two terminals on the connector Also a 24 volt DC output is available on the power supply for a limited number of outputs Wires are routed to and from the terminals out of the bottom of the terminal board cavity 5 2 2 Connections to High Density I O Modules High Density discrete I O modules 32 Inputs or 32 Outputs are connected to field devices through a cable or cables connected to pin connectors on the front of the I O module As mentioned above High Density I O modules have two 24 pin connectors For detailed information on High Density I O modules refer to the discussion of High Density I O Modules beginning Chapter 2 4 5 2 3 Installing a Terminal Board To install a terminal board with no wires attached Hook the hinge located on the bottom of the terminal board to the lower slot on the module See 1 below Push the terminal board towards the module until it snaps into place See 2 below Open the terminal board cover and ensure that the latch on the module is securely holding the terminal board in place See 3 below Page 1 46 Alspa C60 55 P
180. O Expansion cable 1 meter 3 feet continuous shield IC693CBL301 I O Expansion cable 2 meters 6 feet continuous shield e 1C693CBL302 I O Expansion cable 15 meters 50 feet continuous shield 1 693 1 312 I O Expansion cable 0 15 meter 0 5 feet continuous shield 1C693CBL313 I O Expansion cable 8 meters 26 feet continuous shield e IC693CBL315 VO Interface cable 24 pin for high density I O modules 3 meters 10 ft IC693CBL321 VO Faceplate to Terminal Block 24 pin 1 meter 3 ft e 1C693CBL322 I O Faceplate to Terminal Block 24 pin 2 meters 6 ft e 1 693 1 323 Faceplate to Terminal Block 24 pin 0 5 meter 1 5 ft ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page B 1 Data Sheets for I O Cables 4 IC693CBL300 301 302 312 313 BUS EXPANSION CABLES 41 Function of cable The I O Bus expansion cables are used to extend the I O bus to local expansion or remote baseplates in an Alspa 80 35 I O system when additional I O slots are needed or baseplates are required some distance from the CPU baseplate The prewired I O bus expansion cables can be used in a local expansion system with the last baseplate no more than 15 meters 50 feet from the CPU baseplate They can also be used in a remote expansion system within 15 meters 50 feet of the CPU baseplate For cable distances beyond 15 meters 50 feet and up to 213 meters 700 feet you must build cables of the required
181. PUT 5 gt 4 O xCOM Figure 2 63 Examples of Connections to User Loads Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 FIELD WIRING WORK SHEET FOR IC693MDL752 Discrete I O Module Specifications The following table is provided for the convenience of our customers as an aid to wiring the 24 pin connectors using cable IC693CBL315 information e cable pair number wire color code e connector pin number module point number pair 1 to pair 12 It includes all of the required wiring information in one table Al to A12 and B1 to B12 base color or base color with tracer color Al A8 B1 B8 C1 C8 D1 D8 voltage and common points This table has the following Columns are also provided for circuit references and customer wire numbers Please copy and use the work sheets on this and the following page as needed when wiring the 5 24 Volt DC TTL Negative Logic 32 Point Output module Module Point Connector Cable Reference Number Pin Number Pair Wire Color Code Wire Number Number Al Al 1 Brown A2 Bl 7 Violet A3 A2 1 Brown Black 4 2 7 Violet Black 5 2 6 B3 8 White A7 4 2 Red Black 8 B4 8 White Black A Common A5 3 Orange A Common B5 9 Gray AVIN A6 3 Orange Black N C B6 9 Gray Black N C 7 4 Yellow BVIN B7 10 Pink B Common 8 4 Yellow Black B
182. RMINALS FIELD WIRING o HG e 55666 eoeooooooQo CURRENT INPUT MODE JUMPER OPTIONAL CONNECTIONS SEE TEXT Figure 3 13 Field Wiring for 4 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module The side of the voltage source may also be tied to the COM terminal if the source is floating to limit common mode voltages The COM connection provides access to the common of the analog circuitry in the module The GND connection provides access to the baseplate frame ground Page 3 20 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 2 Analog Current Input 4 Channel IC693ALG221 The 4 Channel Analog Current Input module for Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides four input channels each capable of converting an analog input signal to a digital signal for use as required by your application This module provides two input ranges The default range is 4 to 20 mA with user data scaled so that 4 mA corresponds to a count of 0 and 20 mA corresponds to a count of 32000 with each 1000 counts representing 0 5 mA When a jumper is added to the I O terminal board the input range is changed to 0 to 20 mA with user data scaled so that 0 mA corresponds to a count of 0 and 20 mA corresponds to a count of 32000 with each 800 counts representing 0 5 mA Two range jumpers can be fitted on the module one for channels one and two and the other fo
183. RO 03 1 00 gt 5 CHAN 2 0 10 V Edit this channel s range the same as you did for the first channel The range of all active channels can be changed in the same manner Return to the initial display screen by pressing the ENT key or by pressing the key until the initial screen is displayed Saved Configurations Configurations that contain an 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module can be saved to an EEPROM or MEM card and read from that device into the CPU at a later time MEM cards and EEPROMs containing these configurations can be read into any Release 4 or later Alspa C80 35 CPU cannot be read into an Alspa 80 25 CPU Refer to Chapter 2 of the ALS 52202 Hand Held Programmer for Alspa 80 35 80 25 and 80 05 PLCs User s Manual for detailed information on the Save and Restore operations ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 93 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 7 3 Field Wiring Connections Connections to this module from user devices are made to screw terminals on a removable 20 terminal connector block mounted on the front of the module The actual terminals used are described in the following table and are shown in the following wiring diagrams 4 7 3 1 Terminal Assignments Pin assignments for the 20 terminal I O connector on the 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module are as shown in the following table Pin Signal Name E 2 cst Definition a wm
184. RODUCTION This information applies to Alspa C80 35 Alspa C80 75 PLC products Alspa 80 15 I O products and Alspa 80 20 80 35 Distributed I O and Control Products The Alspa 8000 products supplied by ALSTOM are global products which are designed and manufactured with 1509001 quality assurance for application in industrial environments throughout the world They should be installed and used in conformance with product specific guidelines as well as the following product certification standards and general specifications The list of applicable certifications and standards for each module is available on request 2 CERTIFICATION Quality Assurance in ISO9001 Certification by Underwriters Laboratories and BSI Quality Design Development Production Assurance Installation and Servicing European EMC and Low Voltage CE Mark Certification by Competent Body for EMC Directive for Directives selected modules Safety for Industrial Control ULS08 Certification by Underwriters Laboratories Equipment C UL or Certification by Underwriters Laboratories C UL or CSA22 2 Canadian Standards Association for selected C80 35 142 M1987 C80 75 80 35 CE80 15 and CE80 20 modules Safety for Hazardous Locations UL1604 Certification by Underwriters Laboratories for selected Class I Div II A B C D with C UL modules Alspa C80 35 80 75 80 35 CE80 20 FM3611 Certification by Factory Mutual for selected modu
185. RY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER 2 CIRCUITS 9 xa A A 6 os fio 10 4 m 5 12 5 e a pu 25 5 mf 16 re Fuse for 2 Outputs 8 A8 Fuse for 2M Outputs OTHER EN AS A8 CIRCUITS 9 O Oe 20 OTHER CIRCUITS vns ne Figure 2 34 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic 2 Amp Output Module IC693MDL731 243836 1 POINT 2A PER POINT 6 TOTAL MODULE LOAD 4 4 AMPS CURRENT AMPS 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 35 Load Current vs Temperature for IC693MDL731 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 45 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 20 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic Output 0 5 Amp 8 Point IC693MDL732 This 12 24 volt DC Positive Logic 0 5 Amp Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 output points in one group of eight with a common power output terminal This output module is designed to have positive logic characteristics in that it sources current to the loads from the user common or positive power bus The output device is connected between the negative power bus and the module output The output characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power to operate the fie
186. Rated Voltage Output Voltage Range Outputs per Module Isolation Output Current Output Characteristics Inrush Current On state Voltage Drop Off state Leakage Current On Response Time Off Response Time Internal Power Consumption 12 to 24 volts DC positive logic 10 2 to 28 8 volts DC 32 four groups of eight outputs each 1500 volts between field side and logic side 250 volts between groups 0 5 amps per point with 4 amps maximum per group and 3 amps maximum per group common pin 5 4 amps for 10 ms 0 3 volts DC 0 1 mA maximum 0 5 ms maximum 0 5 ms maximum 260 mA maximum from 5 volt bus on backplane 13 mA 3 mA point ON 4 7 mA LED 16 5 mA maximum per group from user supply at 24 VDC and all eight outputs in group ON 9 6 mA maximum per group from user supply at 12 VDC and all eight outputs in group ON Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 53 Specifications for IC6933MDL753 TYPICAL CIRCUIT 345040 OCS t ie LED MODE 0 E 5V MODE 0V 2 10K 11 22 X AoA Page 2 98 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 4 6 Field Wiring Information The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 12 24 volt DC 0 5
187. Ref 710009 Stop Mode HOLD ZI Size 8 Channel 1 0 10U ONFIG VALID 24 5 Enter the remaining configuration parameters this screen You can move your cursor from field to field by pressing the Arrow cursor control keys When you are in the field you want to modify you can either type in your choice or press the Tab key to scroll through the available selections or Shi ft Tab to reverse the direction of the selection list The default number of Active Channels Active Chan is 1 You will not be able to configure additional channels until you change this field by typing in the correct number 1 through 8 or by pressing the Tab key to increment the number The screen displayed below shows the default selections after changing the Active Chan field ALS 52118 RACK 1 Feat out Bev nix in en out nix 01073 gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK 2 SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION Catalog IC693ALG392 OUTPUT ANALOG 8PT Active Chan ZAQ Ref Adr 0001 7I Ref Adr 7410009 Stop Mode HOLD Size 8 Channel 1 0 10U Channel 2 0 1049 Channel 3 0 10U Channel 4 0 109 Channel 5 0 10U Channel 6 0 10U Channel 7 0 10U Channel 8 0 10U 0 PB LESSON PRT LESSOR REPLACE 23 o ONFIG VALID Li Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 85 Analog I O Module Specifications The entry in t
188. SU CONNECTOR PINS 1 12 1 12 NOTE IF TOTAL LOAD CURRENT IS GREATER THAN 3A FOR A GROUP USE BOTH VIN PINS FOR APPLICABLE GROUP OR GROUPS BY ADDING A SECOND WIRE AS SHOWN BY THE DASHED LINES Figure 2 64 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC 0 5A Positive Logic 32 Point Output Module IC693MDL753 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 99 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING WORK SHEET FOR IC693MDL753 The following table is provided for the convenience of our customers as an aid to wiring the 24 pin connectors using cable IC693CBL315 It includes all of the required wiring information in one table This table has the following information connector pin number Al to A12 and B1 to B12 cable pair number pair 1 to pair 12 wire color code base color or base color with tracer color module point number Al A8 B1 B8 C1 C8 DI D8 voltage and common points Columns are also provided for circuit references and customer wire numbers Please copy and use the work sheets on this and the following page as needed when wiring the 12 24 Volt DC 0 5A Positive Logic 32 Point Output module Module Point Connector Cable Reference Number Pin Number Pair Wire Color Code Wire Number Number Al Al 1 Brown A2 Bl 7 Violet A3 A2 1 Brown Black 4 2 7 Violet Black 5 2 B3 8 White 7 4
189. State Selection of the desired state is made by configuring jumper on the detachable terminal connector on the module If the jumper is not installed the outputs will Hold Last State on STOP or RESET Scaling of the output is shown below 244658 32000 decimal 32000 10 0 10 VOLTAGE V Figure 3 31 Scaling for Voltage Output The primary power source for the module is the isolated 24 VDC power supplied by the PLC power supply Two terminals are provided on the module s terminal connector for user supplied 24 volts This allows you to provide a standby power supply so that the outputs can continue to hold their value if the internal supply is lost and Hold Last State is selected Additionally you can also supply the module voltage to reduce the load on the PLC isolated 24 VDC power supply The user supply must be used when the applied voltage is 0 7 volts higher than the isolated 24 VDC supply which can range from 21 5 volts to 26 5 volts An LED at the top of the module s faceplate is ON when the module s power supply is operating To minimize the capacitive loading and noise all field connections to the module should be wired using a good grade of twisted shielded instrumentation cable The shields should be connected to GND on the user terminal connector block The GND connection provides access to the baseplate frame ground resulting in superior
190. VOUTI VOUT2 opes ofar 2 8 8 2225 _ 2 5 2 _______ NGA LAUR a 24V 9 uU c a RANGE 2 OPTIONAL CONNECTION REFER TO TEXT Figure 3 40 Field Wiring Analog Current Output Module Current Mode IC693ALG391 An external supply can be used to power the module and the loop current ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 73 Analog I O Module Specifications Figure 3 41 shows the connections necessary for the outputs of the module to be used as analog voltage outputs TERMINALS RTN2 244558 FIELD WIRING 2K MIN VOUTI VOUT2 IOUTI X IOUT2 RTNI 2K MIN 1 24V 9 90 9 99 elole 1 RANGE 2 HIF OPTIONAL CONNECTION REFER TEXT Figure 3 41 Field Wiring Analog Current Output Module Voltage Mode IC693ALG391 Page 3 74 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 7 Analog Current Voltage Output 8 Channel IC693ALG392 The 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module provides up to eight single ended output channels with current loop outputs or voltage outputs Each analog out
191. Voltage Input module is installed in slot 3 of a Model 311 PLC system It can be added to the configuration with the following sequence Use the Up and Down cursor keys or the key to display the selected slot Initial Display To add the IC693ALG222 module to the configuration press the READ VERIFY key The following screen will RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 I40 I be displayed Page 3 36 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications Selecting I Reference At this point the starting I reference address for the status data returned from the module must be entered Notice that the length of the status field 40 is displayed as the first two digits following the first I on the second line of the display This field cannot be changed with the Hand Held Programmer However it can be changed using the Alspa 8 25 35 05 software configurator function The Hand Held Programmer will always reflect the currently active length of the status field Pressing the ENT key will allow the PLC to select the starting address of the status data You can select a specific starting address by pressing the key sequence for the desired address and pressing the ENT key For example to specify the starting address as I17 press the key sequence 1 7 ENT The following screen will be displayed RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 40 117 56 Selecting Reference After the starting I address has been se
192. White 7 4 2 Red Black 8 4 8 White Black A Common A5 3 Orange N C B5 9 Gray N C A6 3 Orange Black 24V OUT B6 9 Gray Black 0 VOLTS AT 4 Yellow N C B7 10 Pink N C A8 4 Yellow Black B Common B8 10 Pink Black B8 A9 5 Dark Green B7 B9 11 Light Blue B6 10 5 Dark Green Black B5 10 Light Blue Black B4 6 Dark Blue B3 12 Light Green B2 A12 6 Dark Blue Black B1 B12 12 Light Green Black Table 2 48 Wiring for Module Groups A and B connector on right front of module ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 89 Discrete I O Module Specifications Reference Module Point Connector pes Wire Color Code Wire Number Number Pin Number Number C1 1 1 Brown C2 J Violet 2 1 Brown Black C4 B2 J Violet Black 5 2 C6 B3 8 White C7 A4 2 Red Black C8 B4 8 White Black C Common AS 3 Orange N C 5 9 6 3 Orange Black 24V OUT B6 9 Gray Black 0 VOLTS AT 4 Yellow N C B7 10 Pink N C A8 4 Yellow Black D Common B8 10 Pink Black D8 A9 5 Dark Green D7 B9 11 Light Blue D6 10 5 Dark Green Black D5 10 Light Blue Black D4 All 6 Dark Blue D3 12 Light Green D2 A12 6 Dark Blue Black D1 B12 12 Light Green Black Table 2 49 Wiring for Module Groups and D connector on left front of module Page 2 90 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module S
193. Y lt CLR gt N If you do not want to discard the changes you have made press the CLR key This will return you to the last parameter that was being modified with all changes intact If you do want to discard the changes you have made press the ENT key The Hand Held Programmer will then return you to the last parameter that was being modified with the data reset to its previous value If you want to save the data to the CPU from the SAVE CHANGES screen shown above press the ENT key If the module is in freeze mode the Hand Held Programmer will return with a CFG ERR message on the screen as follows RO 03 CFG ERR lt S 1 LO 1000 If all data is valid display will move to an adjacent slot when either the 1 key or key is pressed Page 3 126 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications Saved Configurations Configurations that contain Analog Combo modules can be saved to an EEPROM or MEM card and read from that device into the CPU at a later time MEM cards and containing these configurations be read into any Release 4 or later Alspa C80 35 CPU cannot be read into an Alspa C80 25 CPU Refer to Chapter 2 of the ALS 52202 Hand Held Programmer for Alspa 80 35 C80 25 and 80 05 PLCs User s Manual for detailed information on the Save and Restore operations ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 12
194. a 80 35 MODULE IN RACK 2 SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION Catalog CATALOG DESCRIPTION TYPE 1 IC693ALG442 ANALOG CURRENT VOLTAGE 1 0 lt lt CURSOR TO THE DESIRED CATALOG NUMBER AND PRESS THE ENTER KEY gt gt lt lt PRESS PGDN KEY FOR NEXT PAGE PGUP KEY FOR PREVIOUS PAGE gt gt 1 NPBNLESSON imt ONFIG VALID REPLACE ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 107 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 Currently there is only one selection If more than one selection appears use your Cursor Movement or Arrow keys to move to Catalog No IC693ALG442 Press Enter to accept this selection and to move to the screen shown below 938 out Fat mix OXIDE 71173 Ee gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK J SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION SLOT Catalog ANALOG CURRENT VOLTAGE 1 0 4 ALG442 ZAI Ref zAIOOOZ ZAQ Ref fide 40009 7I Ref 710017 Stop Mode HOLD zl Size 8 OUTPUTS Channel 1 0 100 Channel 2 0 100 5 Channel 1 0 100 Alarm Low 00000 filarm High 32000 Channel 2 0 109 filarm 00000 filarm High 32000 Channel 3 6 10U Alarm Low 00000 Alarm High 32000 Channel 4 0 100 Alarm Low 00000 filarm High 32000 0 NPBNLESSON ONFIG VALID REPLACE E 5 All the remaining configuration does not have to be d
195. a Model 331 341 351 or Model 352 expansion or remote baseplate Additionally any device connected to the serial port that uses 5 VDC power from Alspa 80 35 power supply must be included in the calculation for maximum power consumption see Chapter 3 Table 3 2 Sample Calculations for Power Supply Loads ALS 52118 Alspa 80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 41 Introduction to 80 35 I O System 4 7 Backup Battery for RAM Memory Supplies The long life Lithium battery IC693ACC301 used to maintain the contents of the CMOS RAM memory in the CPU is accessed by removing the cover plate located at the bottom of the power supply faceplate This battery is mounted on a plastic clip attached to the inside of this cover The battery connects to the CPU through a cable which has one end wired to the positive and negative sides of the battery and the other end wired to a connector that mates with one of two identical connectors mounted on the PLC This battery may be replaced with power applied to the PLC 243833 CONNECTORS 959099 LITHIUM BACK UP BATTERY Figure 1 30 Backup Battery for RAM Memory If a Low Battery Warning BATT LED turns ON occurs replace the battery
196. a different length cable is required for connections to these modules you can build your own cable 5 2 Specifications Cable Length 3 meters 10 feet Fujitsu FCN 3658024 AU or equivalent 5 2 1 Building Cables for 24 Pin Connectors Cables connecting the module to field devices can be built to length as required for individual applications You must purchase the mating female socket type 24 pin connectors The 24 pin connector kit can be ordered as an accessory kit from ALSTOM Catalog numbers for these connectors and their associated parts are listed in the following table The list includes catalog numbers for three types of connectors solder pin crimp pin and ribbon cable Each accessory kit contains enough components D connectors backshells contact pins etc to assemble ten single ended cables of the type specified for each kit ALSTOM Vendor Catalog Number Catalog Number Description Crimp Type Crimp pin for above 24 needed Table B 2 Catalog Numbers for 24 Pin Connector Kits ALS 52118 Alspa 80 35 PLC Module Specifications Page 7 Data Sheets for I O Cables Additional tools from Fujitsu are required to properly assemble the crimped contact and ribbon cable type connectors The solder eyelet connectors as provided in IC693ACC316 do not require any special tooling Crimped Contact Connectors as provided in IC693ACC317 require Hand Crimping Tool FCN 363T T005 H Contact Extraction T
197. an GMC 3 Littlefuse 239003 IC693MDL390 120 240 VAC 2A 44A724627 111 1 Bussman GMC 3 Littlefuse 239003 IC693MDL730 12 24 VDC Positive 259A9578P 16 1 Bussman AGC 5 Logic 2A Littlefuse 312005 IC693MDL731 12 24 VDC Negative 259A9578P 16 1 Bussman AGC 5 Logic 2A Littlefuse 312005 IC693PWR324 120 240 VAC or 44A724627 109 2 4 Bussman 215 002 and 125 VDC Input GDC 2 OR GMC 2 CE693PWR330 30 Watt Power Littlefuse 239 002 Supply A60L 0001 0290 LM 10 44A72462 8 003 3 A60L 0001 0290 LM50 44A72462 8 007 3 IC693PWR325 24 48 VDC Input 44 724627 114 2 Bussman MDL 5 30 Watt Power Littlefuse 313005 Supply A60L 0001 0290 LM10 44A724628 003 3 A60L 0001 0290 LM50 44A724628 007 3 1 Mounted in clip Accessible by removing circuit board from module housing 2 Line fuse Mounted in clip accessible by removing module front 3 Soldered into circuit board Not easily field replaceable 4 Meets both European and American standards Table 2 2 List of Fuses Page 2 2 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 1 POWER SUPPLY LOAD CAPACITY The load capacity of the power supply in an Alspa 80 35 PLC baseplate is the sum of the internal loads placed on it by all of the hardware components residing in the baseplate backplane modules etc The power output of the power supply voltages is 30 watts maximum The load required f
198. an be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 24 volts DC 120 240 volts AC Operating Voltage 5 to 30 volts DC 5 to 250 volts AC 50 60 Hz Outputs per Module 8 isolated outputs Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 500 volts between groups Maximum Load 4 amps resistive maximum per output 2 amps pilot duty per output 20 amps maximum per module for UL installations Minimum Load 10 mA Maximum Inrush 5 amps On Response Time 15 ms maximum Off Response Time 15 ms maximum Int Power Consumption 6 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane 70 mA all outputs on from relay 24V bus on backplane Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 49 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 29 Specifications for IC693MDL930 Page 2 58 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications Operating Typical Contact Life Voltage number of Operations 24 to 120 VAC 150 000 24 to 120 VAC 500 000 24 to 120 VAC 1 000 000 240 VAC 50 000 240 VAC 500 000 240 VAC 200 000 24 VDC 50 000 24 VDC 100 000 24 VDC 500 000 24 VDC 1 000 000 125 VDC 300 000 Assumes a 7 ms time constant Table 2 30 Load Current Limitations for IC693MDL930 Relay contact life when switching inductive loads will approach resistive load contact
199. ane 25 mA one output ON from relay 24V bus on backplane Operating Temperature 0 to 60 32 to 140 F Storage Temperature 40 to 85 C 40 to 185 F Humidity 5 to 9596 non condensing for the single safety input Table 2 33 Specifications for CF693MDL150 Page 2 64 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications The Safety Relay Output module may be used in 2 modes Safety mode and Normal mode In Normal mode the jumper S3 is removed and the total coil current detection is inoperative Several relay outputs can be activated together The module is used as a standard relay output module The safety input needs to be supplied with a DC voltage Current into safety input results in a logic 1 in the input table 1 8 and is required to enable any relay output switch ON In Safety mode only one single relay output may be active The jumpers S2 and S3 are necessarily set and if more than one coil is supplied an over current is detected and all outputs are reset The safety input needs to be supplied with a DC voltage Current into safety input results in a logic 1 in the input table I 8 and is required to enable any relay output switch ON References used The number of modules which can be installed in a system depends on the amount of and Q available Each module uses 16 references and 16 Q references When planning the module configuration for your application you
200. annel Analog Voltage Input module in unipolar range is shown below MSB LSB x X not converted bits Analog values are scaled over the range of the converter Factory calibration adjusts the analog value per bit resolution to a multiple of full scale that is 2 5 mV bit for unipolar 5 mV bit for bipolar This calibration leaves a normal 12 bit converter with 4000 counts normally 212 4096 counts The data is then scaled with the 4000 counts over the analog range For example the data to the A D converter for the Analog Voltage Input is scaled as shown in Figure 3 49 a4475 4000 g D A BITS decimal 0 T 0 10 VOLTAGE 0 to 10V RANGE Figure 3 49 A D Bits vs Voltage Input ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 99 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 8 2 Output Modes and Current Voltage Ranges 4 8 2 1 Current Operation In the 4 to 20 mA range user data is scaled so that 4 mA corresponds to a count of 0 and 20 mA corresponds to a count of 32767 In the 0 to 20 mA range user data is scaled so that 0 mA corresponds to a count of 0 and 20 mA corresponds to 32000 Note that in the 0 to 20 mA mode you can enter a value up to 32767 which provides a maximum output of approximately 20 5 mA Scaling of the current output for both the 4 to 20 mA range and the 0 to 20 mA range is shown below In current mode the module also provides an open loop fault detect whic
201. ard power converter that provides isolated 5V supplies to power the user side circuitry see Table 3 6 page 3 14 Specifications There are two green LED indicators on the module which provide module and user supply status The top LED MODULE OK provides module status information on power up as follows status is OK module configured OFF backplane power or software not running watchdog timer timed out Continuous rapid flashing configuration data not received from CPU Slow flashes then OFF failed power up diagnostics or encountered code execution error The bottom LED Power Supply OK indicates that the internally generated user side 5V supply is above minimum designated level Page 3 26 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 3 3 Location in System This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system 4 3 4 References Used The number of 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input modules which may be installed in a system depends on the amount of AI and I references available Each module uses 1 to 16 AI references depending on the number of channels enabled and from 8 to 40 I references depending on alarm status configuration The available references are 64 in Models 311 313 and 323 system 128 in a Model 331 system 1024 in a Model 341 system and 2048 in Models 351 and 352
202. at the top of the module provide the ON OFF status of each input point This module is configured as a 32 point input type and uses 32 bits of discrete I input data Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table Power to operate field devices can be supplied by the user or from the isolated 24 VDC supply available at the module s I O connectors This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Connections to the input circuits are made from the user s input devices to two male pin type 24 pin connectors Fujitsu FCN 365P024 AU mounted on the front of the module The connector mounted on the right of the module front view interfaces with groups A and B The connector on the left side of the module interfaces with groups C and D Wiring from the module s connectors to field devices is made through a cable having a mating female connector on one end and stripped and tinned wires on the other end You can purchase a pre wired cable catalog number IC693CBL315 two required or if required for your application build your own cable Refer to Building Cables for 24 Pin Connectors on page 2 79 of this manual for more information on building these cables Page 2 86 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications Rated Voltage 24 volts DC Positive or Negative Logic Input Voltage Range 0 to 30 volts DC I
203. ata words and analog values for programming purposes by using the following equations and the values in Table 3 3 Data Word Analog Value Offset x 2n Resolution Analog Value Data Word x Resolution offset 2n 1 analog value bit number of disregarded LSBs ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 5 Analog I O Module Specifications Disregarded Analog Resolution Module LSB 25 Resolution Per Bit Analog Current Output 4 to 20 mA Range 4mA 16 mA 12 bits 4 uA bit 0 to 20 mA Range mA 20 mA 12 bits 5 va 38 Analog Current Input 4 to 20 mA Range 3 12 bits 4 uA bit 0 to 20 mA Range 12 bits 5 Analog Current Input 16 Channel 4 to 20 mA Range 0 to 20 mA Range 4 to 20 mA Range Enhanced 12 bits 12 bits 12 bits Analog Current Voltage Output 8 Channel 0 to 10V Range 10 to 10V Range 4 to 20 mA Range 0 to 20 mA Range 15 bits 2 5 mV bit 16 bits 5 mV bit 15 bits 4 pA bit 15 bits 5 uA bit 3 3 3 2 n a i Analog Voltage Input 16 Channel to 10V Range 3 12 bits 2 5 mV bit 10 to 10 Range 4 12 bits 5 mV bit n a n a n a n a Table 3 3 Equation Values for Analog Modules Example 1 if you want a 12 mA setpoint for a current input 4 20 mA range for the 16 Channel Current Input module IC693ALG223 use the first equation to find the corresponding data word as shown below Data Wor
204. ated Voltage 48 volts DC Input Voltage Range 010 60 volts DC Inputs per Module 16 one group with a single common Isolation 2500 volts between field side and logic side Input Current 4 7 mA typical at rated voltage Input Characteristics On state Voltage 30 to 60 volts DC Off state Voltage 0 to 10 volts DC On state Current 2 5 mA minimum Off state Current 0 5 mA maximum On response Time lt 1 ms typical Off response Time lt 1 ms typical Power Consumption 5V 80 mA all inputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Power Consumption 48V 85 mA from user supplied power Table 2 12 Specifications for CF693MDL100 Page 2 24 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 48 volt DC positive negative FAST logic input module MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER CIRCUITS OPTICAL COUPLER 48V SUPPLY 55V SUPPLY 60V SUPPLY 12 INPUTS ON 8 INPUTS ON 4 INPUTS ON 55 4 10 20 309 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 16 Input Points vs Temperature for CF693MDL100 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 25 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 10 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 16 Point CF693MDL 101 This 24 volt DC Positive Ne
205. ated at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row This module uses the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 A red LED on the right and centered between the two rows of green LEDs functions as a blown fuse indicator it turns ON when any fuse is blown The module has two 5 Amp fuses with each fuse protecting four outputs the first fuse protects Al A4 the second fuse protects A5 8 The fuses are electrically connected to the same common An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 12 24 volts DC Output Voltage Range 12 to 24 volts DC 20 15 Outputs per Module 8 one group of eight outputs Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side Output Current 2 amps maximum per point 2 amps maximum per fuse at 60 140 F 4 amps maximum per fuse at 50 122 F Output Characteristics Inrush Current 9 4 amps for 10 ms Output Voltage Drop 1 2 volts maximum Off state Leakage mA maximum On Response Time 2 ms maximum Off Response Time 2 ms maximum Po
206. ations Page 23 Tables Page 24 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Chapter Introduction to Alspa 80 35 I O System 1 80 35 I O modules described in this manual can be controlled two ways 1 With an Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller PLC using either the embedded CPU or the single slot CPU module depending on model of CPU as the controller 2 With a Personal Computer PC that has a Personal Computer Interface card PCIF 35 catalog number CE693PIF301 or similar interface installed in the PC This allows software on a PC to control and monitor Alspa C80 35 If you are using an Alspa C80 35 PLC to control Alspa 80 35 I O you should refer to ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual for more information If you are using a Personal Computer to control the Alspa 80 35 I O refer to the documentation for the PCIF 35 or similar interface and your Personal Computer and your application software for more information 1 ALSPA 80 35 SYSTEM The Alspa C80 35 I O system provides the interface between the Alspa 80 35 PLC or Personal Computer and user supplied input and output devices The I O system supports Alspa C80 35 I O In addition to Alspa C80 35 I O modules the I O system when controlled by an Alspa 80 35 PLC supports Global N80 I O and PCMs N80 Communications Modules allow an Alspa 80 35 PLC to communicate an N80 I O co
207. beled BATT will be ON if the CMOS RAM backup battery voltage is too low to maintain the memory under a loss of power condition otherwise it remains OFF If this LED is ON the Lithium battery must be replaced before removing power from the rack or PLC memory may be lost ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 39 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 4 5 Overcurrent Protection All Supplies The 5V logic output is electronically limited to 3 5 amps 7 amps for high capacity supplies An overload including short circuits of the total output power is sensed internally and causes the supply to shut down The supply will continually try to restart until the overload is removed An internal fuse in the input line is provided as a backup The supply will usually shutdown before the fuse blows The fuse protects against internal supply faults Timing Diagram The timing diagram below shows the relationship of the DC input to the DC outputs and to the system signal PSOK generated by the power supply When power is first applied the PSOK signal goes false This line remains false for a minimum of 20 msec after the 5V bus is within specifications then it becomes true If DC input power is interrupted the 5V bus will remain within specifications and PSOK will remain true a minimum of 10 milliseconds PSOK then goes false The 5V bus will remain within specifications for an additional 4 milliseconds minimum
208. channel Factory calibrated to 4 per count on 4 to 20 mA range 5 per count on 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA Enhanced range 13 msec all 16 channels 4 uA 4 5 5 Abit 5 5 X 0 2596 of full scale at 25 C 77 F 0 5 of full scale over specified operating temperature range lt 1 LSB from 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA range lt 1 LSB from 100 uA to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA Enhanced ranges 1500 volts between field side and logic side 0 volts single ended channels gt 80 dB from DC to 1 kHz 250 ohms 19 Hz 20 to 30 VDC 10 120 mA from the 5 volt bus on the backplane 65 mA from 24 VDC external user supply in addition to current loop currents In the presence of severe RF interference IEC 801 3 10V m accuracy may be degraded to 5 FS Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 3 13 Specifications for 16 Channel Analog Current Input Module IC693ALG223 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 47 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 4 5 CPU Interface to the 16 Channel Analog Current Input Module The Alspa 80 35 PLC uses the data within the data table to record analog values for use by the programmable controller This scheme is shown in Figure 3 25 for the 16 Channel Analog Current Input module More detailed information on the CPU interface to analog modules can be found at the beginning o
209. cuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 240 volts AC 50 60 Hz Input Voltage Range 0 to 264 volts AC 50 60 Hz Inputs per Module 8 each input point has a separate common Isolation 1500 volts RMS between field side and logic side 500 volts RMS between inputs Input Current 15 mA typical at rated voltage Input Characteristics On state Voltage 148 to 264 volts AC Off state Voltage 0 to 40 volts AC On state Current 6 mA minimum Off state Current 2 2 mA maximum On response Time 30 ms maximum Off response Time 45 ms maximum Power Consumption 60 mA all inputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 5 Specifications for IC693MDL231 Page 2 10 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 FIELD WIRING INFORMATION Discrete I O Module Specifications The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 240 volt AC Isolated input module Note that since each input is isolated separate from each of the other inputs each input can be powered by a separate AC power source 345031
210. cuits for AC and DC loads The 1A 100V diode shown in the DC load typical suppression circuit is an industry standard 1N4934 DC LOADS 345151 ACLOADS 45152 ALSPA ALSPA Y C80 35 C80 35 CYY 1A 100V 0 022 199 A RELAY RELAY OUTPUT OUTPUT VV 630V 1 2W 2 Nec DC SUPPLY AC SOURCE ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 69 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 2 amp N O Relay output module 243101 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING CIRC UD e 1 V 2 Al 4 A2 Y A3 5 Bd 3 HS 7 5 Le 0 AT 2 Bl 13 B2 Le 4 B3 15 B4 17 B5 e is 6 19 B7 Le 20 B8 Figure 2 54 Field Wiring Relay Output 2 Amp Output Module IC693MDL940 344682 16 16 AMPS TOTAL 12 MODULE LOAD CURRENT 8 AMPS 4 10 20 30 40 50 60 Figure 2 55 Load Current vs Temperature for IC69
211. currently displayed ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 91 Analog I O Module Specifications R0 03 AO 1 00 gt 5 HLS DEF DEF LOW When the desired mode for the module is displayed on the screen it can be accepted by pressing the ENT key To return to the previous screen press the 4 key Selecting Output Channel Ranges The range for each of the 8 channels can be displayed and selected or changed as described below There are two current and two voltage ranges that can be selected Initial Display R0 03 AO 1 00 gt 5 116 10017 10032 To display the channel ranges press The display will show Channel 1 or the currently selected channel and the first available range RO 03 1 00 gt 5 1 0 10 V You can toggle through the range for each channel by pressing the key Each range will be displayed as shown Each of the ranges are shown below The range that will be selected is the one currently displayed Page 3 92 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications RO 03 1 00 gt 5 CHAN 1 10 10 RO 03 1 00 gt 5 CHAN 1 4 20 MA RO 03 1 00 gt 5 CHAN 1 0 20 MA When the desired range for the module is displayed on the screen it can be accepted by pressing the ENT key To return to the previous screen press the key To view the next channel s range display press the key
212. d 12 mA 4 mA x 2 16000 4 Example 2 if you want a 5 setpoint for a voltage input 0 to 10V range for the 16 Channel Voltage Input module IC693ALG222 use the first equation to find the corresponding data word as shown below Data Word 5V x 2 16000 2 5 mV Example 3 if you want a 5 volt setpoint for a 4 Channel Voltage Input module IC693AL G220 use the first equation to find the corresponding data word as shown below Data Word 5 OV x 24 16000 5 mV Page 3 6 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 1 4 Placement of A D and D A Bits within the Data Tables Since converters used in the analog modules are 13 bit converters not all of the 16 bits in the data tables contain data required for the conversion A version of the 12 bits is placed within the 16 bit data word corresponding to the analog point in or AI tables The Alspa 80 35 system handles the integration differently for the various analog modules The Alspa 80 35 system disregards the data placed in the extra bits in the table and uses those bits for communications with the module The CPU also converts the data in the data word from 2 s complement to sign magnitude format before sending the data to the output module The CPU does not manipulate the data from the input modules before placing it within the word in the AI data table The bits in the AI data table whic
213. d Held Programmer However it can be changed using Alspa 8 25 35 05 software configurator function The Hand Held Programmer will always reflect the currently active length of the status field You can press the CLR key at any time to abort the configuration you have just selected and return the slot to EMPTY Page 3 90 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications Removing Module From Configuration If required this module can be removed from the current rack configuration Assume that the module is currently configured in rack 0 slot 3 It can be deleted with the following sequence Initial Display RO 03 1 00 gt 5 AQ8 AQ To delete the module press the DEL ENT key sequence The display will then be RO 03 EMPTY gt 5 If the CLR key had been pressed after the DEL key instead of the ENT key the delete operation would have been aborted Selecting Module Default Mode The default STOP mode of the module either HOLD or DEFLOW can be displayed and modified if required by using the following procedure Initial Display RO 03 1 00 gt 5 116 10017 10032 To display the module s default STOP mode press The display will show the current mode of the module The default mode is HOLD RO 03 1 00 gt 5 HLS DEF HOLD You can toggle between the HOLD and DEFLOW modes by pressing the key The range selected is the one
214. d as an accessory kit from ALSTOM Catalog numbers for these connectors and their associated parts are listed in the following table The list includes catalog numbers for three types of connectors solder pin crimp pin and ribbon cable Each accessory kit contains enough components D connectors backshells contact pins etc to assemble ten single ended cables of the type specified for each kit ALSTOM Vendor Catalog Number Catalog Number Description IC693ACC316 FCN 361J024 AU Solder eyelet receptacle Solder Eyelet Type FCN 360C024 B Backshell for above IC693ACC317 FCN 363J024 Crimp wire receptacle Table 2 43 Catalog Numbers for 24 Pin Connectors Note that additional tools from Fujitsu are required to properly assemble the crimped contact and ribbon cable type connectors The solder eyelet connectors as provided in IC693ACC316 do not require any special tooling Crimped Contact Connectors as provided in IC693ACC317 require Hand Crimping Tool FCN 363T T005 H Contact Extraction Tool FCN 360T T001 H Ribbon Cable Connectors as provided in IC693ACC318 require Cable Cutter FCN 707T T001 H Hand Press FCN 707T T101 H Locator Plate FCN 367T T012 H These tools need to be ordered from an authorized Fujitsu distributor It is recommended that you order any necessary connector tooling with sufficient lead time to meet your assembly requirements for these connectors These tools are generally not stock items and can have sign
215. dimensions Also baseplates must be mounted in the orientation as shown to maintain proper air flow See Load Ratings Temperature and Mounting Position on 3 3 1 a45424 102 265 ab DIMENSIONS IN MILLIMETERS 4 00 10 43 INCHES IN PARENTHESIS 250 102 9 84 gt 4 00 REMOVABLE 142 T O 365 59 TERMINAL y BLOCK y 8 60 POWER SEE E SUPPLY f NOTE 3 90 5 08 DIA 218 3 54 0 20 TYPICAL l 4 VIEW 20 0 79 130 5 12 HINGED SIDE VIEW DOOR M 4 NOTE IF THE CABLE IS USED ALLOW ABOUT 6 INCH HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE ON THE RIGHT SIDE OF THE RACK FOR ACCESS TO THE CONNECTOR ALLOWANCE FOR COOLING 1 102 4 00 Figure 1 5 5 Slot Baseplate Mounting Dimensions and Spacing Requirements 243085 102 k IN MILLIMETERS 4 00 4 1 ARE IN PARENTHESIS REMOVABLE 396 vO 142 15 60 TERMINAL 5 59 sos pL dA n id III 3 20 NOTE FRONT VIEW 0 79 TF THE CABLE IS USED ALLOW ABOUT 150 MM 6 INCH HORIZONTAL CLEARANCE ON THE RIGHT SIDEOF THE RACK FOR ACCESS TO THE CONNECTOR ALLOWANCE FOR COOLING HINGE
216. ding the module into the configuration file For example assume that an 4 Channel Input 2 Channel Output Analog Current Voltage module is installed in slot 3 of a Model 311 PLC system It can be added to the configuration with the following sequence Use the T and J arrow cursor keys or the No key to display the selected slot Initial Display To add the IC693ALG442 module to the configuration press the READ VERIFY ENT key sequence The RO 03 AIO 2 00 S I24 1 _ following screen will be displayed ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 119 Analog I O Module Specifications Selecting 1 Reference At this point the starting I reference address for the status data returned from the module must be entered Notice that the length of the status field 24 is displayed as the first two digits following the first I on the second line of the display This field cannot be changed with the Hand Held Programmer However it be changed using the Alspa 8 25 35 05 Micro software configurator function The Hand Held Programmer will always reflect the currently active length of the status field Pressing the ENT key will allow the PLC to select the starting address of the status data You can select a specific starting address by pressing the key sequence for the desired address and pressing the ENT key For example to specify the starting address as I17 press the key sequence 1 7 ENT The configur
217. discarded or saved as spares If an expansion system has only one expansion baseplate the I O bus can be terminated by installing as the last cable the 15 meters 50 foot I O Expansion cable catalog number IC693CBL302 This cable has the termination resistors installed in the end that connects to the expansion baseplate connector You can also build a custom cable with termination resistors wired to the appropriate pins for installation at the end of the bus ALS 52118 Alspa 80 35 PLC Module Specifications Page 3 Data Sheets for I O Cables 4 6 Wiring Diagrams The following wiring diagrams show the wiring configuration for I O expansion system cables Wiring diagrams are provided for both point to point cables and Y cables For detailed information on building custom length cables see Chapter 1 TWISTED PAIRS SHIELDED 245525 7 PAIRS jp ri we fe 0 Pe mms cde mF el 00 17 DIODT 00 otl 0011 pock 25 1 0 0 BASEPLATE Y DESI TTT fF o0 EXPANSION E DE 00 1 21 DRSEL 05 PORT PIDEN Eres S connector 00 ee AES F END sop rs It Crab s n MESSI ie ra a d 0 E DPFRAME 2 oon DPFRAME E TE o I A 3 PACEM o CONNECTOR lt gt I 0 00 FGND 00 J 25 PIN 25 PIN MALE FEMALE MALE METALIZED SHELL METALIZED SHELL NOTE Bold dashed li
218. dule 2 3 Shielding for Analog Output Modules For analog output modules the shield is normally grounded at only the source end the module as shown in Figure 3 9 The GND connection provides access to the baseplate frame ground resulting in superior rejection of noise caused by any shield drain currents In extreme noise environments a ground braid may be used to connect the frame ground on the user terminal connector to earth ground This additional connection will bypass noise around the module ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 11 Analog I O Module Specifications 344741 O O rN OUTS USER oO LOAD GND WR EAE O CR OUT USER 8 LOAD Li COM GND TAn SHIELD AT MODULE END ONLY OUTPUT MODULE Figure 3 9 Shield Connections for Analog Output Modules For additional system grounding information refer to the discussion on system grounding in Chapter 3 in ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual Page 3 12 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications 3 MAXIMUM NUMBER OF ANALOG MODULES PER SYSTEM The maximum number of modules installed in a system depends on several factors including available references for each CPU model current consumption for each
219. dule Page 2 96 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 4 5 12 24 Volt DC 0 5A Positive Logic Output 32 Point IC693MDL753 The 12 24 volt DC 0 5A Positive Logic Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 32 discrete outputs The outputs are arranged in four isolated groups of eight A1 A8 B1 B8 C1 C8 and D1 D8 each group has its own common The outputs are positive logic or sourcing type outputs in that they switch the loads on the positive side of the power supply and therefore supply current to the load The outputs can switch user loads over the range of 12 to 24 VDC 22096 15 and are capable of sourcing a maximum current of 0 5 amps per point Two pins are provided on the user I O connectors for each group common Each pin has a current handling capability of 3 amperes It is recommended that connections are made to both pins when connecting the common however it is a requirement for high current applications between 3 and 4 amperes Each group can be used to drive different loads For example group A B and C can drive 24 VDC loads while group D can be reserved for driving 12 VDC loads Power to provide current to the loads must be provided by the user The module also draws a minimum amount of power from the user supply to provide gate drive to the output devices Backplane isolation between the field side and logic
220. e Start Run Input Power Inrush Current Output Power Output Voltage Protective Limits Overvoltage Overcurrent Holdup Time USE COMMENTS 343843 USED INTERNALLY ON ANALOG INPUT ANALOG OUTPUT and DC INPUT MODULES ALSO AVAILABLE ON EXTERNAL TERMINALS ON DC INPUT MODULES AND ON FRONT OF POWER SUPPLY FOR USER APPLICATIONS USED INTERNALLY ON RELAY OUTPUTS USED INTERNALLY ON CPU INPUTS OUTPUTS ETC EXTERNAL CONNECTION TO EARTH GROUND Figure 1 23 Interconnection of Power Supplies 24 or 48 VDC 21 to 56 VDC 18 to 56 VDC 50 watts maximum at full load 4A peak 100 ms maximum 15 watts maximum 5 VDC and 24 VDC Relay 20 watts maximum 24 VDC Isolated 30 watts maximum total all three outputs 5 VDC 5 0 VDC to 5 2 VDC 5 1 VDC nominal Relay 24 VDC 24 to 28 VDC Isolated 24 VDC 21 5 VDC to 28 VDC 5 VDC output 6 4 to 7 V 5 VDC output 4 A maximum 14 ms minimum Table 1 11 Specifications for 24 48 VDC Input Power Supply Page 1 34 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 4 3 2 Field Wiring Connections to DC Input Power Supply 4 3 2 1 DC Power Source Connections The and wires from the 24 48 VDC power source connect to the top two protected terminals on the terminal connector 4 3 2 2 Isolated 24 VDC Supply The bottom two connections provide terminals for connections to the internally supp
221. e 1 11 shows the recommended method for folding the braided shield back before inserting the cable into a metallized cover Page 1 18 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to 80 35 System 245524 Foil amp Braid to be folded back over ferrule and Split Ring Cable ground wire Ferrule Jacket a Ground Wire Conductors folded back over ferrule only when not in use Figure 1 11 How to use Split Ring Ferrules for Foil and Braided Cable Shield For typical industrial applications all expansion and remote baseplate cables can be made with plastic shell covers and should be wired as shown in Figure 1 14 In either case pin 1 should be wired into both ends of the custom length cable and the recommendations listed below should be followed for the Y cables treatment in the remote 1 693 5392 399 baseplates When using 100 shielded cables all local CPU and expansion baseplates in the system must be solidly referenced to the same ground point or a potential difference between baseplates could disturb signal transmission In remote baseplates IC693CHS393E and earlier and IC693CHS399D and earlier it is necessary to remove pin 1 of the mating cable where the cable plugs into the baseplate This means that when using a factory made Y cable IC693CBL300 you must break pin 1 out of the male end where it plugs into the remote baseplate before using it wi
222. e Block Diagram IC693ALG442 ALS 52118 LEDs MICRO gt PROCESSOR EPRoM e ISOLATION e i bd EEPROM e DATA TRANSMIT RECEIVE BACKPLANE MULTIPLEXOR INTERFACE VLSI Alspa C80 35 PLC BACKPLANE Page 3 129 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Analog I O Module Specifications 4 8 4 3 Field Wiring Information The following figure provide information for connecting field wiring to the user terminal board on the analog combo Module TERMINALS a47047 FIELD WIRING FIELD WIRING 24VIN JMP2 k Vuser Ir ZENS ICHI VCHI 8 I RET V COM FGND ADD JMPI JMP4 for 250W SENSE RESISTOR CURRENT INPUT MODE ONLY OPTIONAL SHIELD CONNECTION Figure 3 54 Field Wiring for Analog Combo Module IC693ALG442 1 Each Input channel can be configured independent of other Input channels to operate as a voltage input or a current input not both simultaneously 2 Each Output channel can be configured independent of other Output channels to operate as a voltage output or a current output not both simultaneously Page 3 130 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Appendix Product Certification Standards and A General Specifications 1 INT
223. e Drop 1 5 volts maximum Output Leakage Current 3 mA maximum at 120 volts AC On Response Time 1 ms maximum Off Response Time 1 2 cycle maximum Power Consumption 210 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 25 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 17 Specifications for IC693MDL310 Page 2 34 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 120 volt AC output module 343095 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING Figure 2 24 Field Wiring 120 Volt AC Output 0 5 Amp Module IC693MDL310 243852 4 4 AMPS 3 TOTAL MODULE LOAD 2 2 5 CURRENT AMPS 10 20 30 C 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 25 Input Points vs Temperature for IC693MDL310 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 35 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 15 120 240 Volt AC Output 2 Amp 8 Point IC693MDL330 This 2 amp AC output module has a catalog number with a D or later suffix i e IC693MDL330D previous versions modules with a C or earlier suffix were rated at 1 amp The 120 240 volt 2 Amp AC Output module for the Al
224. e Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications Rated Voltage 5 to 12 volts DC Positive or Negative Logic Input Voltage Range 0 to 15 volts DC Inputs per Module 32 four groups of eight inputs each Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 250 volts between groups Input Current 3 0 mA typical ON current at 5 VDC 8 5 mA typical ON current at 12 VDC Input Characteristics Guaranteed On state Voltage 4 2 to 15 volts DC Guaranteed Off state Voltage 0 to 2 6 volts DC Guaranteed On state Current 2 5 mA minimum Guaranteed Off state Current 1 2 mA maximum On response Time 1 ms maximum Off response Time ms maximum Internal Power Consumption 195 mA maximum from 5 bus on backplane 29 mA 0 5 mA point ON 4 7 mA LED 440 mA maximum from 5 bus on backplane if module isolated 5V supply used to power inputs and all 32 inputs ON 96 mA typical from user input supply at 5 VDC and all 32 inputs ON 272 mA typical from user input supply at 12 VDC and all 32 inputs ON Isolated 5 Supply 5 volts DC 5 Current limit 150 mA typical Maximum number of inputs ON is dependent on ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 59 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 44 Specifications for IC693MDL654 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 81 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRIN
225. e Specifications Page 3 1 Analog I O Module Specifications Load Requirements for Analog I O Modules The following table Table 3 2 shows the DC load required by each Alspa C80 35 analog I O module ratings are in milliamps Input and Output module current ratings are with all inputs or outputs on Note that the figures listed are maximum requirements not typical Load requirements for other Alspa 80 35 PLC components installed in a baseplate must be included in the total load calculations Load requirements for all Alspa 80 35 PLC components can be found in ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual Three voltages are listed in the table 5 VDC provides primary power to operate most internal circuits 24 VDC Relay Power provides power for circuits that drive the relays on Relay modules 424 VDC Isolated provides power to operate a number of input circuits input modules only This can also be used as the power input for some analog modules to power user side circuitry Catalog 24 VDC 24 VDC Number Description 5 VDC Relay Isolated Power IC693ALG220 Analog Input Voltage 4 Channels 27mA 98m IC693ALG221 Analog Input Current 4 Channels 25mA 100 ICSSALGII High Density Analog Input oae 16 Crame Wim aima ICSSALGZ HighDensity Analog Input 120ma 16841654 Analog Oupa Voltage ma Anal
226. e configured using either the Alspa P8 25 35 05 or P80 programming software configurator function or the Alspa 80 35 Hand Held Programmer Note that in this module s description the module will be simply referred to as the Analog Combo Module Each analog input is capable of providing five input ranges two voltage and three current which are 01 10 volts unipolar default range for both input and output channels 10 to 10 volts bipolar 0to20 mA 4to 20 mA 4to20 mA Enhanced The default input range is voltage mode 0 to 10 volts unipolar with user data scaled so that OV corresponds to a count of 0 and 10V corresponds to a count of 32767 Each analog output is capable of providing four output ranges two voltage and two current 01 10 volts unipolar default range for both input and output channels 10 to 10 volts bipolar 01020 milliamps 400 20 milliamps Each output channel is capable of converting 15 to 16 bits depending on the range selected of binary digital data to an analog output for use as required by your application User data in the AI and AQ registers is in a 16 bit 2 s complement format In current modes an open wire fault is reported to the CPU for each channel The module can go to a known last state when system power is interrupted As long as user power is applied to the module each output will maintain its last value or reset to the low end of the
227. e connection to backplane 4 1 2 Wiring Connections to Standard AC DC Power Supply 4 1 2 1 AC Power Source Connections 4 1 2 2 Overvoltage Protection Devices 4 1 2 3 DC Power Source Connections 4 1 2 4 Isolated 24 VDC Supply 4 2 High Capacity Power Supply 120 240 VAC or 125 VDC Input 4 2 1 Output Voltage Connections to Backplane 4 2 2 Field Wiring Connections to High Capacity AC DC Power Supply 4 2 2 1 AC Power Source Connections 4 2 2 2 Overvoltage Protection Devices 4 2 2 3 DC Power Source Connections 4 2 2 4 Isolated 24 VDC Supply 4 3 Power Supply 24 48 VDC Input 4 3 1 Output Voltage Connections to Backplane 4 3 2 Field Wiring Connections to DC Input Power Supply 4 3 2 1 DC Power Source Connections 4 3 22 Isolated 24 VDC Supply 4 3 3 Calculating Input Power Requirements for DC Input Power Supply 4 4 High Capacity Power Supply 24 VDC Input 4 4 1 Output Voltage Connections to Backplane 4 4 2 Field Wiring Connections to DC Input High Capacity Power Supply 4 4 2 1 DC Power Source Connections
228. e current to the loads from the user common or positive power bus The load is connected between the negative power bus and the module output IEC SOURCE OUT 343840 24V ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 5 Discrete I O Module Specifications 2 3 Negative Logic Input Modules Input modules designed with negative logic characteristics source current through the input device to the user common or positive power bus The input device is connected between the negative power bus and the input terminal a43841 IEC y SOURCE 2AN IN lt OV 2 4 Negative Logic Output Modules Output modules designed with negative logic characteristics sink current from the loads to the user common or negative power bus The load is connected between the positive power bus and the output terminal 243842 x SINK 24V OUT Page 2 6 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 MODULE SPECIFICATIONS The following pages contain specifications for each of the Alspa 80 35 discrete I O modules For each module the following technical information is provided A description of the module A list of specifications for the module illustration showing field wiring information including appropriate user connections to the detachable termina
229. e e ve ce Me Satine Wines Sooke eee yin C 9 GLOSSARY Page 16 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Figures Figure 1 1 Example of an Alspa 80 35 I O Module 1 3 Figure 1 2 Example of PCIF 35 Interface to Alspa 80 35 I O System 1 7 Figure 1 3 Example of an Alspa 80 35 Expansion Baseplate 5 slot shown 1 8 Figure 1 4 Example of an Alspa 80 35 Remote Baseplate 5 slot 1 10 Figure 1 5 5 Slot Baseplate Mounting Dimensions and Spacing Requirements 1 11 Figure 1 6 10 Slot Baseplate Mounting Dimensions and Spacing Requirements 1 11 Figure 1 7 Baseplate Adapter Bracket Installation 1 13 Figure 1 8 Baseplate Mounting Dimensions for 19I Rack Installation 1 13 Figure 1 9 Example of Rack Number Configuration Rack 2 Selected 1 14 Figure 1 10 Example of Connecting Baseplates in an Expansion System 1 15 Figure 1 11 How to use Split Ring Ferrules for Foil and Braided Cable Shield 1 19 Figure 1 12 Point To Point Cable Wiring Diagram for Custom Length Cables 1 20 Figure 1 13 Earlier Revisions of Remote baseplate IC693CH8393 399 Custom Y Cable Wiring Diagram
230. e examples of typical suppression circuits for AC and DC loads The 1A 100V diode shown in the DC load typical suppression circuit is an industry standard 1N4934 DC LOADS 245151 AC LOADS 245152 ALSPA Pepa C80 35 gi Y C80 35 CY YYY 1A 100V 0 022 1000 RELAY RELAY OUTPUT OUTPUT 630V 1 2W y Ay O con O DC SUPPLY AC SOURCE Page 2 66 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the safety Isolated Relay Output module MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING 1 1 5 x G A2 X LED 4 poipe 5 v Es eI REANO D ie 10 V 11 AG 2 v 13 5 A8 7 NOT USED NORE 7 2 saret NOT USED 132V A INPUT 9 EXT2 5 2 20 ExT so Seaia Figure 2 52 Field Wiring Safety Isolated Relay Output Module CF693MDL 150 48 TOTAL MODULE LOAD CURRENT AMPS ON 24VDC 24 10 C 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 53 Load Current vs Temperature for CF693MDL150 ALS 52118
231. e module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The top half of the outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate low voltage circuits and the bottom half of the outside left edge is color coded red to indicate high voltage circuits This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Page 2 74 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Inputs Rated Voltage Input Voltage range Inputs per Module Isolation Input Current Input Characteristics Guaranteed On State Voltage Guaranteed Off State Voltage Guaranteed On State Current Guaranteed Off State Current On Response Time Off Response Time Outputs Rated Voltage Operating Voltage Outputs per Module Isolation Maximum Load Minimum Load Maximum Inrush On Response Time Off Response Time Internal Power Consumption Discrete I O Module Specifications 24 volts DC 30 to 32 volts DC 8 one group of eight inputs 1500 volts RMS between field and logic side 500 volts RMS between inputs 7 5 mA typical at rated voltage 15 to 32 volts DC 0 to 5 volts DC 4 mA minimum 1 5 mA maximum 1 ms typical 1 ms typical 24 VDC 120 240 VAC 5 to 30 volts DC 5 to 250 volts AC 50 60 Hz 8 two groups of four outputs each 1500 volts RMS between field and logic side 500
232. e outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 120 240 volts AC Output Voltage Range 85 to 264 volts AC 50 60 Hz Outputs per Module 8 two groups of four outputs each Isolation 1500 volts RMS between field side and logic side 500 volts RMS between each group Output Current 2 amp maximum per point 4 amps maximum per group at 40 C 104 F Output Characteristics Inrush Current 20 amps maximum for one cycle Minimum Load Current 100 mA Output Voltage Drop 1 5 volts maximum Output Leakage Current 3 mA maximum at 120 volts AC 6 mA maximum at 240 volts AC On Response Time 1 ms maximum Off Response Time 1 2 cycle maximum Power Consumption 160 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 27 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 18 Specifications for IC693MDL330 Page 2 36 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 120 240 volt AC output 2 Amp module 343105 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING 1 COUPLER
233. e that the 6AI address is as previously selected Initial display R0 03 HI DEN C gt 5 AI16 AI035 AIO051 Page 3 56 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications To display the channel ranges press the key The display will show Channel 1 or the currently selected channel and the first available range R0 03 HI DEN C gt 5 CHANNEL 1 4 20 You can toggle through the range for each channel by pressing the key Each range will be displayed as shown The range selected is the one currently displayed R0 03 HI DEN C gt 5 CHANNEL 1 0 20 R0 03 HI DEN C gt S CHANNEL 1 4 20 Alarm Limits Display To view the alarm limits for the channel currently displayed press the key again the first time caused the channel ranges to be available for editing The following screen is displayed R0 03 HI DEN C gt S CHAN 1 LO 00000 The display is the entry field for the low alarm limit for the displayed channel in this case Channel 1 You can enter the desired low alarm limit value using the numeric keys and the key for specifying negative values Enter the low alarm limit using a value within the valid limits as listed in Table 3 14 After you have entered the low alarm limit value press the key again to advance to the high alarm limit display for this channel The following screen is displayed at this time R0 03 HI DEN C gt 5 CHAN 1 HI 32000
234. ecifications 3 19 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic Output 2 Amp 8 Point IC693MDL731 The 12 24 volt DC Negative Logic 2 Amp Output module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 output points in one group with a common power output terminal This output module is designed to have negative logic characteristics in that it sinks current from the loads to the user common or negative power bus The output device is connected between the positive power bus and the module output The output characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row This module uses only the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 A red LED on the right and centered between the two rows of green LEDs functions as a blown fuse indicator it turns ON when any fuse is blown The module has two 5 amp fuses with each fuse protecting four outputs the first fuse protects A1 A4 the second fuse protects A5 A8 The fuses are electrically connected to the same common insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circ
235. ecommendations should be followed when installing and removing I O modules 5 1 1 Inserting a Module Select the slot into which the module is to be inserted Grasp the module firmly with the terminal board toward you and with the rear hook facing away from you Align the module with the desired base slot and connector Tilt the module upwards so that the top rear hook of the module engages the slot on the baseplate Swing the module downward until the connectors mate and the lock lever on the bottom of the module snaps into place engaging the baseplate notch Visually inspect the module to be sure that it it properly seated a43055 Se WARNING Do not insert or remove modules with power applied This could cause the Programmable Logic Controller to Stop damage may be incurred to the module or may result in personal injury Page 1 44 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 5 1 2 Removing a Module Locate the release lever at the bottom of the module and firmly press it up towards the module While holding the module firmly at the top and fully depressing the release lever swing the module upward release lever must be free of its retaining slot Disengage the hook at the top rear of the module by raising the module up and moving it away from the faceplate 343056 55 RELEASELEVER WARNING
236. ed reference addresses will not be displayed until all three reference types 1 and have been assigned starting addresses Once this is done the configured addresses can be viewed by scrolling backward using the lt key You can press the CLR key at any time to abort the configuration you have just selected and return the slot to EMPTY After selecting the starting 1 address and pressing the ENT key the following screen is displayed RO 03 AIO 2 00 S 04 Selecting AI Reference This screen allows you to select the starting address for the AI reference by specifying the starting reference in the AI field Note that the number of references 04 is displayed as the first two digits following the first AI on the second line of the display You can select the next available address or enter a specific address Pressing the ENT key will allow the PLC to select the starting address You can select a specific starting address by pressing the key sequence for the desired address and pressing the ENT key For example to specify the starting address as AI35 press the key sequence 3 5 ENT The configured reference addresses will not be shown until all three reference types 1 AI and have been assigned starting addresses Once this is done the configured addresses can be viewed by scrolling backward using the lt key Page 3 120 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118
237. ends on the amount of and 1 references available Each module uses 8 AQ references depending on the number of channels enabled and 8 or 16 I references depending on open wire detect configuration There are 32 references available in Models 311 313 and 323 system 64 references available in a Model 331 system 256 references available in a Model 341 system and 512 references availabe in Models 351 and 352 system The maximum number of 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output modules that can be installed in a system are 4 in Models 311 313 or 323 system 8 ina Model 331 system 32 in a Model 340 or 341 system 79 in Models 351 and 352 system Other Configuration Considerations When planning the module configuration for your application you must also consider the load capacity of the installed power supply and the total load requirements of all modules that are installed in the baseplate Refer to Chapter 1 in this manual for details on power supply baseplate and module load requirements The following table lists the specifications for this module Note that test conditions unless otherwise noted are Vuser 24 VDC at an ambient temperature of 25 C 77 F Page 3 80 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Number of Output Channels Output Current Range Output Voltage Range Calibration User Supply Voltage nominal External Supply Voltage Range
238. ent information on availability of Alspa C80 35 modules consult your authorized ALSTOM PLC distributor or your local ALSTOM sales office 1 2 Universal Terminal Boards Alspa 80 35 I O modules with up to 16 points have as a standard feature detachable terminal boards for field wiring connections to and from user supplied input or output devices This feature makes it easy to prewire field wiring to user supplied input and output devices and to replace modules in the field without disturbing existing field wiring connectors on these terminal boards 20 terminals and will accept up to one 2 1 mn AWG No 14 wire or two 1 12 mm AWG No 16 wires using ring or lug type terminals Two terminals on the connector are provided for connection to a 24 volt DC supply for input modules requiring a 24 volt DC power source Wires to and from field devices are routed out the bottom of the terminal board cavity 1 3 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly Terminal block assemblies are available for Alspa C80 35 discrete I O modules This terminal block assembly is referred to as Terminal Block Quick Connect or simply TBQC This system allows 16 point discrete modules to be quickly connected to interposing terminal blocks Installing a 16 point module typically takes 2 1 2 hours to wire from a PLC to interposing terminal blocks With the TBQC you simply snap in the interposing terminal block remove the module s terminal assembly s
239. ents 1 39 capacities 1 36 DC power source connections 1 39 field wiring connections 1 39 illustration of 1 36 isolated 24 vdc connections 1 39 output voltages to backplane 1 37 specifications 1 38 DC power supply DC power connections 1 35 illustration of 1 33 input power requirements calculating 1 35 isolated 24 VDC supply connections 1 32 1 35 overcurrent protection 1 40 specifications 1 34 status indicators 1 39 timing diagram 1 40 DC Standard Power Supply isolated 24 VDC sup ply connections 1 28 Definition of positive and negative logic for I O modules 2 5 Differential inputs 3 3 DIP switch for rack number 1 14 Discrete I O modules 1 3 E E2 COMMREQ example 3 116 Equation values for analog modules 3 6 Index 4 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Expansion baseplate dip switch for rack number 1 14 baseplate example of 1 8 baseplates remote 1 9 bus termination 1 24 3 extension cables description of B 10 cables 1 16 port pin assignments 1 18 B3 system remote connections 1 14 system requirements of 1 9 Extension cables I O B 10 Faceplate 2 Field wiring connections CF693MDL100 2 25 CF693MDLI101 2 27 CF693MDL102 2 29 CF693MDL103 2 31 CF693MDL150 2 67 IC693ALG220 3 20 IC693ALG221 3 25 IC693ALG222 3 41 IC693ALG223 3 59 IC693ALG390 3 67 IC693ALG391 3 73 IC693ALG392 3 94 IC69
240. er I O points Isolated modules allow high voltages to exist between I O devices and the PLC Do not confuse isolated inputs with the isolation between groups of analog circuits or isolation from other components of the system such as logic or power supplies Normal Mode This is the actual signal across the signal wires of differential or isolated I O This may also include unwanted noise such as power line frequency pickup Single ended Single ended circuits have the signal measured relative to a common connection usually the power supply Other analog I O signals typically share this common Single ended circuits require fewest terminal points giving the highest density and lowest price but at the cost of more restrictive wiring and errors due to voltage drops and currents in the common connections Single ended circuit connections are most similar to the wiring of discrete modules Unipolar Unipolar signals or ranges do not change polarity during normal operation for example 0 to 10 volts or 4 mA to 20 mA Reversed connection to a unipolar input will produce minimum value and if diagnostics are available underrange or open wire faults Gloss 2 Alspa 80 35 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Symbols Y cable for expansion system 1 9 wiring diagram for current remote baseplate 1 22 6 wiring diagram for earlier revision remote base plate 1 21 wiring diagram for earlier version baseplate B 5 wiring diagram
241. es no warranties of merchantability or fitness for purpose shall apply In this publication no mention is made of rights with respect to trademarks or tradenames that may attach to certain words or signs The absence of such mention however in no way implies there is no protection Partial reproduction of this document is authorized but limited to internal use for information only and for no commercial purpose However such authorization is granted only on the express condition that any partial copy of the document bears a mention of its property including the copyright statement rights reserved Copyright 1999 ALSTOM Paris France Page 2 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Revisions b Adding Load ratings temperature and mounting position 3 3 1 of chapter 1 Baseplate adapter braket 3 3 2 of chapter 1 High capacity power supply 8 3 9 of chapter 1 CPU serial port connector on power supply 3 10 1 of chap ter 1 Appendix B Product certification standards and general specifi cation Other changes of details Adding Appendix B Data sheets for I O cables Appendix C Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly High capacity 24 VDC input power supply 4 4 of chapter 1 VDC Pos Neg Logic Input CF693MDL101 102 103 3 10 3 11 3 12 of chapter 2 Safety Isolated Relay Output CF693MDL150 3 28 of chapter 2 References to programming
242. esent on the inputs Tn the presence of severe RF interference IEC 801 3 10V m accuracy may be degraded to 100 mV 400 mA Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 3 7 Specifications for Analog Voltage Input Module IC693ALG220 Page 3 18 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 4 1 1 Analog Voltage Input Block Diagram Analog Module Specifications The following figure is a block diagram of the 4 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module FILTERS 250 W FRAME 2 0 5W I24V PWR 0v INVERTER 4 4 1 lt lt REGULATOR MUX 4 AND CHANNELS VOLTAGE 15 SUPERVISOR L 45V IGND 5y gt isy DIFFERENTIAL AMPLIFIER TIMING GENERATOR v BACKPLANE o y INTERFACE ICS A D e M ISOLATION CIRCUITS CONVERTER CIRCUITRY Figure 3 12 Analog Voltage Input Module Block Diagram for IC693ALG220 ALS 52118 lt REFERENCE VOLTAGE Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications 343844 con amp o JMP ADJUST Page 3 19 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 1 2 Field Wiring Information The following figure provides information for connecting field wiring to the 4 Channel Analog Voltage Input module 343103 FIELD WIRING TE
243. every increase in the data table will cause an increase in the output The net effect for an input module is that an increased input will not cause the LSB Least Significant Bit of the data word in the table to change The size of the step depends on the range of the analog signal the resolution of the conversion and the number of LSBs disregarded These factors can be used to calculate the size of the step For example the analog output module provides outputs from 4 to 20 mA in 12 bits Therefore each bit represents 20 4 mAy 2 bits 3 906 uA bit However factory calibration adjusts for an even number of microamps per bit 4 Uu A bit Since the three LSBs in output are not used in the conversion an 8 count 2 3 increase in the output is needed to change the analog output by 4 LA The software rounding algorithm causes the step to rotate between a count of 7 and a count of 9 instead of 8 The values supplied in Table 3 3 provide you with the information needed to calculate step sizes The following figure shows a portion of the analog current output versus the corresponding data word in 344648 4 020 4 4 016 4 012 CURRENT mA 4 008 4 4 004 4 4 000 T 0 5 12 21 28 37 44 decimal Figure 3 5 Stair Step Effect on Analog Values Although the analog signals are stair step they can be approximated with a linear graph The following figures
244. f this chapter a47020 ANALOG CURRENT INPUT MODULE USER CONNECTIONS EE CHx OTF AID BACKPLANE SLE CONVERTER ISOLATION PROCESSOR uc da PU AI 250 5 oT Figure 3 25 16 Channel Analog Current Input Module Block Diagram IC693ALG223 4 4 6 Placement of A D Bits within the Data Tables Since converters used in the analog modules are 12 bit converters not all of the 16 bits in the data tables contain data required for the conversion A version of the 12 bits is placed within the 16 bit data word corresponding to the analog point in the table The Alspa 80 35 PLC system handles the integration differently for the various analog modules The CPU does not manipulate the data from the input modules before placing it within the word in the 6AI data table The bits in the AI data table which were not used in the conversion by the input module are forced to 0 zero by the analog input module Placement of the 12 data bits from the A D converter for an analog current input data word for the 16 Channel Analog Current Input module is shown below MSB LSB sooo To To To Do o EE TET X not converted bits Analog values are scaled over the range of the converter Factory calibration adjusts the analog value per bit resolution to a multiple of full scale that 15 4 uA bit This calibration leaves a
245. fications for the Alspa 8000 products Appendix B Data Sheets for I O Cables This appendix provides data sheets describing each of the Alspa C80 35 cable types that can be used in an I O system Appendix C Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly This appendix describes the Terminal Block Quick Connect system which consists of an interposing terminal block I O faceplate and cable This assembly allows faster wiring of applicable discrete I O modules Glossary explains some general terms relating to measurements at analog I O terminals 2 RELATED PUBLICATIONS For more information refer to these publications ALS 52102 Alspa C80 35 80 25 80 05 PLCs Reference Manual ALS 52109 MegaBasic Language for PCM Reference Manual and Programmer Guide ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual ALS 52201 Alspa P8 25 35 05 Programming Software for Alspa 80 35 80 25 and 80 05 PLCs User s Manual ALS 52202 Hand Held Programmer for Alspa C80 35 80 25 C80 05 PLCs User s Manual ALS 52203 PCM Development Software PCOP for Alspa 8000 PLCs User s Manual ALS 52205 Axis Positioning Module APM for Alspa 8000 PLCs Programming Manual ALS 52309 Alspa 80 35 I O Processor Module User s Manual ALS 52313 Alspa 80 35 Remote I O Scanner User s Manual ALS 52401 High Speed Counter for Alspa C80 35 PLC User s Manual ALS 52402 Programmable Coprocessor Module PCM and Support Software for Alspa 8000 PLCs User s Man
246. for the 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module is shown below More information on the CPU interface to analog modules can be found at the beginning of this chapter 247036 USER CONNECTIONS DATA ALSPA MICRO D A BACKPLANH OPTO TABLE C80 35 _ INTERFACE PROCESSOR ISOLATION CONVERTER CPU VLSI ANALOG CURRENT VOLTAGE OUTPUT MODULE Figure 3 44 Basic Block Diagram for IC693ALG392 The following table summarizes the above information including the module output range user input data range and the resolution of the selected range Module User Input Output Range Data Range Resolution 4 to 20 mA 0 to 32000 0 to 20 5 mA 0 to 32767 0 to 10 volts 0 to 32767 10 to 10 volts 22767 to 432767 4 7 1 4 Status Reporting The Analog Current Voltage Output module provides status information to the PLC This status information is updated once each PLC sweep and consists of three items health of the module all ranges overload or open wire detect current mode only status of the user supplied power to the module all ranges Page 3 78 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 7 1 5 Power Requirements and LEDs This module requires a maximum of 110 mA from the 5V bus on the PLC backplane for the logic side The module s analog power must be suppl
247. from the Isolated 24 volt backplane bus or from user supplied power Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 6 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 7 Specifications for IC693MDL 241 Page 2 14 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 24 volt AC DC positive negative logic input module 345032 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER CIRCUITS 680 0 1 mf ATN OPTICAL COUPLER J 3 3K Al 2 4 5 6 7 8 2 O B3 O B4 O B5 B6 O B7 O 1 1 ah JS 24 OUT Figure 2 5 Field Wiring 24 Volt AC DC Pos Neg Logic Input Module IC693MDL241 345135 16 30V SUPPLY 12 NUMBER OF INPUTS 8 ON 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 6 Input Points vs Temperature for IC693MDL241 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 15 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 5 12
248. g inductive loads will approach resistive load contact life 1f suppression circuits are used The following figures are examples of typical suppression circuits for AC and DC loads The 1A 100V diode shown in the DC load typical suppression circuit is an industry standard 1N4934 DC LOADS 245151 AC LOADS 345152 ALSPA ALSPA C80 35 ies 100 0 022 199 A RELAY RELAY OUTPUT OUTPUT LIV 630V 1 2W 2 ow DC SUPPLY AC SOURCE Page 2 62 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 8 amp Isolated Relay Output module a47015 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING 1 NC LED Y COH A2 N C 24 oe 5 A3NC e RELAY N C D A5 N C RELAY NC 10 1 H A5 NO ud x 2 A6 N C d eae e A e 14 A6 N O 15 A7 N C 3 6 i 2 7 RELAY A8N C A8 N O Figure 2 50 Field Wiring Isolated Re
249. gative Logic Input module provides 16 input points in four isolated groups with four points in each group Each group has a separate common associated with it the two commons are not tied together inside the module The input module is designed to have either positive logic characteristics in that it sinks current from the input devices to the user common or negative power bus or negative logic characteristics in that it sources current through the input devices to the user common or positive power bus The input device is connected between the power bus and the module input Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of industrial input devices Power to operate field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row This module uses the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to B8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert 15 color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module This module can be installed
250. ge 3 75 Page 3 97 Page 3 15 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 1 Analog Voltage Input 4 Channel IC693ALG220 The 4 Channel Analog Voltage Input module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides four input channels each capable of converting an analog input signal to a digital signal for use as required by your application The Analog Voltage Input module is capable of converting inputs in the range of 10 to 10 volts Conversion speed for each of the four channels is one millisecond This provides an update rate of four milliseconds for any channel Resolution of the converted signal is 12 bits binary 1 part in 4096 User data in the AI registers is in 16 bit 2 s complement format The placement of the 12 bits from the A D converter in the data word is shown below The relationship between the voltage input and the data from the A D converter is shown in Figure 3 10 MSB LSB s ps 07 06 ps pa 63 02 m x x x x X not applicable to this discussion sign bit 244652 2000 A D BITS decimal 200 10 0 10 VOLTAGE V Figure 3 10 A D Bits vs Voltage Input Page 3 16 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications Scaling of the input is shown below in Figure 3 11 44653 32000 decimal 0 32000 T 10 0
251. gned to have either positive or negative characteristics in that they sink or source current to from the input devices to from the user common and are arranged as one group of 8 inputs The relay output circuits are arranged in two groups of four circuits each Each group has a common power output terminal Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied devices such as pushbuttons limit switches and electronic proximity switches Current to an input results in a logic 1 in the input status table I Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user The normally open relay circuits are used for controlling output loads provided by the user The output switching capacity of each output is 2 amps The relay outputs can control a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power for the internal relay circuits is provided by the 24 volt DC bus on the backplane The user must supply the AC or DC power to operate field devices There are no fuses on this module LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module The LEDs are arranged in two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row The top row is labeled A1 to 8 input points 1 to 8 and the bottom row is is labeled B1 to B8 relay output points 1 to 8 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of th
252. h were not used in the conversion by the input module are forced to 0 zero by the analog input module An example of the bit placement for an analog current output data word is shown below This example is for the Analog Current output module catalog number IC693ALG391 MSB LSB on onl To To D os D EE Px x S sign bit X not converter bits Analog values are scaled over the range of the converter Factory calibration adjusts the analog value per bit resolution to a multiple of full scale thas is 4 microamps bit This calibration leaves a normal 12 bit converter with 4000 counts normally 2 12 4096 counts The data is then scaled with the 4000 counts over the analog range For example the data to the D A converter for the analog current output is scaled as shown in Figure 3 4 a44758 4000 D A BITS decimal 0 0 4 20 CURRENT mA 4 to 20mA RANGE Figure 3 4 D A Bits vs Current Output for IC693ALG391 More detailed information on placement and scaling for the analog modules can be found within their respective specifications ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 7 Analog I O Module Specifications 1 5 Stair Step Effect of Output Because the converted bits 12 bits in the data word 16 bits are not right justified the placement of the converted bits causes the output or input to be a stair step The net effect of the stair step for an output module is that not
253. h is reported to the PLC in the I table 244683 244684 32000 4 32000 decimal decimal 0 0 0 4 20 0 20 CURRENT mA CURRENT mA 4 to 20 mA RANGE 0 to 20 mA RANGE Figure 3 50 Scaling for Current Output Page 3 100 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 8 2 2 Voltage Operation For Voltage Operation in the default unipolar mode 0 to 10 volts user data is scaled so that 0 volts corresponds to a count of 0 and 10 volts corresponds to a count of 32000 In this mode you can enter up to 32767 for an overrange of approximately 10 24 volts output In the 10 to 10 volt range user data is scaled so that 10 volts corresponds to a count of 32000 and 10 volts corresponds to count of 32000 In this range you can enter 32768 to 32767 for an overrange of approximately 10 24 volts to 10 24 volts Scaling of the voltage output for both the 0 to 10 volt range and the 10 to 10 volt range is as shown below 244658 244658 32000 32000 decimal Ono decimal 32000 0 774 T T T T T 10 0 10 0 10 VOLTAGE V VOLTAGE V Bipolar Mode Unipolar Mode Figure 3 51 Scaling for Voltage Output 4 8 2 3 CPU Interface to the Analog Combo Module The Alspa C80 35 PLC uses the data within the AI and AQ data table to record analog values for use by the
254. hange an alarm value the corresponding error code will be returned in the upper four bits of the first byte of references assigned to the module 2 COMMREQ Example The following ladder logic provides an example of setting up 2 COMMREQ data and issuing the COMMREQ As with all COMMREQs it is recommended that the ladder verify the completion of the 2 COMMREQ in progress before initiating another This ensures that the module does not receive COMMREQs faster than it can process them One way to do this is to zero the contents of the COMMREQ status 6R0001 in this example as the COMMREQ is enabled Since the status returned for a completed is never zero a non zero status word will then indicate that the COMMREQ has completed In this example the COMMREQ command block begins at 0002 and is initialized on the first scan It is assumed that the 6 bytes of COMMREQ data sent to the module are moved into 0101 0103 before the Page 3 116 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications is enabled The module is located in rack 0 slot 2 so the SYSID input to the is 0002 Setting 0001 moves zero into the COMMREQ status word enables 96 T0003 for one sweep to initiate the COMMREQ and sets 0002 to begin checking the status word When a non zero status word is detected 0002 is reset to discontinue checking and 9 6 T0004 is set to indica
255. hannel 3 3 channel 4 Command Word Description 000x Change low alarm of channel x using absolute mode word 2 holds the new alarm value 001x Change high alarm of channel x using absolute mode word 2 holds the new alarm value 002x Change low alarm of channel x using relative mode word 2 holds the change of the alarm value 003x Change high alarm of channel x using relative mode word 2 holds the change of the alarm value 004x Channel x ramp mode off places channel in standard mode 005x Channel x ramp step mode on word 2 holds the step taken each millisecond 006x Channel x ramp time mode on word 2 holds the total ramp time 00 0 Clear error code word 2 is ignored to 4 are valid channels for changing alarm levels 1 and 2 are valid channels for setting ramp modes Table 3 27 2 COMMREQ Data and Command Word Formats You can change the high and low alarm limits for any of the four input channels Two modes are available to modify the alarm data absolute mode and relative mode When using absolute mode the alarm data sent by the specifies the actual new alarm value When using relative mode the alarm data specifies the positive or negative change in the alarm value that is added to the present value The module verifies that the new alarm limit requested is not out of range and does not violate the condition HIGH LOW If an invalid request is made to c
256. he Stop Mode field HOLD or DEFLOW determines how the outputs will behave when the module is toggled from RUN to STOP mode When this value is set to HOLD the default the outputs will retain their last state When you change this value to DEFLOW the output will go to zero Other Configuration Considerations Channels are scanned in sequential contiguous order with channel 1 being the first to be scanned Note that the impact of the Current Voltage Output module on the CPU scan time is directly proportional to the number of analog channels that you have enabled The only allowable entries for the 3AQ Ref Adr are addresses The only allowable entries for the I Ref Adr are I addresses The entry in I Size will only accept 8 or 16 This field denotes the number of bits returned to the user The AQ Ref Adr field is the reference address for the AQ data and points to the start of the locations in the memory where the output data to the module begins Each channel provides 16 bits of analog output data as an integer value from 0 to 32 760 or 32 767 to 32 752 depending on the range type selected For detailed information on the data format see the CPU Interface to Analog Modules paragraph in this manual The I Ref Adr 15 the reference address for the I data and points to the start of the locations in the I memory the Input Table where status information from the module is reported You can select the number of I status l
257. ics in that it sinks current from the loads to the user common or negative power bus The output device is connected between the positive power bus and the module output The output characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 is used by this module An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module There are no fuses on this module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 12 24 volts DC Output Voltage Range 12 to 24 volts DC 20 15 Outputs per Module 8 one group Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side Output Current 0 5 amps maximum per point 2 amps maximum per common Output Characteristics Output Voltage Drop 0 5 volts maximum Off state Leakage mA maximum On Response Time 2 ms maxi
258. ied by a user supplied single 24 VDC power source and requires a maximum current of 315 mA There are two green LED indicators on the module which provide module and user supply status The top LED MODULE OK provides module status information and the bottom LED USER POWER SUPPLY OK indicates that the user supply is present and is above a minimum designated level Note that both LEDs are powered from the 5V backplane power bus The LEDs have three possible states off flashing or on The definitions for each of these conditions is described below LED STATE off _ Flashing on 4 7 1 6 Location in System 4 5 6 U U U U U U DEFINITION MODOK No 5V backplane power or module not OK PSOK User power may or may not be present MODOK Module OK not configured PSOK No user power MODOK Module OK not configured PSOK User power is present MODOK Module OK and configured PSOK No user power MODOK Module OK and configured PSOK User power is present MODOK Module not OK PSOK User power is present This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa 80 35 PLC system ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 79 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 7 1 7 References Used The number of 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output modules which may be installed in a system dep
259. ificant lead times from distribution If you have any further questions about this issue please feel free to contact the ALSTOM PLC Hotline ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 79 Discrete I O Module Specifications 4 20 5 12 VDC TTL Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input IC693MDL654 The 5 12 volt DC TTL Positive Negative Logic Input module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 32 discrete TTL voltage threshold input points The inputs are arranged in four isolated groups of eight A8 B8 C8 and D1 D8 each group has its own common The inputs are positive or negative logic inputs and will operate at levels up to 15V To be compatible with TTL outputs the negative logic configuration should be used as shown in the following diagram 45035 USER 5 CIRCUIT 6 LO COMx TTL IC MODULE INPUT OUTPUT oe _H_O INPUTx A single regulated 5V supply current limited to approximately 150 mA is available through the I O connectors on the front of the module This supply is generated on the module and is isolated from the backplane Its power input comes from the 5V logic supply on the PLC backplane By installing jumpers on the appropriate pins on the I O connector you can choose to power the inputs from this internal supply instead of powering them with an external user provided supply If this internal supply is u
260. igure 2 39 Load Current vs Temperature for 69 3 733 2 49 Figure 2 40 Field Wiring 125 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic 1 Amp Output Module IC697MDLT34 5 Pa dels M eb eiue p RE UM de e 2 51 Figure 2 41 Load Current vs Temperature for 69 3 734 2 51 Figure 2 42 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic 0 5 Amp Output Module IC693MDL740 2 53 Figure 2 43 Load Current vs Temperature for 693 740 2 53 Figure 2 44 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic 0 5 Amp Output Module IC693MDL741 2 55 Figure 2 45 Load Current vs Temperature for 69 3 741 2 55 Figure 2 46 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic ESCP 1 Amp Output Module IC693MDIET42 ree gi ese Sates dpa DES 2 57 Figure 2 47 Load Current vs Temperature for 69 3 742 2 57 Figure 2 48 Field Wiring 4 Amp Isolated Relay Output Module IC693MDL930 2 60 Figure 2 49 Load Current vs Temperature for 693 930 2 60 Figure 2 50 Field Wiring Isolated Relay Output N C and Form C 8 Amp Module IC693MDL931 2 63 Figure 2 51 Load Current vs Temperature for 69 3 931 2 63
261. imit 1 user supply OK Second eight I locations available for I SIZE values 16 24 32 and 40 961 8 19 9 1 10 91 11 9 1 12 1 13 1 14 1 15 Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel 1 ALARM LO 1 ALARM HI 2 ALARM LO 2 ALARM HI 3 ALARM LO 3 ALARM HI 4 ALARM LO 4 ALARM HI 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit available for I SIZE values 24 32 and 40 Third eight 1 locations 2614 16 1 17 1 18 1 19 1 20 1 21 1 22 1 23 Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel Channel 5 ALARM LO 5 ALARM HI 6 ALARM LO 6 ALARM HI 7 ALARM LO 7 ALARM HI 8 ALARM LO 8 ALARM HI 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 0 above limit 1 below or equal to limit 0 below limit 1 above or equal to limit 22121
262. imum to VusER maximum 0 to 8500 minimum at Vusgr 20V maximum 1350Q at 30 2 2000 pF maximum 1H 5 mA 2K ohms minimum resistance 1 maximum capacitance 1500 volts between field and logic side 110 mA from 5V PLC backplane supply 315 mA from 24V user supply D _ PSSR is measured by varying from 24V to 30V Loadless than 800 W is temperature dependent 3 In the presence of severe RF interference IEC 801 3 10V m accuracy may be degraded to 1 FS for current outputs and 3 FS for voltage outputs Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 3 20 Specifications for IC693ALG392 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 81 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 7 1 8 Derating Curves for the 8 Channel Analog Output Module 1200 ohm loads 60 ohm loads 55 _ 500 ohm loads AMBIENT W Ja 250 ohm loads TEMPERATURE C shorted loads 45 _ 40 VusER 30V 35 _ CURRENT MODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 ACTIVE CHANNELS 800 ohm loads 60 X Fi 500 ohm loads 55 P Ja 250 ohm loads AMBIENT 50 Shorted loads TEMPERATURE 45 40 VUSER 26 5V 35 _ CURRENT MODE 1 2 3 4 5 6 F 8 ACTIVE CHANNELS 8 Channels V 6 Ch 18 ra aah Maximum Operating Temperature 55 Select the line for the number of voltage 2 Channels V 4
263. in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 24 volts DC Positive or Negative Logic Input Voltage Range 0 to 30 volts DC Inputs per Module 16 four groups of four inputs Isolation 2500 volts between field side and logic side 2500 volts between groups Input Current 5 mA typical Input Characteristics Guaranteed On state Voltage 18 to 30 volts DC Guaranteed Off state Voltage 0 to 4 volts DC Guaranteed On state Current 3mA Guaranteed Off state Current mA maximum On response Time 7 ms typical Off response Time 7 ms typical Power Consumption 5 80 mA from the 5 volt bus on the backplane all inputs ON Power Consumption 24 90 mA typical from user input supply all inputs ON Number of inputs ON is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 18 Table 2 13 Specifications for CF693MDL 101 Page 2 26 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 24 volt DC positive negative logic input module MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER CIRCUITS COM A OPTICAL COUPLER Figure 2 17 Field Wiring 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input Module CF693MDL101 16 30V SUPPLY NUMBER INPUTS 4 10 C 20 30 C 40 50 60
264. inal board in place This middle post can be easily snapped off if you do not require it to hold the wiring in place Since minimal force is required to snap off the middle post you should be careful that you do not inadvertently snap it off if you are using it to keep your wire runs in place 5 2 6 Field Wiring Considerations It is recommended that the following procedures be followed when routing and connecting field wiring from user devices to the PLC or PC or to Output devices to be controlled by the PLC or PC All low level signal wires should be run separately from other field wiring AC power wiring should be run separately from DC field wiring WARNING You should calculate the maximum current for each wire and observe proper wiring practices Failure to do so may cause injury to personnel or damage to equipment Field wiring should not be routed close to any device that could be a potential source of electrical interference If severe noise problems are present additional power supply filtering or an isolation transformer may be required Ensure that proper grounding procedures as previously described are followed to minimize potential safety hazards to personnel Label all wires to and from I O devices Record circuit identification numbers or other pertinent data on the inserts which go in the module s faceplate door ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 49
265. ine of the Hand Held Programmer display following the AQ entry You can edit data with the Hand Held Programmer only for the active channels but you can not change the number of actively scanned channels Module Present If a module is physically present in a system it can be added to the system s configuration by reading the module into the configuration file For example assume that an 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module is installed in slot 3 of a Model 311 PLC system It can be added to the configuration with the following sequence Use the T and J arrow cursor keys or the No key to display the selected slot Initial Display To add the IC693ALG392 module to the configuration press the READ VERIFY ENT key sequence The RO 03 AO 1 00 gt S I16 1 following screen will be displayed Page 3 88 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications Selecting I Reference At this point the starting I reference address for the status data returned from the module must be entered Notice that the length of the status field 16 is displayed as the first two digits following the first I on the second line of the display This field cannot be changed with the Hand Held Programmer However it can be changed using the Alspa 8 25 35 05 software configurator function The Hand Held Programmer will always reflect the currently active length of the status field Pressing the
266. ing page as needed when wiring the 5 12 VDC TTL Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input module Module Point Connector Cable Reference Number Pin Number Pair Wire Color Wire Number Number Code A1 1 1 Brown A2 7 Violet A3 A2 1 Brown Black 4 2 7 Violet Black 5 2 6 B3 8 White A7 4 2 Red Black 8 B4 8 White Black A Common A5 3 Orange N C B5 9 Gray N C A6 3 Orange Black 5 OUT B6 9 Gray Black 0 VOLTS 7 4 Yellow N C B7 10 Pink N C A8 4 Yellow Black B Common B8 10 Pink Black B8 A9 5 Dark Green B7 B9 11 Light Blue B6 A10 5 Dark Green Black B5 10 11 Light Blue Black B4 6 Dark Blue Table 2 45 Wiring for Module Groups and B connector on right front of module Page 2 84 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications Reference Module Point Connector Du Wire Color Wire Number Number Pin Number Number Code B3 12 Light Green B2 A12 6 Dark Blue Black B1 B12 12 Light Green Black Table 2 45 Wiring for Module Groups A and B connector on right front of module continued Cable Reference Module Point Connector Pair Wire Color Wire Number Number Pin Number Number Code C1 1 1 Brown C2 7 Violet C3 A2 1 Brown Black C4 B2 7 V
267. ing table Catalog Load Number Capacity Input Output Capacities Voltage Power Total of all outputs combined cannot exceed 30 watts Table 1 8 High Capacity AC DC Input Power Supply Capacities O PWR 245625 CE693PWR330 ALSTOM 52 ORUN STATUS INDICATORS Alspa C80 35 HIGH CAPACITY POWER SUPPLY PROGRAMMABLE INPUT CONTROLLER 100 240 VAG 50 60 HZ 100VA CONNECTIONS FOR GN AC DC POWER SOURCE Q L Ol INTERNAL POWER SOURCE FOR L 24 VDC MODULES REQUIRING 24VDC Q RS 485 COMPATIBLE SERIAL PORT T BATTERY LITHIUM IE CONNECTORS BACK UP BATTERY Figure 1 19 High Capacity AC DC Input Power Supply CE693PWR330 ALS 52118 Alspa 80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 29 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 4 2 1 Output Voltage Connections to Backplane The following figure illustrates how these three output voltages are connected internally to the backplane on the baseplate The voltage and power required by modules installed on the baseplate is available on the baseplate connectors POWER SUPPLY BACKPLANE USE COMMENTS did 124V USED INTERNALLY ON ANALOG INPUT
268. iolet Black C5 A3 2 Red C6 B3 8 White C7 A4 2 Red Black C8 B4 8 White Black C Common 5 3 Orange N C B5 9 Gray N C A6 3 Orange Black 5 OUT B6 9 Gray Black 0 VOLTS 7 4 Yellow N C B7 10 Pink N C A8 4 Yellow Black D Common B8 10 Pink Black D8 9 5 Dark Green D7 B9 11 Light Blue D6 10 5 Dark Green Black 05 10 11 Light Blue Black D4 6 Dark Blue D3 B11 12 Light Green D2 A12 6 Dark Blue Black D1 B12 12 Light Green Black Table 2 46 Wiring for Module Groups and D connector on left front of module ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 85 Discrete I O Module Specifications 4 3 24 VDC Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input IC693MDL655 The 24 volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 32 discrete input points The inputs are arranged in four isolated groups of eight A1 A8 B1 B8 C1 C8 and D1 D8 each group has its own common The inputs are positive or negative logic inputs and will operate at levels up to 30V Backplane isolation between the field side and logic side is provided by opto couplers on the module Isolation is also provided between the four groups of inputs on the module however each group of eight inputs is referenced to the same user common connection There are no special fault or alarm diagnostics reported LED indicators labeled Al A8 B1 B8 C1 C8 D1 D8
269. iring 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input Module IC693MDL645 2 21 ALS 52118 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications Page 17 Figures Figure 2 12 Input Points vs Temperature for 69 645 2 21 Figure 2 13 Field Wiring 24 Volt DC Pos Neg FAST Logic Input Module IC693MDL646 2 23 Figure 2 14 Input Points vs Temperature for 69 646 2 23 Figure 2 15 Field Wiring 48 Volt DC Pos Neg FAST Logic Input Module CF693MDL100 2 25 Figure 2 16 Input Points vs Temperature for 693 100 2 25 Figure 2 17 Field Wiring 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input Module CF693MDLI101 2 27 Figure 2 18 Input Points vs Temperature for 69 101 2 27 Figure 2 19 Field Wiring 48 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input Module CF693MDL102 2 29 Figure 2 20 Input Points vs Temperature for 69 3 102 2 29 Figure 2 21 Field Wiring 110 125 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input Module CF693MDL103 2 31 Figure 2 22 Input Points vs Temperature for CF693MDL103 2 31 Figure 2 23 Input Simulator Module 2 33 Figure 2 24 Field Wiring 120 Volt AC Output 0 5 Amp Module IC693MDL
270. irst word or command word is checked to determine whether the ramp settings or alarm limits are being changed or whether the 1 error code is being cleared When step mode is specified the second COMMREQ data word contains the ramp step in AQ counts Valid step values range from 1 to 32000 The direction of the ramp is determined when the value of the corresponding reference changes Once the ramp mode and step have been set changing the corresponding value causes the output to ramp to the new value When time mode is specified the second data word contains the total time in milliseconds it will take for the output to ramp from the present output value to the final output value The present and final values are specified by the old and new values of the corresponding AQ reference Valid ramp time values range from 1 to 32000 which correspond to ramp times of 1 millisecond to 32 seconds Once the ramp mode and time have been set changing the corresponding 6AQ value causes the output to ramp to the new value ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 113 Analog I O Module Specifications If an E2 is issued to the module to change the ramp settings while the indicated output is in the process of ramping the new ramp settings will take effect as follows If the ramp mode is turned off during a ramp the output will step completely to the final value indicated by the c
271. is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate an Alspa C80 35 PLC system and it should be configured as an 8 point output with programs referencing the five least significant bits Rated Voltage 120 240 volts AC Output Voltage Range 85 to 264 volts AC 50 60 Hz Outputs per Module 5 each output isolated from the others Isolation 1500 volts RMS between field side and logic side 500 volts RMS between each output Output Current 2 amps maximum per point 5 amps maximum per module at 45 C 113 F 2 amps maximum per module at 60 C 140 F Output Characteristics Inrush Current 25 amps maximum for one cycle Minimum Load Current 100 mA Output Voltage Drop 1 5 volts maximum Output Leakage Current 3 mA maximum at 120 volts AC 6 mA maximum at 240 volts AC On Response Time 1 ms maximum Off Response Time 1 2 cycle maximum Power Consumption 110 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 31 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 20 Specifications for IC693MDL390 Page 2 40 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications
272. isplayed and selected or changed as described below There are two current and two voltage ranges that can be selected for each output channel From the STOP mode Screen pressing causes the following screen to be displayed RO 03 AIO 2 00 S CH 1 0 0 10 V You can toggle through the ranges for each channel by pressing the key Each range will be displayed as shown below R0 03 AIO 2 00 S 1 AQ 10 10 R0 03 AIO 2 00 S CH 1 AQ 4 20 MA R0 03 AIO 2 00 S CH 1 AQ 0 20 MA When the desired range is displayed it is accepted by pressing the ENT key return to the previous screen press the lt key To view the range display for the next channel press the key If the key is pressed the following screen will be displayed R0 03 AIO 2 00 S CH 2 AQ 0 10 V Edit the range for this channel as you did for the first channel To view the range display for the first input channel press the key ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 123 Analog I O Module Specifications Selecting Input Channel Ranges There are three current and two voltage ranges that can be selected for each input channel The following screen is displayed for the first input channel RO 03 AIO 2 00 S CH 1 AI 0 10 V You can toggle through the ranges for each input channel by pressing the key Each range will be displayed as shown below RO 03 AIO 2 00 S CH 1 AI 10 410 RO 03 AIO 2 0
273. l board or connector s and an example of the module s input or output circuitry for user interface information Where applicable a graph that provides temperature derating information for the module Refer to Table 2 1 for a listing of the starting page location for each of the modules described in this chapter ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 7 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 1 120 Volt AC Isolated Input 8 Point IC693MDL230 The 120 volt AC Isolated Input module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 isolated input points each with a common power input terminal The input circuits are reactive resistor capacitor inputs Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table I Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied input devices such as pushbuttons limit switches and electronic proximity switches Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user This module requires an AC power source if cannot be used with a DC power source LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has a horizontal row with eight green LEDs labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information a
274. lating scaling factors Data Word XmA 4 mA Solving the above equation scaling an input in a program Xma 2000 4 scaling an output in a program Xma x 2000 8000 With the placement and scaling known you can modify the data from the AI table or the data to the table by the scale factor to satisfy your application needs ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 9 Analog I O Module Specifications 2 PERFORMANCE MEASURMENTS The performance of analog modules can be measured by resolution accuracy linearity and cross channel rejection Resolution of the module is the weight assigned to the least significant bit in the conversion process For example 4 n A bit is the resolution of the analog current output module A module with 8 LA bit has half the resolution of the analog current output module The resolution of a module is determined by the converter used in the analog module The accuracy of the module is dependent upon the tolerances of components used in the module s circuitry Accuracy is the maximum difference between the expected and measured values Linearity is the difference between the measured change and the ideal one LSB change between any two adjacent channels Cross channel rejection is the influence on one channel when the input to another channel is changed 2 1 Field Wiring Connections to an Analog module from user devices are made to screw terminals on
275. lay Output N C and Form C 8 Amp Module IC693MDL931 4A PER POINT xis 32 6A PER POINT TOTAL 24 8A PER POINT MODULE LOAD CURRENT 6 AMPS J 8 35 45 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 51 Load Current vs Temperature for IC693MDL931 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 63 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 28 Safety Isolated Relay Output 6 Amp 8 Point CF693MDL 150 The Safety Isolated Relay Output module for the Alspa 80 35 PLC provides 8 normally open relay circuits for controlling output loads by the user The output switching capacity of each circuit depends on the input voltage used Each output relay is isolated from the other relays and each relay has a separate common power output terminal The relay outputs can control a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators The user must supply the AC or DC power to operate the field devices connected to this module There is no fuse on this module LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module The LEDs are arranged in two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row and one red LED This module uses the top row labeled A1 to A8 points 1 to 8 for output status the bottom row is used to give information about the board status labeled B
276. ld devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row with the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to 8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module There are no fuses on this module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 12 24 volts DC Output Voltage Range 12 to 24 volts DC 20 15 Outputs per Module 8 one group of eight outputs Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side Output Current 0 5 amps maximum per point 2 amps maximum per common Output Characteristics Inrush Current 4 78 amps for 10 ms Output Voltage Drop 1 volt maximum Off state Leakage mA maximum On Response Time 2 ms maximum Off Response Time 2 ms maximum Power Consumption 50 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 23 Specifications for IC693MDL732 Page 2 46 Al
277. le IC693MDLE753 rt pe CERRO ROW ERROR CR A RACE EROR bes 2 99 Figure 3 1 Analog Input Block Diagram 3 3 Figure 3 2 Analog Input Common Mode Voltage 3 4 Figure 3 3 Analog Output Block Diagram 3 4 Figure 3 4 D A Bits vs Current Output for 69 391 3 7 Figure 3 5 Stair Step Effect on Analog 3 8 Figure 3 6 Voltage vs Data 3 8 Figure 3 7 Current vs Data 3 8 Figure 3 8 Shield Connections for Analog Input Modules 3 11 Figure 3 9 Shield Connections for Analog Output Modules 3 12 Figure 3 10 A D Bits vs Voltage Input 3 16 Figure 3 11 Scaling for Voltage Input 3 17 Figure 3 12 Analog Voltage Input Module Block Diagram for IC693ALG220 3 19 Figure 3 13 Field Wiring for 4 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module 3 20 Figure 3 14 A D Bits vs Current Input 4 to 20 mA 3 21 Figure 3 15 A D Bits vs
278. le The actual terminals used are described in the following table and are shown in the following wiring diagrams 4 4 8 1 Terminal Assignments Pin assignments for the 20 terminal I O connector on the 16 Channel Analog Current Input module are as shown in the following table Pin Signal Name Signal Definition s m 3 m s mm 19 COM Common connection to input current sense resistors user supplied 24V input return or 24 return Frame ground connections for cable shields Table 3 16 Terminal Pin Assignments ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 59 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 4 8 2 Analog Current Input Block Diagram The following figure is a block diagram of the 16 Channel Analog Current Input Module 24V 45245 BACKPLANE aps IN VOLTAGE REGULATOR iu 24V OUT VOLTAGE OPTO MICRO V SUPERVISOR ISOLATION PROCESSOR 16 CHANNELS TOTAL EPROM AID OPTO CHX 8CHANNEL 4 101 9 XTAL O e NVA e RAM 250 24 p EEPROM 9 cuy _ sow LI H O e NV A e oq 250 BACKPLANE REFERENCE INTERFACE V AND VLSI RANGE COM SELECT
279. le is a storage location within the Alspa C80 35 CPU where the input information is stored The Alspa 80 35 PLC has current and voltage analog input modules available however the Alspa C80 35 CPU does not recognize a difference between the two types of analog modules The Alspa 80 35 PLC system must be configured by the user as described in the ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual and the ALS 52201 Alspa P8 25 35 05 Programming Software for Alspa C80 35 80 25 and C80 05 PLCSs User s Manual After configuration the four analog input channels will correspond to 64 bits in the data table 256 bits for the high density 16 channel analog input modules 244737 ANALOG INPUT MODULE USER CONNECTIONS ME DUAL TO AID uir e ALSPA DATA C80 35 TABLE o ENDED CONVERTER tconverren CONVERTER Figure 3 1 Analog Input Block Diagram The analog inputs are differential that is the converted data is the difference between the voltages IN and IN as shown in Figure 3 2 The differential input configuration is much less sensitive to noise and ground currents Both inputs are referenced to a common voltage referred to as COM The average voltage of the IN terminals with respect to COM is referred to as Common Mode Voltage Different signal sources may have different common mode voltages shown as V and V
280. lected pressing the ENT key again will cause the following screen to be displayed R0 03 HI DEN V gt 5 AI16 AI This screen allows you to select the starting address for the AI reference Note that the length of the status field 16 is displayed as the first two digits following the first AI on the second line of the display This field cannot be changed with the Hand Held Programmer However it can be changed using the Alspa 8 25 35 05 software configurator function The Hand Held Programmer will always reflect the currently active length of the status field ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 37 Analog I O Module Specifications In the AI field you can select the next available address the default by pressing the ENT key or by entering a specific address To enter a specific address press the starting reference number keys and the ENT key for example 3 5 then ENT RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 AI16 AI035 AIO51 You can press the CLR key at any time to abort the configuration you have just selected and return the slot to EMPTY Removing Module From Configuration If required this module can be removed from the current configuration Assume that the module is currently configured in rack 0 slot 3 It can be deleted with the following sequence Initial Display RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 AI16 AI To delete the module press the DEL ENT key sequence The display will then be Selecti
281. led in a baseplate Page 3 22 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications Input Current Ranges 4 to 20 mA and 0 to 20 mA Calibration Factory calibrated to 4 per count Update Rate 2 msec all four channels Resolution at 4 20 mA 4 uA 1 LSB 4 uA Resolution at 0 20 mA 5 uA 1 LSB 5 uA Absolute Accuracy 0 1 full scale 0 1 reading Common Mode Voltage 200 volts Linearity lt 1 Least Significant Bit Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side Common Mode Rejection gt 70 dB at DC gt 70 dB at 60 Hz Cross Channel Rejection gt 80 dB from DC to 1 kHz Input Impedance 250 ohms Input Filter Response 325 Hz Internal Power Consumption 100 mA from the isolated 24 volt supply 25 mA from 5 volt bus on the backplane n the presence of severe RF interference IEC 801 3 10V m accuracy may be degraded to 0 5 FS Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 3 8 Specifications for Analog Current Input Module IC693ALG221 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 23 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 2 1 Analog Current Input Block Diagram The following figure is a block diagram of the 4 Channel Analog Current Input Module ow ow gt gt tock gt a m K a44559 Kansas
282. les Alspa C80 75 and CE80 15 CSA22 2 Certification by Canadian Standards Association for selected 213 1987 Alspa CE80 15 modules ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page A 1 Product Certification Standards and General Specifications 3 STANDARDS OVERVIEW o Vibration IEC68 2 6 1 g at 40 150 Hz 5 um 18 0911 0 012 in at 10 40 Hz Shock 68 2 27 15 g 11 ms 5 0912 Operating Temperature 2 0 to 60 Alspa 80 35 C80 75 80 35 inlet Alspa CE80 15 ambient 0 to 55 Alspa CE80 20 ambient Storage Temperature 40 C to 85 C 40 F to 185 F IEC 529 Steel cabinet per IP54 protection from dust and splashing water EMC Emissions Radiated Conducted CISPR11 55011 Class A applies to CE Marked modules FCC part 15 subpart J class A EMC Immunity applies to CE Marked modules Electrostatic Discharge IEC 1000 4 2 8 kV Air Discharge 4 kV Contact Radiated RF IEC 1000 4 3 10 Vims m 80 to 1000 MHz 80 AM Fast Transient Burst IEC 1000 4 4 2 kV power supplies IKV I O communications Surge Withstand ANSI TEEE C37 90a Ring Wave 2 5 kV Power supplies I O 12 V 240 V IEC 255 4 Ring Wave class II Power supplies I O 12 V 240 V Conducted RF IEC 1000 4 6 10Vims 150 kHz to 80 MHz 80 AM communication cables gt 30 m Dielectric Withstand IEC 664 1 5 kV for modules rated from 51V to 250 V ULS08 UL840 Page A 2 Alspa C60 55 PLC
283. lied Isolated 24 volt DC output which can be used to provide power for input circuits within power limitations of the supply 4 3 3 Calculating Input Power Requirements for DC Input Power Supply The following graph is a typical 24 48 VDC power supply efficiency curve A basic procedure for determining efficiency of the 24 48 VDC power supply follows the figure 344963 50 45W 40 AVERAGE 30 INPUT POWER WAITS _ 10 5 10 15 20 25 30 TOTAL OUTPUT POWER WATTS Figure 1 24 Typical Efficiency Curve for 24 48 VDC Power Supply Start up surge at full load is 4 amps for 250 milliseconds maximum Determine total output load from typical specifications listed for individual modules in Chapters 2 and 3 Use the graph to determine average input power Divide the input power by the operating source voltage to determine the input current requirements Use the lowest input voltage to determine the maximum input current Allow for start up surge current requirements Allow margins 10 to 20 for variations ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 35 Introduction to 80 35 I O System 4 4 High Capacity Power Supply 24 VDC Input The Alspa 80 35 DC input High Capacity power supply CE693PWR331 is available as a 30 watt wide range supply designed for 24 VDC nominal inputs It will accept an input voltage range from 12 V
284. life 1f suppression circuits are used The following figures are examples of typical suppression circuits for AC and DC loads The 1A 100V diode shown in the DC load typical suppression circuit is an industry standard 1N4934 DC LOADS 245151 AC LOADS 245152 ALSPA 80 35 C80 35 1A 100V 0 022 1000 OUTPUT OUTPUT DEN V 630V 1 2W da COM wi DC SUPPLY AC SOURCE ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 59 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 4 amp Relay Output module 343102 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING x AL L B em Bos ee a t RELAY N O NOT USED NOT USED Bl O 9111019196 17 B3 9 4 USED Figure 2 48 Field Wiring 4 Amp Isolated Relay Output Module IC693MDL930 243838 32 TOTAL 24 MODULE LOAD CURRENT AMPS 7 8 8 AMPS 55 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 49 L
285. located in the power supply Before removing power from the rack Otherwise there is a possibility that data will be corrupted or the application program will be cleared from memory Operation of Models 341 351 352 Without a Battery This information is applicable only to systems with I O being controlled by one of the affected Alspa 80 35 CPUs When using a Model 341 351 or 352 CPU in a system without a battery a standard 0 1 berg jumper should be installed across either of the two power supply battery connectors to ensure proper operation of the CPU This jumper should not be installed if a battery is plugged into either the power supply or CPU battery connector Page 1 42 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to 80 35 System 4 8 Battery Accessory A Battery Accessory Kit IC693ACC315 is available for the baseplates with embedded CPUs The Battery Accessory Kit consists of a battery with an attached connector mounted on a circuit board The battery maintains the contents of RAM memory when power is removed from the PLC and the power supply module is removed The Battery Accessory can be installed on any of the following programmable controller baseplates 1C693CPU311 5 slot with CPU 1C693CPU313 5 slot with CPU 1C693CPU323 10 slot with CPU When the Battery Accessory is removed a power supply module with a good battery must be installed and or AC or DC
286. lts DC On state Current 3 2 mA minimum Off state Current 1 1 mA maximum On response Time 1 ms typical Off response Time 1 ms typical Power Consumption 5V 80 mA all inputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Power Consumption 24V 125 mA from the Isolated 24 volt backplane bus or from user supplied power Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 11 Specifications for IC693MDL646 Page 2 22 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 24 volt DC positive negative logic FAST input module 45034 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD PA OTHER CIRCUITS 4 e 1 Mor 2 2 eqs 01 nf 3 97 022 Er 3 4 6 A3 j 5 97 024 a 4 QUE AS oPTICAL AG COUPLER HO o e 3 3K H 9 Me _ oo Ske E DE e gt 1 97 022 2 5 B3 5 86 Oma is 24V OUT OV OUT x Figure 2 13 Field Wiring 24 Volt DC Pos Neg FAST Logic Input Module IC693MDL646 345135 16 30V SUPPLY 12 NUMBER OF INPUTS 8 ON 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 14
287. mmunications bus modules are installed in baseplates ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 1 Titre de chapitre variable An Alspa C80 35 PLC system can consist of Model 311 313 or 323 a single baseplate with embedded CPU Model 331 341 local I O system a CPU baseplate and up to 4 expansion baseplates in a local system with the last expansion baseplate located up to 15 meters 50 feet from the CPU baseplate Model 331 341 remote I O system a CPU baseplate and up to 4 expansion baseplates up to 15 meters 50 feet from CPU and or remote baseplates up to 213 meters 700 feet from CPU in a remote I O system Model 351 or 352 local and remote I O system a system with a model 351 or 352 CPU can have up to 7 expansion baseplates An Alspa C80 35 I O system controlled by a Personal Computer can consist of A PC with a 35 card installed and up to 4 expansion baseplates in a local I O system with the last expansion baseplate located up to 15 meters 50 feet from the PC A PC with a PCIF 35 card installed and up to 4 expansion baseplates up to 15 meters 50 feet from the PC and or remote baseplates up to 213 meters 700 feet from the PC in a remote I O system The rack type I O system for the Alspa 80 35 PLC is the Alspa C80 35 I O referred to as Alspa C80 35 1 0 These modules plug directly into the Alspa C80 35 baseplates Alspa C80 35
288. mperature for IC693MDL741 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 55 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 25 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic ESCP Output 1 Amp 16 Point IC693MDL742 The 12 24 volt DC Positive Logic 1 Amp Electronic Short Circuit Protection ESCP Output module for the Alspa 80 35 PLC provides 16 output points in two groups of eight with a common power output terminal for each group This output module is designed to have positive logic characteristics in that it sources current to the loads from the user common or positive power bus The output device is connected between the negative power bus and the module output The output characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators that provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row with the top row labeled A1 A8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 B8 points 9 to 16 A red LED on the right centered between the two rows of green LEDs functions as a tripped electronic short circuit protection indicator it turns ON when any short circuit protection trip occurs The common signal for each group is monitored electronically If a short circuit occurs the output points in the group turn
289. mum Off Response Time 2 ms maximum Int Power Consumption 50 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 39 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 24 Specifications for IC6933MDL733 Page 2 48 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 8 point 12 24 volt DC negative logic 0 5 amp output module 345118 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING le L 2 1 mH L e 2 A3 5 4 6 5 L la TM eu 8 AT 9 OTHER 6 lil as CIRCUITS NE L NC AL ne pi oer Figure 2 38 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic 0 5 Amp Output Module IC693MDL733 345051 2 0 TOTAL 1 5 4 MODULE LOAD CURRENT 10 AMPS 0 5 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 39 Load Current vs Temperature for IC693MDL733 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 49 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 22 125 Vol
290. must also consider the load capacity of the installed power supply and the total load requirements of all modules that are installed in the baseplate PQ to 0 7 Output state relays output 0 8 Output state LED B4 0 9 Output state LED B5 Q 10 Reset over current coil memorisation Safety mode Q 11 Enable Relay 24V common on board Safety mode 12 Output state over current test Safety mode Q 13 Output state LED B6 Q 14 Reserved Q 15 Reserved 91 to 1 7 State relays output status 1 Relay ON 701 8 Safety isolated input state l input ON Oz input OFF 261 9 Relay 24V common on board status 1 Voltage OK 261 10 Over current status 1 Over current failure 761 11 Enable Relay 24V status 1 Enable 261 12 Over current coil test status 1 Enable test 261 13 Relay 24V bus status on backplane 1 Voltage OK 1 14 Reserved 261 15 Reserved Table 2 34 Output Input table for CF693MDL 150 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 65 Discrete I O Module Specifications Operating Maximum Current for Load Type Typical Contact Life Voltage Resistive Lamp or Solenoid number of Operations 24 VDC 500 000 5 000 000 5 000 000 5 000 000 100 000 400 000 48 VDC 110 VDC 250 VAC Table 2 35 Load Current Limitations for CF693MDL 150 Relay contact life when switching inductive loads will approach resistive load contact life if suppression circuits are used The following figures ar
291. nap in the I O faceplate and connect the cable This reduces wiring time to about two minutes and no additional wiring is required thereby reducing wiring costs and errors Complete assemblies consist of a terminal block an I O Face Plate and a cable See Appendix C for more information 1 4 Connections to High Density I O Modules High Density I O modules 32 Inputs or 32 Outputs are connected to field devices through a cable or cables connected to pin connectors on the front of the I O module As mentioned above High Density I O modules have two 24 pin connectors For detailed information on High Density I O modules refer to High Density I O Modules beginning on 4 Chapter 2 Page 1 4 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to 80 35 System 1 5 Electric Modules Alspa C80 35 compatible modules are available from Horner Electric Inc which may be used Alspa C80 35 PLC system or in a Personal Computer I O system with a Personal Computer Interface card installed Some of these modules are listed below there are many more ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 5 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 2 PERSONAL COMPUTER INTERFACE CARD The Personal Computer Interface card PCIF 35 for Alspa 80 35 I O provides an alternative method of controlling Alspa C80 35 I O The PCIF 35 is an ISA compatible card
292. nces depending on the number of channels enabled and from 8 to 40 I depending on alarm status configuration references The available references are 64 in Models 311 313 and 323 system 128 in a Model 331 system 1024 in a Model 341 system and 2048 in Models 351 and 352 system The maximum number of 16 Channel Analog Current Input modules which may be installed in a system are Models 311 313 or 323 system 8 ina Model 331 system 49 in a Model 341 system 79 in Model 351 and 352 system When planning the module configuration for your application you must also consider the load capacity of the installed power supply and the total load requirements of all modules that are installed in the baseplate Refer to the ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual for details on power supplies and module load requirements Page 3 46 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Number of Channels Input Current Ranges Calibration Update Rate Resolution at 4 20 mA Resolution at 0 20 mA Resolution at 4 20 mA Enhanced Absolute Accuracy Linearity Isolation Common Mode Voltage Cross Channel Rejection Input Impedance Input Low Pass Filter Response External Supply Voltage Range External Supply Voltage Ripple Internal Power Consumption Analog Module Specifications 1 to 16 selectable single ended 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA and 4 to 20 mA Enhanced selectable per
293. nd circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 120 volts AC 50 60 Hz Input Voltage Range 0 to 132 volts AC 50 60 Hz Inputs per Module 8 each input point has a separate common Isolation 1500 volts RMS between field side and logic side 500 volts RMS between inputs Input Current 14 5 mA typical at rated voltage Input Characteristics On state Voltage 774 to 132 volts AC Off state Voltage 0 to 20 volts AC On state Current 6 mA minimum Off state Current 2 2 mA maximum On response Time 30 ms maximum Off response Time 45 ms maximum Power Consumption 60 mA all inputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 4 Specifications for IC693MDL230 Page 2 8 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 120 volt AC Isolated input module Note that since each input is isolated separate from each of the other inputs each input can be powered by a separate AC power source
294. nd still allows the pin 7 0V signal reference to originate in the CPU baseplate without the need for removing pin 1 in any factory or custom built cable The D subminiature connector shell is still DC coupled to the remote frame ground TWISTED PAIRS SHIELDED 45525 7 PAIRS DIODT DIODT DIOCLK DIOCLK DRSEL DRSEL DPRERR DPRERR DRMRUN DRMRUN DPFRAME DPFRAME ov 80 35 BASEPLATE EXPANSION PORT DIOCLK DRSEL DRSEL DPRERR DPRERR DRMRUN DRMRUN DPFRAME DPFRAME ov CABLE SINGLE _ CONNECTOR END Y CABLE DOUBLE CONNECTOR END 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FGND FGND 25 25 SHIELD DRAIN WIRE MALE FEMALE MALE METALIZED SHELL METALIZED SHELL 25 PIN FEMALE Bold dashed line shows continuous 100 shielding when metallized shell connectors are plugged together Figure 1 12 Point To Point Cable Wiring Diagram for Custom Length Cables Page 1 20 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System TWISTED SHIELDED 247076 PAIRS PIN me eE
295. ne rtr 3 45 4 4 2 Power Requirements and 3 45 443 Location m System ue euo Rhen eed eaten eal E RP 3 46 4 4 4 References Used 2 3 46 4 4 5 CPU Interface to the 16 Channel Analog Current Input 3 48 4 4 6 Placement of A D Bits within the Data 3 48 44 1 Configuration oe eee ae eve celer ette 3 49 4 4 7 1 Configuration Using Alspa 8 25 35 05 Software 3 50 4 4 7 2 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer 3 54 4 4 8 Field Wiring Connections 4 3 59 4 4 8 1 Terminal Assignments 3 59 4 4 8 2 Analog Current Input Block Diagram 3 60 4 4 8 3 Field Wiring Information 3 61 Analog Voltage Output 2 Channel 69 6390 3 63 4 5 1 Analog Voltage Output Block Diagram 3 66 4 5 2 Field Wiring Information 2 1 14 4 3 67 Analog Current Output 2 Channel 69 6391 3 68 4 6 1 Analog Current Output Block
296. ne shows continuous 100 shielding when metallized shell connectors are plugged together Figure B 1 Point To Point Cable Wiring Diagram for Custom Length Cables TWISTED PAIRS SHIELDED a45527 1 PAIRS PIN PIN 4 DIODT DIODT DIODT DIODT DIOCLK DIOCLK DIOCLK DIOCLK DRSEL DRSEL DRSEL DRSEL DRPERR DRPERR DRPERR DRPERR DRMRUN DRMRUN at al ALSPA C80 35 BASEPLATE EXPANSION PORT CABLE SINGLE CONNECTOR END DRMRUN DRMRUN DFRAME DFRAME OV OV OR SHIELD DRAIN WIRE MALE MALE FEMALE Figure B 2 Point To Point Cable Wiring Diagram for Applications Requiring Less Noise Immunity Page 4 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Data Sheets I O Cables In remote baseplates IC693CHS393E and earlier and IC693CHS399D and earlier it is necessary to remove pin 1 of the mating cable where the cable plugs into the baseplate This means that when using a factory made Y cable IC693CBL300 you must break pin 1 out of the male end where it plugs into the remote baseplate before using it with one of these baseplates Custom built Y cables for these baseplates should be built using Figure B 3
297. nents and provides installation instructions for the Alspa 80 35 PLC If you are using a Personal Computer to control the Alspa C80 35 I O refer to the documentation for the Personal Computer Interface card and the documentation for your Personal Computer 1 CONTENT OF THIS MANUAL This manual contains three chapters and two appendices Chapter 1 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 Modules This chapter provides general information about Alspa 80 35 modules and describes multiple ways that the Alspa 80 35 I O can be controlled Chapter 2 Discrete Module Specifications This chapter provides specifications for discrete Input and Output modules for the Alspa 80 35 system information provided for each module includes a description of the module module specifications and field wiring information Chapter 3 Analog I O Module Specifications This chapter provides specifications for analog Input and Output modules for the Alspa C80 35 I O system The first part of the chapter is a general discussion of analog modules as used with the Alspa C80 35 PLC The information provided for each module includes a description of the module module specifications and field wiring information ALS 52118 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications Page 5 Preface Appendix A Product Certification Standards and General Specifications This appendix describes the product certification standards and general speci
298. ng 213 meters 700 feet when Belden type 8107 cable is used Use of other types of cable may reduce the total length of the remote link Page 1 16 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to 80 35 System The maximum cable length in the figure is the total number of meters from the Alspa 80 35 CPU baseplate to the last baseplate in the system The absolute maximum cable lengths are expansion baseplates 15 meters 50 feet remote baseplates 213 meters 700 feet with recommended cable type Specifications for connectors and recommended cable type for building cables for an I O expansion link are listed in the following table em a Belden 8107 Computer cable overall foil braid shield twisted pair 30 volt 80 C 176 F 0 21 mm 24 AWG tinned copper 7 x 32 stranding Velocity of propagation 70 Nominal impedance 100Q 25 Pin Male Connector Crimp Plug Amp 207464 1 Pin Amp 66506 9 Solder Plug Amp 747912 2 25 Pin Female Connector Crimp Receptacle Amp 207463 2 Pin Amp 66504 9 Solder Receptacle Amp 747913 2 Connector Shell Kit Amp 207908 7 Metal Plated Plastic Plastic with Nickel over Copper Crimp Ring AMP 745508 1 Split Ring Ferrules Critical Information Vendor part numbers listed for user assembled cables are provided for reference only and do not suggest or imply that they are preferred Any part that meets
299. ng Module Mode To display the module mode press the key The display will show the current mode of the module The default mode is Single Ended Initial Display RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 HI DEN V SINGLE Page 3 38 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications You can toggle between the Single Ended and Differential modes by pressing the t key Each mode will be selected as shown The range selected is the one currently displayed Initial Display RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 HI DEN V DIFFERE When the desired mode for the module is displayed on the screen you can selected it by pressing the ENT key Selecting Input Channel Ranges The range for each of the 16 channels can be displayed and selected or changed as described below Assume that the 6AI address is as previously selected Initial Display RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 HI DEN V SINGLE To display the channel ranges press the key The display will show Channel 1 or the currently selected channel and the first available range RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 CHAN 1 0 10 You can toggle through the range for each channel by pressing the key Each range will be displayed as shown The range selected is the one currently displayed RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 CHAN 1 10 10 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 39 Analog I O Module Specifications Alarm Limits Display To view the ala
300. ng and noise all field connections to the module should be wired using a good grade of twisted shielded instrumentation cable The shields can be connected to either COM or GND The COM connection provides access to the common of the analog circuitry in the module The GND connection provides access to the baseplate frame ground ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 17 Analog I O Module Specifications This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system A maximum of six Analog Voltage Input modules can be installed in a baseplate Connect the and terminals together for all unused inputs in order to minimize any fluctuations in the analog input table for the unused points Voltage Range 10 to 10 volts D Calibration Factory calibrated Update Rate 4 msec all four channels Resolution 5 mV 20 uA 1 LSB 2 5 mV Absolute Accuracy 10 mV 40 pA typical over operating temperature 30 mV 160 uA maximum over operating temperature Linearity lt 1 Least Significant Bit Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side Cross Channel Rejection 80 dB Input Impedance gt 9 Megohms voltage mode 250 ohms current mode Input Filter Response 17 Hz Internal Power Consumption 27 mA from 5 volt bus on the backplane 98 mA from the isolated 24 volt backplane bus 0 Both inputs must be within 11 volts of COM including any noise pr
301. nge lt 115 1500 volts between field side and logic side bipolar range D gt 80 dB from DC to 1 kHz gt 500 ohms single ended mode gt 1 ohms differential mode 41 Hz single ended mode 82 Hz differential mode 112 mA maximum from the backplane 5 VDC bus 41 mA maximum from the backplane Isolated 24 VDC supply Internal Power Consumption 1 The summation of the differential input common mode voltage and noise must not exceed 11 volts when referenced to COM 2 In the presence of severe RF interference IEC 801 3 10V m accuracy may be degraded to 5 FS Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 3 9 Specifications for 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module IC693ALG222 Page 3 28 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 3 5 CPU Interface to the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module The Alspa 80 35 PLC uses the data within the data table to record analog values for use by the programmable controller This scheme for the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input module is shown below More information on the CPU interface to analog modules can be found at the beginning of this chapter USER 247017 CONNECTIONS ANALOG VOLTAGE INPUT MODULE 280K LN CHx A A e e L uM BACKPLANE ALSPA DATA ne 330007 EROS INTERFACE
302. normal 12 bit converter with 4000 counts normally 212 4096 counts The data is then scaled with the 4000 counts over the analog range For example the data to the A D converter for the 16 Channel Analog Current Input is scaled as shown Figure 3 26 a4475 4000 D A BITS decimal 0 4 20 CURRENT mA 4 to 20mA RANGE Figure 3 26 A D Bits vs Current Input for 1693ALG223 Page 3 48 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 4 7 Configuration The 16 Channel Analog Current Input module can be configured using either the Alspa P8 25 35 05 or P80 Programming Software configurator function or with the Hand Held Programmer The parameters that may be configured are described in the following table Configuration procedures using Alspa P8 or Alspa P80 Programming Software and the Hand Held Programmer are described in the following pages Parameter Description Values Default Values Units Name Active Number of channels converted 10 16 1 Alspa 8 25 35 05 Channels 16 Hand Held Programmer Ref Adr Starting address for AI reference standard 10001 or next highest available n a type range address Ref Adr Starting address for I reference standard 26100001 or next highest available n a typel range address 91 Size Number of 961 status locations 8 16 24 32 8 Alspa P8 25 35 05 bits 40 40 Hand Held Programmer Range Type of input and range 4
303. nputs per Module 32 four groups of eight inputs each Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 250 volts between groups Input Current 7 0 mA typical ON current at 24 VDC Input Characteristics Guaranteed On state Voltage 11 5 to 30 volts DC Guaranteed Off state Voltage 0 to 5 volts DC Guaranteed On state Current 3 2 mA minimum Guaranteed Off state Current 1 1 mA maximum On response Time 2 ms maximum Off response Time 2 ms maximum Internal Power Consumption 195 mA maximum from 5 bus on backplane 29 mA 0 5 mA point ON 4 7 mA LED ON 224 mA typical from isolated 24V bus on backplane or from user input supply at 24 VDC and all 32 inputs ON Maximum number of inputs ON is dependent on ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 60 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 47 Specifications for IC693MDL655 345137 8 24 SUPPLY NUMBER 6 30V SUPPLY OF INPUTS GROUP ON 4 INPUTS 4 lt PER GROUP ON 3 INPUTS 3 PER GROUP ON 35 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 60 Input Points vs Temperature for IC694MDL655 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 87 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following two figures provide wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 24
304. ns 4 5 Analog Voltage Output 2 Channel IC693ALG390 The 2 Channel Analog Voltage Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides two output channels each capable of converting 13 bits of binary digital data to an analog output for use as required by your application The Analog Voltage Output module is capable of providing outputs in the range of 10 to 10 volts Resolution of the converted signal is 12 bits binary plus sign which is effectively 13 bits 1 part 8192 Both channels are updated on every scan about 5 milliseconds User data in the registers is in 16 bit 2 s complement format 13 most significant bits from the register are converted to sign magnitude by the PLC and sent to the module for use by the D A converter circuitry The placement of the 13 bits converted to sign magnitude is shown below The relationship between the voltage output and the data from the D A converter is shown in Figure 3 30 MSB LSB s ou onl or o EE Px x S Sign bit X not applicable to this discussion a44657 4000 D A BITS 0 decimal 4000 5 T 10 0 10 VOLTAGE V Figure 3 30 D A Bits vs Voltage Output ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 63 Analog I O Module Specifications The state of the module if the CPU goes to the STOP mode or RESET can be either Default to 0 volts or Hold Last
305. nt 2 amps maximum per common Output Characteristics Output Voltage Drop 0 5 volts maximum Off state Leakage mA maximum On Response Time 2 ms maximum Off Response Time 2 ms maximum Power Consumption 110 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 27 Specifications for IC693MDL741 Page 2 54 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 12 24 volt DC negative logic 0 5 amp output module a43100 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING 22 7 1 9 mH 4 e 5 A4 be 6 5 L 10 ram 8 AT 6 xd OTHER lt e CIRCUITS 2 Bl 8 Ed 5 zB 5 5 ae 5 E 4 20 Figure 2 44 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic 0 5 Amp Output Module IC693MDL741 245049 TOTAL 3 MODULE LOAD CURRENT 5 AMPS 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 45 Load Current vs Te
306. numbers I O expansion cables IC693CBL300 1 16 IC693CBL301 1 16 IC693CBL302 1 16 IC693CBL312 1 16 IC693CBL313 1 16 IC693CBL314 1 16 Catalog numbers I O modules CF693MDL100 2 24 CF693MDL101 2 26 CF693MDL102 2 28 ALS 52118 CF693MDL103 2 30 CF693MDL150 2 64 IC693ACC300 IC693ALG220 IC693ALG221 IC693ALG222 IC693ALG223 IC693ALG390 IC693ALG391 IC693ALG392 IC693ALG442 IC693MAR590 IC693MDL230 IC693MDL231 IC693MDL240 IC693MDL241 IC693MDL3 10 IC693MDL330 IC693MDL340 IC693MDL390 IC693MDL632 IC693MDL634 IC693MDL645 IC693MDL646 IC693MDL654 IC693MDL655 IC693MDL730 IC693MDL731 IC693MDL732 IC693MDL733 IC693MDL734 IC693MDL740 IC693MDL741 IC693MDL742 IC693MDL752 IC693MDL753 IC693MDL930 IC693MDL931 IC693MDL940 IC693MDR390 Catalog numbers IC693ACC307 IC693ACC308 IC693ACC315 IC693ACC3 16 ALS 52118 2 32 3 16 3 21 3 26 3 45 3 63 3 68 3 75 3 97 2 71 2 8 2 10 2 12 2 14 2 34 2 36 2 38 2 40 2 16 2 18 2 20 2 22 2 80 2 86 2 42 2 44 2 46 2 48 2 50 2 52 2 54 2 56 2 91 2 97 2 58 2 61 2 68 2 74 miscellaneous 1 24 3 1 13 1 43 2 79 7 Index IC693ACC317 2 79 7 IC693ACC318 2 79 7 IC693ACC319 1 50 IC693ACC320 1 50 IC693ACC324 2 IC693ACC329 5 IC693ACC330 6 IC693ACC331 7 IC693ACC332 8 IC693ACC333 9 Catalog numbers power supplies IC693PWR324 1 25 IC693PWR325 1 33
307. o circuit common Exceeding the common mode voltage rating of differential signals causes large errors in the data conversion and may affect several points Current Loop This is a standard analog interface defined by the Instrument Society of America ISA in ANSI ISA S50 1 The signal level is 4 mA to 20 mA Three types of signal sources are defined Types 2 3 and 4 These correspond to the number of wires used Transmitter outputs may have various isolation among loop power source input sensor and 4 20 mA output current The isolation of the transmitter may impact the type of PLC input required The Standard covers only isolated or common single ended inputs Differential inputs often used in PLCs and connecting several current loops together as often occurs with PLCS are not covered well in the Standard and often introduce additional complication regarding location of commons and grounds Differential Differential signals are measured on two wires which are separate but not isolated from the power supply Differential inputs allow a greater degree of freedom in wiring commons and grounds without affecting accuracy There is a limited voltage rating see Common Mode between the signal level wires and the power supply wires This limitation also applies to voltage differences among additional I O on the same supply Differential inputs usually come in groups sharing the supply common tie point Some voltage outputs may have an external return
308. o communicate with modules in a remote baseplate will usually be small with respect to the overall scan time Note The lower clock rate is only used when communicating with remote baseplates the PC continues to communicate with expansion baseplates at the faster rate Another important consideration is the cable used for communicating at longer distances Propagation of data must be minimized to ensure proper system timing and margins Any deviation in cable type may result in erratic or improper system operation Suggested cable types are specified in Table 1 4 page 1 17 Expansion and remote baseplates can be mixed in the same expansion system as long as certain requirements are followed These requirements are that the last expansion baseplate must not exceed the 15 meter 50 foot specification from the CPU to the last expansion baseplate and the cable recommended for use with the remote baseplate must be used throughout the system The exception to the cabling is that the prewired 1 meter 3 foot cable IC693CBL300 can be used as a Y adapter to simplify the custom cable assembly associated with the daisy chain concept ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 9 Introduction to 80 35 I O System Information on building cables for use with the remote baseplates is provided later in this chapter Two types of cables are required in a remote expansion system point to point cables and Y cables
309. oad Current vs Temperature for IC693MDL930 Page 2 60 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 27 Isolated Relay Output N C and Form C 8 Amp 8 Point IC693MDL931 This 8 Amp Isolated Relay Output module for the Alspa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 4 normally closed and 4 Form C relay circuits for controlling output loads provided by the user The output switching capacity of each circuit is 8 amps for the normally closed contacts or the normally open contacts Each output relay is isolated from the other relays and each relay has a separate common power output terminal The relay outputs can control a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators The user must supply the AC or DC power to operate the field devices connected to this module There are no fuses on this module LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module The LEDs are arranged in two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row This module uses the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 for output status the bottom row is not used and the fuse LED is not used An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the ou
310. ocations reported to the PLC by editing the value in the I Size field Values allowable in the I Size field are 8 or 16 which refer to the number of I locations reported to the PLC The I Ref Adrfield will only accept 1 for I Size values 8 or greater the data brought back is in the format that follows The first eight 961 locations available for I SIZE values 8 16 Module OK a 0 zero indicates NOT OK 1 indicates module OK 1 1 User Supply OK Indicates when user supply is in specified limits reads 0 when user supply is below the specified limit 1 when User supply is OK 9 1 2 961 7 Reserved for future modules Not used in this module Page 3 86 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications Second eight locations available for 1 SIZE value of 16 Channel No 8 BROKEN WIRE 0 OK 1 Wire broken I modes only One of four output ranges can be selected Two are voltage ranges The default range is 0 to 10V where output voltage values ranging from 0 to 10 volts correspond to 0 to 32000 integer values from the Alspa 80 35 CPU The 10 to 10V range when selected corresponds from 32 000 to 32 000 from the CPU over an output voltage range 10 to 10 The two current ranges are 4 to 20 mA and 0 to 20 mA In each of the current ranges values between 0 and 32000 are sent to the module Depending on which range is selected will determine if the m
311. odule is in Current or Voltage mode The following table shows values sent from the CPU to the module Allowed values refers to the values that are valid If a user sends a value gt 32000 the module will truncate that value to 32000 before sending it to the D A Converter Only enabled active channels are displayed on the screen 6 Press Shift F1 Rack or the Escape key to return to the rack display ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 87 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 7 2 2 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer You can also configure the 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module using the Alspa C80 35 Hand Held Programmer In addition to the information in this paragraph refer to ALS 52202 Hand Held Programmer for Alspa 80 35 C80 25 and 80 05 PLCs User s Manual for more information on configuration of Intelligent I O modules Although you can change the number of actively scanned channels with the Alspa 8 25 35 05 configurator function the Hand Held Programmer does not support editing the number of actively scanned channels If the 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module is initialized by a Hand Held Programmer the number of actively scanned channels is 8 If a module had been previously configured with Alspa P8 25 35 05 software and the number of actively scanned channels has been changed from 8 that number will be displayed on the bottom l
312. off and the red LED turns on The LEDs indicating output point status will not turn off This protection does not protect individual outputs from exceeding their ratings but will protect the board in case of a short circuited load To reset electronic short circuit protection remove the 12 24 VDC user supply to the module The module has two electronic short circuit protection circuits each protects eight outputs the first circuit protects A1 8 the second circuit protects B8 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module There are no fuses on this module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 12 24 volts DC Output Voltage Range 12 to 24 volts DC 42096 15 Outputs per Module 16 two groups of eight outputs each Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 500 volts between groups Output Current 1 amp maximum per point 4 amps maximum per group at 50 3 amps maximum per group at 60 Output Characteristics Inrush Current 5 2 amps for 10 ms Output Voltage Drop 1 2 volts maximum Off state Leakage mA maximum On Response Time 2 ms maxim
313. og Coren mA 25m IC693ALG392 High Density Analog Output Current Voltage 8 Channels 110 mA IC693ALG442 Analog Combo Current Voltage 4 Ch In 2 Ch 30mA gt Module analog power must be supplied by an external user supply See individual module specifications for more information Table 3 2 Load Requirements mA for Analog I O Modules I O Installation and Wiring For information on installation removal and recommended wiring practices for Alspa C80 35 I O modules refer to Chapter 1 Analog Terminology There are several terms relating to measurements at analog I O terminals that you should be familiar with Refer to the Glossary for a list of these terms and their definitions Additionally the following pages describe how analog information is handled in the Alspa C80 35 PLC Specific information for individual modules can be found in the description of that module Page 3 2 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications 1 HARDWARE DESCRIPTION OF ANALOG MODULES Analog modules provide inputs and outputs with continuous values as compared with digital input and output modules which have discrete values of ON or OFF Analog modules convert digital words to analog signals or analog signals to digital words depending on whether the module is an output module or an input module 1 1 Differential Inputs The AI data tab
314. og I O Module Specifications 4 4 7 2 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer You can also configure the 16 Channel Analog Current Input module using the Alspa C80 35 Hand Held Programmer In addition to the information in this paragraph refer to ALS 52202 Hand Held Programmer for Alspa 80 35 80 25 and 80 05 PLCs User s Manual for more information on configuration of Intelligent I O modules Although you can change the number of actively scanned channels with the Alspa 8 25 35 05 configurator function the Hand Held Programmer does not support editing the number of actively scanned channels If the 16 Channel Analog Input module is initialized by a Hand Held Programmer the number of actively scanned channels is 16 If a module had been previously configured with Alspa 8 25 35 05 software and the number of actively scanned channels has been changed from 16 that number will be displayed on the bottom line of the Hand Held Programmer display following the AI You can edit data with the Hand Held Programmer only for the active channels but can not change the number of actively scanned channels Module Present If a module is physically present in a system it can be added to the system s configuration by reading the module into it For example assume that a 16 Channel Analog Current Input module is installed in slot 3 of a Model 311 PLC system It can be added to the configuration with the following sequence Use the Up and Down cu
315. og input modules and their catalog numbers am EUM mix Eb in ee out nix Bother gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK 5 SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION SLOT Catalog 5 CATALOG DESCRIPTION TYPE 1 IC693ALG220 INPUT ANALOG 4PT VOLTAGE IALGU4 2 IC693ALG221 INPUT ANALOG 4PT CURRENT IALGI4 3 1 693 1 6222 INPUT ANALOG 16PT VOLTAGE IALGUF 4 16693916223 INPUT ANALOG 16PT CURRENT IALGIF 5 ALGIN4 GENERIC INPUT ANALOG 4 CH lt lt CURSOR TO THE DESIRED CATALOG NUMBER AND PRESS THE ENTER KEY gt gt lt lt PRESS PGDN KEY FOR NEXT PAGE PGUP KEY FOR PREVIOUS PAGE gt gt 1 NP8NLESSON EIS ONFIG VALID REPLACE To select the 16 Channel Analog Input Module position the cursor on the catalog number for the module IC693ALG223 and press the Enter key 3 Page 3 50 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications JEN NUM out mix Eb in ee out nix Bother gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK J SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION SLOT Catalog 5 CATALOG DESCRIPTION TYPE 1 IC693ALG220 INPUT ANALOG 4PT VOLTAGE IALGU4 2 1 693 1 6221 INPUT ANALOG 4PT CURRENT IALGI4 3 1 693 1 6222 INPUT ANALOG 16PT VOLTAGE IALGUF 4 IC693ALG223 INPUT ANALOG 16PT CURRENT IALGIF 5 ALGIN4 GENERIC INPUT ANALOG 4 CH lt lt CURSOR TO THE DESIRED CATALOG NUMBER AND PRESS THE ENTER KEY gt gt lt lt PRESS PGDN
316. olated 24 VDC Relay 15 or 125 VDC 15 watts 20 watts watts Total of all outputs combined cannot exceed 30 watts Table 1 6 Standard AC DC Input Power Supply Capacities for Alspa C80 35 Baseplates 345613 IC693PWR324 LSTOM SYSTEM STATUS CONNECTIONS FOR AC DC POWER SOURCE STANDARD POWER SUPPLY PROGRAMMABLE CONTROLLER 100 240 VAC Alspa 80 35 INDICATORS 3060 790 VA INTERNAL POWER SOURCE MODULES REQUIRING RS 485 COMPATIBLE SERIAL PORT la E BATTERY BACK UP BATTERY Figure 1 16 Standard AC DC Input Power Supply 1C693PWR324 ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 25 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System Power supplies must be installed in the leftmost slot in all baseplates and are connected to the backplane through the backplane connector in the slot in which they are installed Previous versions of this power supply had five terminals on the terminal block new version see Figure 1 16 which has six terminals is functionally the same as the previous version The change was made to conform to European Union EU or CE Directives 4 1 1 Output voltage connection to backplane The following figure illustrates how these three output voltages are connected internally to the backplane on the baseplate The voltage and power required by modules installed on the baseplate is available on the
317. olt 2 Amp Isolated AC Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 5 isolated output points with each point having a separate common Each output circuit is isolated from the others relative to the AC power source commons are not tied together inside the module This allows each output circuit to be used on different phases of the AC supply or they can be powered from the same supply Outputs are individually fused with a 3 amp fuse and an RC snubber is provided for each output to protect against transient electrical noise on the power line This module provides a high degree of inrush current greater than 10x the rated current making the outputs suitable for controlling a wide range of inductive and incandescent loads AC Power to operate the loads connected to the outputs must be supplied by the user This module requires an AC power source i can not be used with a DC power source LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module These LEDs are arranged in two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row and a red LED centered between and to the right of the two rows This module uses the first five LEDs labeled A1 to 5 in the top row for output status The red LED is a blown fuse indicator that turns ON if any fuse should blow An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door
318. on Refer to Chapter 2 for required wiring connections ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 5 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly 1 7 1C693ACC330 Use with IC693MDL740 IC693MDL742 245587 Maximum wire size QoooO0000000 2000 2000 tier 2 10 mm AWG 14 Width 117 86 mm 4 64 Height all blocks 57 mm 2 25 Depth all blocks 45 mm 1 7716 20000 08608 ooooc oo9G0 020 PUT TOSS UP Een Refer to Chapter 2 for required wiring connections Page C 6 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly 1 8 1C693ACC331 Use with IC693MDL741 245588 18 22522252259 O 220010000 20 Maximum wire size QOouUOOJ 2000 20O0 20 20 0000 per terminal one 2 10 mm AWG 14 Width 117 86 mm 4 64 gt Height all blocks 57 mm 2 25 Depth all blocks 45 mm 1 7716 Q 9 9 9 9 9 9 09 9 9 9 49 2 9 TERMINAL 9 O19 9 9 O19 90009000000 TUR Refer to Chapter 2 for required wiring connections
319. on Considerations 3 109 4 8 3 3 Ramp Mode Operation 3 113 4 9 34 P2 3 114 4 8 3 5 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer 3 119 4 8 4 Field Wiring Connections 1 2 1 7 3 128 4 8 4 1 Terminal Assignments 3 128 4 8 4 2 Analog Combo Module Block 3 129 4 8 4 3 Field Wiring Information 3 130 APPENDIX A PRODUCT CERTIFICATION STANDARDS AND GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS 1 INTRODUCTION E dE e beet dob EE CCP IS 1 2 CERTIFICATION sea perse rh ehe I RM e ies 1 3 STANDARDS OVERVIEW 41 2 APPENDIX B DATA SHEETS FOR I O CABLES 4 IC693CBL300 301 302 312 313 BUS EXPANSION CABLES 2 41 Function of cable B 2 42 Cabl Lengths bea eed EA See B 2 4 3 Cable Specifications for Remote Expansion System B 2 4 4 Expansion Port Pin Assignments B 3 4 5 Expansion Bus Termination B 3 4 6 Wiring STER ee RUN et B 4 5i IC
320. ond eight locations available for SIZE values 16 24 Input Channel No 1 ALARM LO 0 indicates value above limit 1 below or Input Channel 1 ALARM HI 0 indicates value below limit 1 above or 261 10 Input Channel No 2 ALARM LO 0 indicates value above limit 1 below Input Channel No 4 ALARM LO 0 indicates value above limit 1 below or The third eight locations available for SIZE values 24 761 16 Output Channel No 1 BROKEN WIRE 0 1 Wire Broken Current modes only 261 17 Output Channel No 2 BROKEN WIRE 0 1 Wire Broken Current modes only 961 18 to 1 23 Reserved for future modules Not used in this module One of four input or output ranges can be selected two are voltage ranges The default range is 0 to 10V where input or output voltage values range from 0 to 10 volts In input mode they report 0 to 32767 integer values to the CPU and in output mode values between 0 and 32767 are sent to the module In the 10 to 10 range values between 32768 to 32767 are sent or received from the CPU over an input voltage range of 10 to 10V The two current ranges are 4 to 20 mA and 0 to 20 mA In each of the current ranges values between 0 and 32767 are reported back from the module to sent to the module for the entire range ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 111 Analog I O Module Specifications Values Sent from CPU to Module for
321. one on this screen You can move your cursor from field to field by pressing the Cursor Movement or Arrow keys When you are in the field you want to modify you can either type in your choice or press the Tab key to scroll through the available selections or Shift Tab to reverse the direction of the scrolling Page 3 108 The entry in the Stop Mode field HOLD or DEFLOW DEFault LOW determines how the outputs will behave when the module is toggled from RUN to STOP mode When this value is set to HOLD default the outputs will retain their last state When you change this value to DEFLOW the output will go to Zero Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 8 3 2 Other Configuration Considerations The entry in I Size will only accept 8 16 and 24 and will accept only 1 addresses This field denotes the number of bits returned to the user The only allowable entries for the SAI Ref Adr are AI addresses Similarly the only allowable entries for the AQ Ref Adr are addresses The Alarm Low limit for each channel must be less than its corresponding Alarm High limit The Ref Adr field is the reference address for the AI data and points to the start of the locations in the memory where the input data to the module begins Each channel provides 16 bits of analog output data as an integer value from 0 to 32767 or 32768 to 32767 depending on the range ty
322. ool FCN 360T TOO1 H Ribbon Cable Connectors as provided in IC693ACC318 require Cable Cutter FCN 707T T001 H Hand Press FCN 707T T101 H Locator Plate FCN 367T T012 H These tools need to be ordered from an authorized Fujitsu distributor It is recommended that you order any necessary connector tooling with sufficient lead time to meet your assembly requirements for these connectors These tools are generally not stock items and can have significant lead times from distribution If you have any further questions about this issue please feel free to contact the ALSTOM PLC Hotline Pin connections with color codes are shown in the following table Cables are made of 12 twisted pairs wire size is 0 22mm2 AWG 24 Pin Number Pair Wire Color Code Pin Number Pair Wire Color Code No No Al 1 BROWN Bl 7 VIOLET A2 1 BROWN BLACK B2 7 VIOLET BLACK A3 2 RED B3 8 WHITE A4 2 RED BLACK B4 8 WHITE BLACK 5 2 5 9 GRAY A6 3 ORANGE BLACK B6 9 GRAY BLACK 7 4 YELLOW B7 10 PINK 8 4 YELLOW BLACK B8 10 PINK BLACK A9 5 DARK GREEN B9 11 LIGHT BLUE 10 5 DARK GREEN BLACK B10 11 LIGHT BLUE BLACK 6 DARK BLUE Bll 12 LIGHT GREEN 12 6 DARK BLUE BLACK B12 12 LIGHT GREEN BLACK Table B 3 Wire List for 24 Pin Connectors Page B amp Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Data Sheets I O Cables 45144 BROW 12 321 a
323. or I O Cables Page B 12 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Appendix Terminal Block Quick Connect Assembly C This appendix describes the Alspa C80 35 interposing terminal block assemblies for Alspa C80 35 discrete I O modules This terminal block assembly is referred to as Terminal Block Quick Connect or simply TBQC This system allows the listed 16 point discrete modules to be quickly connected to interposing terminal blocks Installing a 16 point module typically takes 2 1 2 hours to wire from a PLC to interposing terminal blocks With the TBQC you simply snap in the interposing terminal block remove the I O module s terminal assembly snap in the I O faceplate and connect the cable This reduces wiring time to about two minutes and no additional wiring is required thereby reducing wiring costs and errors Complete assemblies consist of a terminal block an I O Face Plate and a cable 1 TERMINAL BLOCK QUICK CONNECT COMPONENTS 1 1 Terminal Blocks Catalog numbers for the terminal blocks and the modules they can be used with are listed below Catalog Use With Module Number These Modules Description IC693ACC329 IC693MDL240 Input 120 16 points IC693MDL645 Input 24 VDC Pos Neg Logic 16 points IC693MDL646 Input 24 VDC Pos Neg Logic FAST 16 points IC693ACC330 IC693MDL740 Output 12 24 VDC Pos Logic 0 5A 16 points IC693MDL742 Output 12 24 VDC Pos Logic ESCP 1 16 points
324. or each module is expressed in milliamps for each voltage You must ensure that the sum of all loads for modules in a baseplate does not exceed the maximum rating for the power supply Use of the isolated 24 Volt power supply output is optional however this output can be used to drive a limited number of input devices The following table shows the DC load required by each Alspa C80 35 discrete module All load requirements are in milliamps Input and Output module current ratings are with all inputs or outputs on Note that the figures listed are maximum requirements not typical Load requirements for other Alspa 80 35 PLC components installed in a baseplate must be included in the total load calculations Load requirements for all Alspa 80 35 PLC components be found in ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual Three voltages are listed in the table 5 VDC provides primary power to operate most internal circuits 24 VDC Relay Power provides power for circuits that drive the relays on Relay modules 24 VDC Isolated provides power to operate a number of input circuits input modules only 24 VDC 24 VDC Catalog Description 5 VDC Isolated Number 4 54 53 cn E e _ Pay Nee T m 799 n i 2 0 3 EK NN
325. or remote sense which allows the load common or ground to be different than the supply of the output module by a small voltage Current loop signals are less susceptible to differences in voltage between circuit components see compliance Differential inputs permit series inputs with current loops since the signal can be offset from common Do not confuse differential inputs with isolated inputs differential requires the common tie point reference for all inputs of the group usually either ground or the supply common ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Gloss 1 Glossary Ground Loop When a conductor is grounded in more than one place differences between grounds can induce currents producing voltage drops in the wire If the conductor is also used to carry an analog signal these voltage drops produce an accuracy error or noisy values If a single point ground is used the voltage difference between locations may still appear in series with the desired signal This is overcome by using differential or isolated inputs and running a separate return from the remote source This preserves the integrity of the signal and the ground voltages appear as common mode voltage at the receiving end Isolated Isolated inputs are usually two wire and are dialectically insulated from supplies and ground Sometimes additional connections are provided for excitation of transducers such as RTDs but these signals are not shared with oth
326. orresponding reference If step mode is turned on during a ramp the new step is used as soon as the is processed assuming that the step is valid If time mode is turned on during a ramp the module will immediately begin a new ramp using the present output as the starting output and the present time as the start time In all cases changing the value of the corresponding reference will cause the output to begin a new ramp from the present output value Error Handling If the module receives 2 data that indicates an invalid channel or a step height or ramp time that is out of range the module will ignore the and return an error code in the first byte of I data assigned to the module The error code will be cleared when a Clear Errors E2 is sent to the module or when the module is reconfigured Range checking of values received by the module is performed before the values are used in ramp computations AQ data which is out of range is clipped to the nearest valid value by the module 4 8 3 4 E2 Commreq The E2 COMMREQ allows you to modify the input alarm limits set the output ramp mode and parameters and clear the I error code The E2 COMMREQ uses the standard COMMREQ format See Chapter 4 of the ALS 52102 Alspa C80 35 80 25 and 80 05 PLCs Reference Manual and Chapter 8 of the ALS 52202 Hand Held Programmer for Alspa 80 35 80 25 and 80
327. outputs in parallel This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 125 volts DC Output Voltage Range 10 8 to 150 volts DC Outputs per Module 6 isolated Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 500 volts between outputs Output Current 1 amp maximum per point Output Characteristics Inrush Current 15 89 amps for 10 ms Output Voltage Drop 1 volt maximum Off state Leakage mA maximum On Response Time 7 ms maximum Off Response Time 5 ms maximum Power Consumption 90 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 25 Specifications for IC693MDL734 Page 2 50 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 125 volt DC positive negative logic 1 amp output module NC 345142 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS NEGATIVE POSITIVE LOGIC LOGIC lm Ota 5 roe NA AN OR cT un TM A3 ej A3 ak A4
328. pe selected The AQ Ref Adr field is the reference address for the AQ data and points to the start of the locations in the memory where the output data to the module begins Each channel provides 16 bits of analog output data as an integer value from 0 to 32767 or 32768 to 32767 depending on the range type selected For detailed information of the data format see the CPU Interface to Analog Modules paragraph at the beginning of this chapter Status Information The I Ref Adr 15 the reference address for the I data and points to the start of the locations in the I memory that is the Input Table where status information from the module is reported You can select the number of 1 status locations reported to the PLC by editing the value in the I Size field Allowable Values in the I Size field are 8 16 and 24 which refer to the number of I locations reported to the PLC For I SIZE values 8 or greater the data brought back is in the format described in the following tables ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 109 Analog I O Module Specifications First eight I locations available for I SIZE values 8 16 24 Module OK 0 indicates NOT OK 1 indicates module OK User Supply OK Indicates when user supply is in specified limits reads a 0 when User supply below specified limit 1 when User supply OK 9 1 2 amp 961 3 Reserved for future modules Not used in this module
329. pecifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 4 4 5 24 Volt DC TTL Negative Logic Output 32 Point IC693MDL752 The 5 24 volt DC TTL Negative Logic Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 32 discrete outputs The outputs are arranged in four isolated groups of eight A1 A8 B1 B8 C1 C8 and D1 08 each group has its own common The outputs are negative logic or sinking type outputs 1 the ON state for a point results in an active low output The module has two modes of operation In the TTL mode the outputs can switch user loads across 5 VDC 5 and are capable of sinking a maximum current of 25 mA per point In the 12 24V mode the outputs can switch user loads over the range of 12 to 24 VDC 42096 15 and are capable of sinking a maximum current of 0 5A per point Two pins are provided on the user I O connectors for each group common Each pin has a current handling capability of 3 amperes It is recommended that connections are made to both pins when connecting the common however it is a requirement for high current applications between 3 and 4 amperes Each group can be used in the mode of operation needed to satisfy the load requirements for a particular application For example group can drive TTL loads and group B can drive 12 VDC loads while group C and D can be reserved for driving 24 VDC loads It is important to note however that the effects
330. pecifications Page 3 71 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 6 1 Analog Current Output Block Diagram The following figure is a block diagram of the 2 channel Analog Output module E DO CS1 244556 D1 CS2 uh e IOCLK gt 23 214 VOUT2 MAGNITUDE 2 BITS 3 IOUT CLK D RUN gt INTERFACE TOi RTNI AND ne 10 w ISOLATION EN gt CIRCUITRY E lt 10 w IOUT2 PSOK 2 CHANNEL 15 2 POT ADJUST CURRENT JMPV2 2 PER CHANNEL DRIVER 250 W gt 2 052 LGND DO OFFSET 2 CS1 5 AND 24v 250 w DUAL GNDI REFERENCE E lt GENERATOR Lack GROUND GND2 BID4 RST CHANNEL 1 YY lt lt 0 20mA SELECT PWR RANIB 3 JUMPER 2 ov CHANNEL 2 45V RAN2B 0 20 INVERTER SELECT REGULATOR JUMPER AND 10V RAN2A VOLTAGE SUPERVISOR _10 HL8 24 DEFAULT 0v TO ZERO SELECT 5V 10V JUMPER DEFO 3 124V gt lt K mav IGND gt K D lt INOV Figure 3 39 Analog Current Output Module Block Diagram IC693ALG391 Page 3 72 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 6 2 Field Wiring Information The following two figures provide information for connecting field wiring to the Analog Current Output module Figure 3 40 shows the connections necessary for the outputs to be used as analog current outputs 344557 TERMINALS FIELD WIRING a
331. plied from Isolated 24 VDC on backplane or from user supply ALS 52118 Table 3 4 User Reference and Current mA Requirements CPU Model 1 and 313 64 words 32 words 512 331 128 words 64 words 512 341 1024 words 256 words 512 351 2048 words 512 words 2048 Table 3 5 User References Available per System Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 13 Analog I O Module Specifications Analog Module Type CPU Model CPU Model 331 341 3514 311 313 0 1C693ALG220 and IC693ALG221 5 5 slot baseplate 40 Model 331 341 Input Module 4 Channel 8 10 slot baseplate 64 Model 351 IC693ALG222 and IC693ALG223 4 5 slot baseplate 8 Model 331 12 Model 341 Input Module 16 Channel 4 10 slot baseplate 51 Model 351 IC693ALG390 5 5 slot baseplate 16 Model 331 Voltage Output Module 2 Channel 6 10 slot baseplate 30 Model 341 48 Model 351 IC693ALG391 3 5 slot baseplate 15 Model 331 Current Output Module 2 Channel 3 10 slot baseplate 15 Model 341 24 Model 351 IC693ALG392 4 5 slot baseplate 8 Model 331 Output Module 8 Channel 4 10 slot baseplate 32 Model 341 79 Model 351 IC693ALG442 5 5 slot baseplate 21 Model 331 341 Combination Input Output Module 4 Ch 10 10 slot baseplate 79 Model 351 In 2 Ch Out 0 Maximum I O slots available per system Model 311 313 5 or 10 Model 331 341 49 Model 3
332. power applied within 20 minutes to avoid losing CPU data Battery Accessory Installation 1 Insert the plug on the end of the battery cable into the 2 pin connector on the Battery Accessory board battery plug is normally not plugged into the accessory connector This prevents accidental discharge of the battery during storage and handling 2 Align the backplane connector on the Battery Accessory board with the power supply connector on the baseplate backplane Push the Battery Accessory board toward the baseplate until it is fully seated 3 the baseplate is to be shipped with the Battery Accessory board installed ensure that the board is held in place by packing material or cable ties The cable ties can be installed in holes provided on both ends of the accessory board and secured to the backplane Battery life for a new battery installed in a backplane is about two years 41 POWER SUPPLY CONNECTOR a a45076 JN BATTERY PLUG WWW FITTTTTTTTTTTTTI E di Figure 1 31 Battery Accessory Installation ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 43 Introduction to 80 35 I O System 5 MODULE INSTALLATION AND WIRING This paragraph provides information on installing I O modules and information relevant to field wiring to and from those modules 5 1 Installation and Removal of I O Modules The following procedures and r
333. programmable controller For detailed information on the CPU interface to analog modules refer to the Hardware Description of Analog Module at the beginning of this chapter 4 8 2 4 Status Reporting The Analog Combo module module provides status information to the PLC This status information is updated once each PLC sweep and consists of the following items health of the module all ranges overload or open wire detect current output mode only alarm low and high status input channels status of the user supplied power to the module all ranges ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 101 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 8 2 5 Power Requirements and LEDs This module requires a maximum of 95 mA from the 5V bus on the PLC backplane for the logic side The module s analog power must be supplied by a single user supplied 24 VDC power source This includes current loop output power and voltage output load power This user supply requires a maximum current of 129 mA There are two green LED indicators on the module which provide module and user supply status The top LED MODULE OK provides module status information and the bottom LED USER POWER SUPPLY OK indicates that the user supply is present and is above a minimum designated level Note that both LEDs are powered from the 5V backplane power bus The LEDs have three possible states off flashing or on The definitions for each
334. put channel is capable of providing two current output ranges or two voltage output ranges Each channel can be individually configured for the output range required for your application The module has no jumpers or switches for configuration ranges can be configured using either the Alspa P8 or Alspa P80 programming software configurator function or the Alspa 80 35 Hand Held Programmer The default range is 0 to 10 volts Configurable current and voltage output ranges are 10 volts unipolar 10 to 10 volts bipolar 01020 milliamps 41020 milliamps Each channel is capable of converting 15 to 16 bits depending on the range selected of binary digital data to an analog output for use as required by your application eight channels are updated every 12 ms User data in the registers is in a 16 bit 2 s complement format In current modes an open wire fault is reported to the CPU for each channel The module can go to a known last state when system power is interrupted As long as user power is applied to the module each output will maintain its last value or reset to zero as determined by how you have configured the module Please note the following important product information This version of the 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output module requires the following product versions for compatibility CPU Firmware Versions 3 3 to 4 6 If your CPU has firmware version 3 3 to 4 6 you
335. quential contiguous order with channel No 1 being the first channel scanned If more than eight channels are selected a second detail screen will be displayed to allow you to Enter data in channels 9 to 16 The first Reference Address field contains the reference address for AI data The address points to the location in AI memory where input data to the module begins Each channel provides 16 bits of analog input data as an integer value from 0 to 32760 or 32767 to 32752 depending the range type selected The second Reference Address field contains the reference address for 1 data The address points to the location in I memory where status information from the module begins You can select the number of I status locations reported to the PLC by editing the value in the Size field The Mode field describes what type user connection to the terminal board is desired In Single Ended mode there are 16 inputs referenced to a single common In Differential mode each of the 8 inputs has its own signal and common thereby using two points on the terminal board for each channel Enter the number of locations reported to the PLC Choices are 0 8 16 24 32 or 40 The data is brought back in the following format First eight 91 locations available for 1 SIZE values 8 16 24 32 and 40 e C Module OK e 1 1 User Supply 1 2 to 1 7 Reserved for future modules 0 2 module NOT OK 1 2 module OK 0 below l
336. r IC693ALG442 For detailed information on configuration of the Analog Combo module see Configuration Using Alspa P8 25 35 05 or P80 Programming Software beginning on page 3 107 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer beginning on page 3 119 Page 3 106 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 8 3 1 Configuration Using Alspa 8 25 35 05 or P80 Software This paragraph describes how to configure the Analog Combo module using the configurator function in P8 25 35 05 Programming Software Configuration can also be done using Alspa P80 Programming Software For details refer to the Alspa P80 online help To configure an Analog Combo module on the I O Configuration Rack screen follow these steps 1 Move the cursor to the desired rack and slot location The slot may be either unconfigured or previously configured 2 Press the m35 io key F1 Your screen will change to one similar to the one shown below 938 LO fat out Fat mix OXIDE 71173 gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK 2 SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION SLOT Catalog 4 0 NPBNLESSON ONFIG VALID REPLACE J 3 From this screen press the a mix key F6 Your screen will change to one similar to the one shown below x am eat out nix Eb in out nix Bother gt Alsp
337. r channels three and four Conversion speed for each of the four channels is one half millisecond This provides an update rate of two milliseconds for any channel Resolution of the converted signal is 12 bits binary 1 part in 4096 over either range User data in the AI registers is in 16 bit 2 s complement format The placement of the 12 bits from the A D converter in the data word is shown below The relationship between the current input and the data from the A D converter is shown in Figure 3 14 and Figure 3 15 MSB LSB x ou onl o Too To X not applicable to this discussion 244647 244654 4000 4 4000 re AID decimal decimal 0 0 0 4 20 0 20 CURRENT mA CURRENT mA 4 to 20mA RANGE 0 to 20mA RANGE Figure 3 14 A D Bits vs Current Input Figure 3 15 A D Bits vs Current Input 4 to 20 mA 0 to 20 mA If the current source is reversed into the input or is less than the low end of the current range then the module will output a data word corresponding to the low end of the current range 0000H in If an input that is out of range is entered that is it is greater than 20 mA the A D converter will output up to full scale corresponding to 7FF8H in ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 21 Analog I O Module Specifications Scaling of the input is shown in Figure 3 16 and Figure 3 17 344033 a44656 3
338. re is a block diagram of the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module DIFFERENTIAL 245356 LEDs MICRO PROCESSOR e EPROM XTAL RAM EEPROM BACKPLANE INTERFACE VLSI CONNECTION 2 CHI INPUT CONDITIONER 16 AND SCALING y 9 5 HYBRID SCHANNED ISOLATION gt ane x2 CH2 Uo gt 4 Y zi SINGLE 5 5V 2 ENDED CHANNELS COM 8 CHANNEL e gt REFERENCE GENERATOR Vi nv gt gt ON BOARD VOLTAGE DC DC 05 SUPERVISOR ISOLATION CONVERTER AND gt REGULATOR 5V gt c H V V Alspa C80 35 PLC BACKPLANE Figure 3 22 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module Block Diagram IC693ALG222 Page 3 42 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 3 8 3 Field Wiring Information The following figures provide information for connecting field wiring to the user terminal board on the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module TERMINALS 347017 FIELD WIRING FIELD WIRING CHI CH3 5 e s FT 2 99 09 CH2 m I
339. rejection of noise caused by any shield drain currents The module provides electrical isolation of externally generated noise between field wiring and the backplane through the use of optical isolation This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in Alspa C80 35 PLC system Refer to 3 page 3 13 to determine the number of Analog Voltage Output modules that can be installed in a system Page 3 64 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Voltage Range Calibration Supply Voltage nominal External Supply Voltage Range External Supply Voltage Ripple Update Rate Resolution Absolute Accuracy Offset Output Loading maximum Output Load Capacitance Isolation Internal Power Consumption Analog Module Specifications 10 to 10 volts Factory calibrated to 2 5 mV per count 24 VDC from isolated 24 VDC on backplane or user supplied voltage source and 5 VDC from backplane 18 to 30 VDC 10 5 msec both channels This update rate is approximate since it is determined by I O scan time and is application dependent 2 5 mV 1 LSB 2 5 mV 5 mV at 25 C 77 mv maximum 0 to 60 C 32 to 140 F 5 mA 2K ohms minimum resistance 2000 pico Farads maximum 1500 volts between field side and logic side 32 mA from 5 volt supply 120 mA from 24 volt supply isolated backplane or user supply n the presence of severe RF interference 80
340. requires no field connections The Input Simulator is a valuable tool when developing programs and troubleshooting since it can be substituted for actual inputs until the program or system is debugged It can also remain permanently in the system to provide 8 or 16 conditional input contacts for manual control of output devices There are two rows of green LED indicators which correspond to the position of each switch The corresponding LED turns ON when the switch is placed in the ON position and is OFF when the switch is in the OFF position The LEDs are arranged in two rows with 8 LEDs in each row The top row is labeled A1 to A8 and the bottom row is labeled B1 to B8 This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Inputs per Module 8 or 16 switch selectable Off Response Time 20 ms maximum On Response Time 30 ms maximum Internal Power Consumption 120 mA all inputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 16 Specifications for IC693A CC300 Page 2 32 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications The Input Simulator module does not require any field wiring just set the mode switch on the back of the module to 8 or 16 and install the module in the selected I O slot in a baseplate An illustration of the module is shown in the following fig
341. rface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert 15 color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 48 volts DC Positive or Negative Logic Input Voltage Range 0 to 58 volts DC Inputs per Module 16 four groups of four inputs Isolation 2500 volts between field side and logic side 2500 volts between groups Input Current 5 mA typical Input Characteristics Guaranteed On state Voltage 36 to 58 volts DC Guaranteed Off state Voltage 0 to 9 volts DC Guaranteed On state Current 3mA Guaranteed Off state Current mA maximum On response Time 7 ms typical Off response Time 7 ms typical Power Consumption 5 80 mA from the 5 volt bus on the backplane all inputs ON Power Consumption 48 90 mA from user input supply all inputs ON Number of inputs ON is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 20 Table 2 14 Specifications for CF693MDL102 Page 2 28 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 48 volt DC positive negative logic inpu
342. rm limits for the channel currently displayed press the key again the first time caused the channel ranges to be available for editing The following screen is displayed RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 CH 1 LO 0 The display is the entry field for the low alarm limit for the displayed channel in this case Channel 1 You can enter the desired low alarm limit value using the numeric keys and the key for specifying negative values Enter the low alarm limit using a value within the valid limits as listed in Table 3 10 After you have entered the low alarm limit value press the key again to advance to the high alarm limit display for this channel The following screen is displayed at this time RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 CH 1 HI 32000 The display shows the entry field for the high alarm limit for the currently displayed channel You can enter positive or negative numbers see Table 3 10 using the numeric keys After selecting the low and high alarm limits for channel 1 or the currently displayed channel you can view the next channel by pressing the key RO 03 HI DEN V gt 5 CHAN 2 0 10 Edit the range and low and high alarm limits as described for Channel 1 All active channels can be changed in this manner Return to the initial display screen by pressing the ENT key or by pressing the lt key until the initial screen is displayed Saved Configurations Configurations that contain a 16 Channel Analog Vol
343. roup from user supply at 12 VDC and all eight outputs in group ON 44 mA maximum per group from user supply at 24 VDC and all eight outputs in group ON Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 50 Specifications for IC693MDL752 Page 2 92 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following three figures provide wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 5 24 volt DC negative logic output module 245040 _ LOW DROPOUT VIN REGULATOR O x n d A 2 10K a MODE 0 EIS MODE 1 S A FR M CPU 5 V V OCS 5 245041 PH si2 an 22 oap e SH 81 22 ron e sii fan HP roan e a HA ron e D5 D6 A5 A LOA
344. rsor keys or the key to display the selected slot Initial Display To add the IC693ALG223 module to the configuration press the READ VERIFY key The following screen will RO 03 HI DEN C gt S I40 I be displayed Page 3 54 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications Selecting I Reference At this point the starting I reference address for the status data returned from the module must be entered Notice that the length of the status field 40 is displayed as the first two digits following the first I on the second line of the display This field cannot be changed with the Hand Held Programmer However it can be changed using the Alspa 8 25 35 05 software configurator function The Hand Held Programmer will always reflect the currently active length of the status field Pressing the ENT key will allow the PLC to select the starting address of the status data You can select a specific starting address by pressing the key sequence for the desired address and pressing the ENT key For example to specify the starting address as I17 press the key sequence 1 7 ENT The following screen will be displayed R0 03 HI DEN C gt 5 140 117 156 Selecting Reference After the starting I address has been selected pressing the ENT key again will cause the following screen to be displayed R0 03 HI DEN gt 5 116 This screen allows you to select the
345. s are point to point that is pin 2 of one end to pin 2 of the opposite end pin 3 to pin 3 etc ELEC 16 Serial Data Positive DIODT I O Serial Data Negative DIOCLK I O Serial Clock Positive DIOCLK I O Serial Clock Negative DRSEL Remote Select Positive DRSEL Remote Select Negative DRPERR Parity Error Fone ee DRMRUN Remote Run Positive Remo Ran Neate 3 DFRAME Cycle Frame Negative 1 FGND Frame Ground for Cable Shield Table B 1 Expansion Port Pin Assignments 4 5 Expansion Bus Termination When two or more baseplates are cabled together in an expansion system the I O expansion bus must be properly terminated The I O bus must be terminated at the last baseplate in an expansion system Each signal pair is terminated with 120 ohm 1 4 watt resistors wired between the appropriate pins as follows also see Table B 1 pins 16 17 24 25 20 21 12 13 8 9 2 3 The I O bus termination can be done one of the following ways By installing Bus Terminator Plug catalog number IC693ACC307 on the last expansion baseplate local expansion baseplate or remote baseplate in the system The Terminator Plug has a resistor pack physically mounted inside of a connector The I O Bus Terminator Plug is shipped with each baseplate only the last baseplate in expansion chain have the I O Bus Terminator Plug installed Unused I O Bus Terminator Plugs can be
346. s on backplane Power Consumption 24V 125 mA from the Isolated 24 volt backplane bus or from user supplied power Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 10 Specifications for IC6933MDL 645 Page 2 20 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 24 volt DC positive negative logic input module 345034 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER CIRCUITS OPTICAL COUPLER 24V OUT OV OUT NC Figure 2 11 Field Wiring 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input Module IC693MDL 645 345135 16 30V SUPPLY 12 NUMBER OF INPUTS 8 ON 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 12 Input Points vs Temperature for IC693MDL645 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 21 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 8 24 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input FAST 16 Point IC693MDL646 This 24 volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input FAST module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 16 input points in one group with a common power input terminal The on and off response times for this module are typically 1 ms This input module is designed to have either positive
347. s the same hardware as the 0 to 20 mA range but automatically provides 4 to 20 mA range scaling with the exception that negative digital values are provided to the user for input current levels between 4 mA and 0 mA This gives you the capability of selecting a low alarm limit that detects when the input current falls from 4 mA to 0 mA which provides for open wire fault detection in 4 to 20 mA applications High and Low alarm limits are available on all ranges Ranges can be configured on a per channel basis User data in the registers is in 16 bit 2 s complement format 0 to 20 mA range only Resolution of the converted signal is 12 bits binary 1 part in 4096 on the 0 to 20 mA range The placement of the 12 bits from the A D converter in the AI data word is shown below MSB LSB x ou onl To To o o D EE ET X not applicable to this discussion The relationship between the current input and the data from the A D converter is show below 244647 244654 4000 4000 A D BITS A D decimal decimal 0 0 4 T 0 4 20 0 20 CURRENT mA CURRENT mA 4 to 20mA RANGE 0 to 20 mA RANGE Figure 3 48 A D Bits vs Current Input If the current source is reversed into the input or is less than the low end of the current range then the module will output a data word corresponding to the low end of the current range 0000H in If an input that is out of range is entered that is it is greater than 2
348. sec approximate both channels Determined by scan time and is application dependent 1 LSB 4uA 5uA 1 LSB SpA 1 mV 1 LSB 1 mV 1 25 mV 1 LSB 1 25 mV 8 at 25 C 77 F X10LA at 25 C 77 F 50 mV at 25 C 77 F 50 mV at 25 C 77 F 25 0 to 850 ohms 2000 pF 5 mA 2 ohms minimum resistance 2000 pF maximum capacitance 1500 volts between field and logic side 30 mA from 5V supply 215 mA from Isolated 24 VDC backplane supply or user supply D Allowable load on the voltage output option can be calculated from the total module current shown in Figure 3 38 2 Allowable user supply is dependent on the current load and the ambient temperature as shown in Figure 3 38 3 Tn the presence of severe RF interference 801 3 10V m accuracy may be degraded to 80mA 4 to 20 mA range 100mA 0 to 20 mA range Table 3 19 Specifications for Analog Current Output Module IC693ALG391 44660 26 5 PRA PN 28V 40 7 40mA TOTAL NOTE MODULE LOAD 30 30VN WHEN IN VOLTAGE MODE CURRENT ASSUME 20 5 mA PER CHAN mA 20 NEL IN ADDITION TO Vour LOAD CURRENT PER CHANNEL 10 45 EXAMPLE BOTH CHANNELS IN 0 to 10V MODE WITH 2K LOADFS 51 mA 10 C 20 30 40 0 60 Figure 3 38 Load Current Derating ALS 52116 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module S
349. sed to power the inputs additional loading will be placed on the PLC s 5V power supply Backplane isolation between the field side and logic side is provided by opto couplers on the module There are no special fault or alarm diagnostics reported LED indicators labeled A1 A8 B1 B8 C1 C8 DI D8 at the top of the module provide the ON OFF status of each input point This module is configured as a 32 point input type and uses 32 bits of discrete I input data Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in Alspa 80 35 PLC system Connections to the input circuits are made from the user s input devices to two male pin type 24 pin connectors Fujitsu FCN 365P024 AU mounted on the front of the module The connector mounted on the right of the module front view interfaces with groups A and B The connector on the left side of the module interfaces with groups C and D Wiring from the module s connectors to field devices is made through a cable having a mating female connector on one end and stripped and tinned wires on the other end You can purchase a pre wired cable catalog number IC693CBL315 two required or if required for your application build your own cable Refer to Building Cables for 24 Pin Connectors on page 2 79 of this manual for more information on building these cables Page 2 80 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Modul
350. source s to the 24 Volt Input Relay Output module 345044 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER CIRCUITS lt 1 2 n G Gots TE de ee 9 5 6 COUPLER N A 6 A 7 oo tke 0 NOT USED OTHER CIRCUITS 11 v prebende BI Le 13 B2 4 B3 T Bi 16 B5 7 ig B7 T 00 9 Figure 2 57 Field Wiring 24 VDC Input Relay Output Module IC693MDR390 Page 2 76 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 4 HIGH DENSITY I O MODULES 32 POINTS High density I O modules for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller have 32 points per module These 32 point modules allow a maximum of 320 I O points as compared to 16 point modules which allow a maximum of 160 I O points in a single baseplate to be contained in a single baseplate The available 32 point I O modules are IC693MDL654 5 12 VDC TTL Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input Module IC693MDL655 24 VDC Positive Negative Logic 32 Point Input Module 1IC693MDL752 5 12 24 VDC TTL 0 5A Negative Logic 32 Point Output Module 1C693MDL753 12 24 VDC 0 5A Positive Logic 32 Point Ou
351. spa 80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 output points in two isolated groups with four points in each group Each group has a separate common associated with it The two commons are not tied together inside the module This allows each group to be used on different phases of the AC supply or they can be powered from the same supply Each group is protected with a 5 amp fuse for each common and an RC snubber is provided for each output to protect against transient electrical noise on the power line This module provides a high degree of inrush current 10x the rated current which makes the outputs suitable for controlling a wide range of inductive and incandescent loads AC Power to operate loads connected to outputs must be supplied by the user This module requires an AC power source it can not be used with a DC power source LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module There are two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row and a red LED centered between and to the right of the two rows This module uses the upper eight LEDs labeled A1 to 8 for output status The red LED is a blown fuse indicator that turns ON if any of the fuses should blow An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on th
352. spa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 12 24 volt DC positive logic 0 5 amp output module 344567 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING m e 1 2 Al e A3 I e 5 A4 Cras fl id 1mf A7 x OTHER 4 e CIRCUITS x D wc 19 NC L NC 19 Figure 2 36 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic 0 5 Amp Output Module IC693MDL732 243704 2 2 AMPS 15 MODULE LOAD CURRENT 1 AMPS 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 37 Load Current vs Temperature for IC6935MDL732 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 47 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 21 12 24 Volt DC Negative Logic 0 5 Amp Output 8 Point IC693MDL733 The 12 24 volt DC Negative Logic 0 5 Amp Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 8 output points in one group with a common power output terminal This output module is designed to have negative logic characterist
353. ss Rack Shift F1 or the Escape key to return to the rack display ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 35 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 3 7 2 Configuration Using the Hand Held Programmer You can also configure the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input module using the Alspa 80 35 Hand Held Programmer In addition to the information in this paragraph refer to ALS 52202 Hand Held Programmer for Alspa 80 35 80 25 and 80 05 PLCs User s Manual for more information on configuration of Intelligent I O modules Although you can change the number of actively scanned channels with the Alspa 8 25 35 05 configurator function the Hand Held Programmer does not support editing the number of actively scanned channels If the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input module is initialized by a Hand Held Programmer the number of actively scanned channels is 16 If a module had been previously configured with Alspa 8 25 35 05 software and the number of actively scanned channels has been changed from 16 that number will be displayed on the bottom line of the Hand Held Programmer display following the AI You can edit data with the Hand Held Programmer only for the active channels but can not change the number of actively scanned channels Module Present If a module is physically present in a system it can be added to the system s configuration by reading the module into it For example assume that a 16 Channel Analog
354. system and 256 and 1024 AI references available in a Model 341 system and 512 and 2048 references available in Models 351and 352 system The maximum number of Analog Combo modules that can be installed in a system are Model 311 or 313 system 10 in Model 323 system 49 in a Model 331 or 341 system 79 in a Model 351 or 352 system When planning the module configuration for your application you must also consider the load capacity of the installed power supply and the total load requirements of all modules that are installed in the baseplate Refer to Chapter 1 in this manual for details on power supply baseplate and module load requirements Module specifications are provided in the following tables Analog Output Specifications Number of Output Channels 2 Single Ended Update Rate 4 milliseconds approximate both channels Analog Current Output Output Current Ranges 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Resolution 0 to 20 mA 0 625 uA 1 LSB 0 625 uA 4 to 20 mA 0 5 uA 1 LSB 0 5 uA Absolute Accuracy Current Modes 0 1 of full scale at 25 C 77 F typical 0 25 of full scale at 25 C 77 F maximum X 0 596 of full scale over operating temperature range maximum Maximum Compliance Voltage VUSER V minimum to VusER maximum User Load 0 to 850 Q minimum at Vpsgg 20 maximum 13500 at 30V Output Load Capacitance 2000 pF maximum Output Load Ind
355. t 2 3 76 Figure 3 43 Scaling for Voltage 3 77 Figure 3 44 Basic Block Diagram for 693 6392 3 78 Figure 3 45 Module Derating Curves for IC693ALG392 3 82 Figure 3 46 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output Module Block Diagram IC693ALG392 3 95 Figure 3 47 Field Wiring for 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output Module IC693ALG392 3 96 Figure 3 48 A D Bits vs Current Input 2 3 98 Figure 3 49 A D vs Voltage Input 1 3 99 Figure 3 50 Scaling for Current 3 100 Figure 3 51 Scaling for Voltage 2 3 101 Figure 3 52 Output Behavior in Ramp Mode and in Standard Mode 3 113 Figure 3 53 Analog Combo Module Block Diagram 69 442 3 129 Figure 3 54 Field Wiring for Analog Combo Module IC693ALG442 3 130 Figure B 1 Point To Point Cable Wiring Diagram for Custom Length Cables B 4 Figure B 2 Point To Point Cable Wiring Diagram for Applications Requiring Less Noise Immunity 4
356. t Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK 2 SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION SLOT Catalog 3 0 NPBNLESSON ONFIG VALID REPLACE 3 Press the out key F5 Your screen will now look like the one displayed below E m feat out fen out Bi nix Bother o gt Alspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK 2 SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION SLOT Catalog 3 CATALOG DESCRIPTION TYPE 1 IC693ALG390 OUTPUT ANALOG ZPT VOLTAGE QALGUZ 2 16693116391 OUTPUT ANALOG ZPT CURRENT QALGI2 3 IC693ALG392 OUTPUT ANALOG 8PT 061 68 4 ALGOUTZ GENERIC OUTPUT ANALOG 2 CH 5 ALGOUT4 GENERIC OUTPUT ANALOG 4 CH lt lt CURSOR TO THE DESIRED CATALOG NUMBER AND PRESS THE ENTER KEY gt gt lt lt PRESS PGDN KEY FOR NEXT PAGE PGUP KEY FOR PREVIOUS PAGE gt gt 0 NPBNLESSON ONFIG VALID IREPLACE 27 4 Move the cursor to the IC693ALG392 selection as shown above Then press Enter Page 3 84 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 The next screen that appears will look like the one displayed below o Analog I O Module Specifications Md in gt fillspa 80 35 MODULE IN RACK 2 SLOT SOFTWARE CONFIGURATION Catalog OFEDE OUTPUT ANALOG 8PT V P8 LESSON att REPLACE Active Chan 1 ZAQ Ref Adr 40001
357. t I O Expansion cable catalog number IC693CBL302 This cable has the termination resistors installed in the end that connects to the expansion baseplate connector You can build a custom length cable with termination resistors wired to the appropriate pins for installation at the end of the bus Page 1 24 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 4 POWER SUPPLIES 1C693324 Standard 120 240 VAC or 125 VDC input 30 watts total output 693330 High Capacity 120 240 VAC or 125 VDC 30 watts total output 10693325 24 48 VDC input 30 watts total output CE693331 High Capacity 24 VDC input 30 watts total output 4 1 Standard Power Supply 120 240 VAC or 125 VDC Input The Alspa C80 35 system AC DC input Standard Power Supply IC693PWR324 is available as a 30 watts wide range supply which can operate from a voltage source in the range of 100 to 240 VAC or 125 VDC This power supply provides 5 VDC output 24 VDC relay power output which provides power to circuits Alspa 80 35 Output Relay modules and isolated 24 VDC output The isolated 24 VDC is used internally by some modules and can be used to provide power for some Input modules The load capacities for each output of the power supply are shown in the following table Catalog Load Number Capacity Output Capacities Voltage Power IC693PWR324 30 watts 100 to 240 VAC 5 VDC 24 VDC Is
358. t DC Positive Negative Logic 1 Amp Output 6 Point IC693MDL734 The 125 volt DC Positive Negative Logic 1 Amp Output module for the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller provides 6 isolated output points Each output has a separate common output terminal associated with it This output module is designed to have either positive logic characteristics in that it sources current to the loads from the user common or positive power bus or negative logic characteristics in that it sinks current from the loads to the user common or negative power bus The output characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row This module uses the first six LEDs in the top row labeled A1 to 6 points 1 to 6 for output status An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module External fusing is recommended Two amp loads can be driven by wiring and driving two
359. t Input module provides up to 16 single ended input channels each capable of converting an analog input signal to a digital value for use as required by your application This module provides three input ranges 4to 20 mA 0to20 mA 4to20 mA Enhanced 4 41 Current Ranges The default range is 4 to 20 mA with user data scaled so that 4 mA corresponds to a count of 0 and 20 mA corresponds to a count of 32000 The other ranges are selected by changing the configuration parameters using the Alspa P8 configurator software or the Hand Held Programmer The range can be configured so that the input range is 0 to 20 mA with user data scaled so that 0 mA corresponds to a count of 0 and 20 mA corresponds to a count of 32000 Full 12 bit resolution is available over the 4 to 20 and 0 to 20 mA ranges A 4 to 20 mA Enhanced range can also be selected When this range is selected 0 mA corresponds to a count of 8000 4 mA corresponds to a count of 0 zero and 20 mA corresponds to a count of 32000 The Enhanced range uses the same hardware as the 0 to 20 mA range but automatically provides 4 to 20 mA range scaling with the exception that negative digital values are provided to the user for input current levels between 4 mA and 0 mA This gives you the capability of selecting a low alarm limit that detects when the input current falls from 4 mA to 0 mA which provides for open wire fault detection in 4 to 20 mA applications High and Low alarm limi
360. t module MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING OTHER CIRCUITS A OPTICAL COUPLER 48V SUPPLY 54V SUPPLY 58V SUPPLY 12 12 INPUTS ON NUMBER OF INPUTS 8 8 INPUTS ON ON 4 INPUTS ON 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 20 Input Points vs Temperature for CF693MDL102 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 29 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 12 110 125 Volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input 16 Point CF693MDL103 This 710 125 volt DC Positive Negative Logic Input module provides 16 input points in four isolated groups with four points in each group Each group has a separate common associated with it the two commons are not tied together inside the module The input module is designed to have either positive logic characteristics in that it sinks current from the input devices to the user common or negative power bus or negative logic characteristics in that it sources current through the input devices to the user common or positive power bus The input device is connected between the power bus and the module input Current into an input point results in a logic 1 in the input status table I Input characteristics are compatible with a wide range of industrial input devices Power to operate field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module
361. t results in a logic 1 in the input status table 1 Power to operate the field devices can be supplied by the user or an Isolated 24 VDC supply on the power supply 24V OUT and OUT terminals can power a limited number of inputs LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to 8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 24 volts DC Input Voltage Range 0 to 30 volts DC Inputs per Module 16 one group with a single common Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side Input Current 7 mA typical at rated voltage Input Characteristics On state Voltage 11 5 to 30 volts DC Off state Voltage 0 to 5 volts DC On state Current 3 2 mA minimum Off state Current 1 1 mA maximum On response Time 7 ms typical Off response Time 7 ms typical Power Consumption 5V 80 mA all inputs on from 5 volt bu
362. tage Input module can be saved to an EEPROM or MEM card and read into the CPU at a later time MEM cards and EEPROMs containing these configurations can be read into any Release 4 or later CPU Refer to Chapter 2 of the ALS 52202 Hand Held Programmer for Alspa 80 35 80 25 and 80 05 PLCs User s Manual for detailed information on the Save and Restore operations Page 3 40 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 3 8 Field Wiring Connections Connections to this module from user devices are made to screw terminals on a removable 20 terminal connector block mounted on the front of the module The actual terminals used are described in the following table and are shown in the following wiring diagrams 4 3 8 1 Terminal Assignments Pin assignments for the 20 terminal I O connector on the 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input module are as shown in the following table Pin Signal Name Signal Definition 5 eme gt ay en Table 3 12 Terminal Pin Assignments for IC693ALG222 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 41 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 3 8 2 Analog Voltage Input Block Diagram The following figu
363. te that the module is ready for the next COMMREQ Reference 0001 is set if a COMMREQ fault occurs FST SCN 1 4 INT WORD WORD CONST IN1 Q4 R0001 CONST HIN Q R0008 CONST Q R0009 00000 E201 LEN 0006 LEN 100001 100001 CONST IN2 00004 CONST IN3 00000 CONST IN4 00008 CONST 1 5 00000 CONST IN6 00000 CONST IN7 00000 FST SCN MOVE INT INT CONST Q4 R0010 CONST IN Q4 R0011 00008 LEN 00100 LEN 100001 100001 l TO001 T0002 _ 5 INT T0003 CONST IN Q4 R0001 00000 LEN 1 100001 0001 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 117 Analog I O Module Specifications T0003 COMM REO El 80002 IN FT CONST SYSID 0002 5 5 00000000 570002 NE INT CONST Q 00000 60001
364. terminal This output module is designed to have negative logic characteristics in that it sinks current from the loads to the user common or negative power bus The output device is connected between the positive power bus and the module output The output characteristics are compatible with a wide range of user supplied load devices such as motor starters solenoids and indicators Power to operate the field devices must be supplied by the user LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to 8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module There are no fuses on this module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 12 24 volts DC Output Voltage Range 12 to 24 volts DC 20 15 Outputs per Module 16 two groups of eight outputs each Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 500 volts between groups Output Current 0 5 amps maximum per poi
365. tes have either 5 or 10 slots for modules and a power supply slot The maximum distance from the CPU baseplate that the last expansion baseplate in a local I O system can be located 18 15 meters 50 feet There can be no more than a total of 15 meters of cable connecting all expansion baseplates in a local expansion system and all expansion baseplates must be connected to a common ground Each expansion baseplate has a 25 pin female D type connector mounted at the far right of the baseplate for connection to another baseplate in an expansion system 244565 a eer LJ DIHEXPANSION RACK SW 1 2 3 4 1 X X 2 x x 3 X BASE 5 SLOT CLOSED EXPANSION CAUTION USER PROGRAM AND REGISTER VALUES MAY BE LOST IF POWER SUPPLY IS REMOVED FOR LONGER THAN 1 HOUR D 20 POWER 1 2 3 4 5 o SUPPLY Figure 1 3 Example of an Alspa 80 35 Expansion Baseplate 5 slot shown Page 1 8 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 3 2 Remote Baseplates Remote baseplates provide an extended expansion capability for the Alspa C80 35 I O system Remote baseplates are available in two versions a 5 slot 1 693 5399 and a 10 slot IC693C
366. th one of these baseplates Custom built Y cables for these baseplates should be built using Figure 1 15 ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 19 Introduction to 80 35 I O System Remote baseplates IC693CHS393F and later and IC693CHS399E and later have a change inside the baseplate which alleviates the need to remove pin 1 from the mating cable When using factory made Y cable with these baseplates it is not necessary to remove pin 1 from the cable Custom built Y cables for these baseplates can be made using either Figure 1 13 or Figure 1 14 Figure 1 14 shows how the factory made Y cable are made By removing pin 1 in custom built Y cables made for the earlier versions of remote baseplates the pin 7 0V signal reference originates in the main CPU baseplate In these earlier versions of the remote baseplates pin 1 was tied to pin 7 0V and also AC coupled to the remote frame ground When using these baseplates in combination with the 100 shielded Y cables the pin 7 reference would be improperly DC coupled to the remote frame ground through the D subminiature connector shell which is DC coupled to the remote frame ground In the remote baseplates IC693CHS393F and later and IC693CHS399E and later the pin 1 shield signal is DC coupled to the remote frame ground and not attached to pin 7 0V This allows the best noise immunity by providing a good continuous cable shield a
367. the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 125 volts DC Positive or Negative Logic Input Voltage Range 0 to 150 volts DC Inputs per Module 8 two groups of four inputs Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 500 volts between groups Input Current 4 5 mA typical Input Characteristics Guaranteed On state Voltage 90 to 150 volts DC Guaranteed Off state Voltage 0 to 30 volts DC Guaranteed On state Current 3 1 mA Guaranteed Off state Current 1 1 mA maximum On response Time 7 ms typical Off response Time 7 ms typical Internal Power Consumption 40 mA from the 5 volt bus on the backplane 36 mA typical from user input supply all inputs ON Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 8 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 8 Specifications for IC693MDL 632 Page 2 16 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 125 volt DC positive negative logic input module The negative logic connections are shown in dashed lines 244959 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING
368. the load requirements for each I O module mm omm Number Description of Module I O Points Number 8 DmecMNRChdd ICGSMDLSS PY 77 ICGSMDLSM _ _ OwwTHYDCNGawe GA 8 24 I059wMDL Oww IZMVDCRwWeleienSA 3 Table 2 1 Guide to Page Location for Discrete I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Alspa 80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 1 Discrete I O Module Specifications Catalog Number of Page Number Description of Module Points Number IC693MDL733 Output 12 24 VDC Negative Logic 0 5A 24 IC693MDL734 Output 125 VDC Positive Negative Logic 1 6 25 IC693MDL740 Output 12 24 VDC Positive Logic 0 5A IC693MDL741 Output 12 24 VDC Negative Logic 0 5A IC693MDL742 Output 12 24 VDC Positive Logic ESCP 1A IC693MDL752 Output 5 24 VDC TTL Negative Logic 0 5A imn ou RaNo aoea 3 38 boed Rey Nand GRAY Table 2 1 Guide to Page Location for Discrete I O Module Specifications continued Catalog Current Quantity ALSTOM Fuse Third Party Source Number Module Type Part Number and Part Number IC693MDL310 120 VAC 0 5A IC693MDL330 120 240 VAC 1A 44A724627 114 1 Bussman GDC 5 Bussman 5506 5 IC693MDL340 120 VAC 0 5A 44A724627 111 1 Bussm
369. the same specification can be used Table 1 4 Connector Cable Specifications ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 17 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 3 7 1 Expansion Port Pin Assignments The following table lists the expansion port pin assignments that you will need when building remote cables Note that all connections between cables are point to point that is pin 2 of one end connects to pin 2 of the opposite end pin 3 to pin 3 etc See wiring diagrams for pin 1 connections Figure 1 11 to Figure 1 15 Table 1 5 Expansion Port Pin Assignments 3 7 2 Shield Treatment All ALSTOM factory made cables are made with a continuous or 10096 shield This means that the braided cable shield is connected to the metal shell of the connector around the entire perimeter of the connector This provides a low impedance path to frame ground for any noise energy that is coupled onto the cable shield For custom length cables made per Figure 1 12 the best noise immunity is achieved when using a metalized connector cover that makes contact with the cable s braided and foil shielding on the cable side and with the connector shell on the terminating end Note It is not sufficient to only solder the drain wire to the connector shell It is required that the cable s shield be continuous across the entire length of the cable including at the terminations Figur
370. the top of the module There are two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row and a red LED centered between and to the right of the two rows This module uses the two rows of green LEDs labeled A1 to 8 and to 8 for output status The red LED labeled F is a blown fuse indicator that turns ON if either of the fuses should blow A load must be connected to the blown fuse for the indicator to light An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 120 volts AC Output Voltage Range 85 to 132 volts AC 50 60 Hz Outputs per Module 16 two groups of eight outputs each Isolation 1500 volts RMS between field side and logic side 500 volts RMS between each group Output Current 0 5 amp maximum per point 3 amps maximum per group Output Characteristics Inrush Current 20 amps maximum for one cycle Minimum Load Current 50mA Output Voltage Drop 1 5 volts RMS Output Leakage Current 2 mA maximum at 120 volts AC On Response Time 1 ms maximum Off Response Time 1 2 cycle maximum Power Consumption 315 mA all outputs ON from 5 volt b
371. the user an Isolated 24 VDC supply on the power supply 24V OUT and OUT terminals can power a limited number of DC inputs LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are located at the top of the module This LED block has two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row the top row labeled A1 to 8 points 1 to 8 and the bottom row labeled B1 to 8 points 9 to 16 An insert goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information and circuit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 24 volts AC or 24 volts DC Input Voltage Range 0 to 30 volts DC or 0 to 30 volts AC 50 60 Hz Inputs per Module 16 one group with a single common Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side Input Current 7 mA typical at rated voltage Input Characteristics On state Voltage 11 5 to 30 volts AC or DC Off state Voltage 0 to 4 volts AC or DC On state Current 3 2 mA minimum Off state Current mA maximum On response Time 12 ms typical Off response Time 28 ms typical Power Consumption 5V 80 mA all inputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Power Consumption 24V 125 mA
372. to 1 46 description of 2 77 Horner Electric Inc 1 6 modules ordering 1 5 bus expansion cable description of B 2 I O clock speed 1 9 I O expansion bus termination 1 24 3 I O expansion cables building 1 16 cables 1 16 prewired 1 16 I O faceplate 2 I O interface cables for 32 point modules 7 I O module example of 1 3 I O module installation 3 2 I O module installation and wiring 1 44 inserting a module 1 44 installing a terminal board 1 46 removing a module 1 45 removing a terminal board 1 48 wiring to I O modules 1 46 I O module specifications 2 7 3 15 110 125 VDC Pos Neg Logic Input 16 pts 2 30 12 24 VDC 0 5 positive logic out 32 pts 2 97 12 24 VDC negative logic out 0 5 amp 16 pts 2 54 12 24 VDC negative logic out 0 5 amp 8 pts 2 48 12 24 VDC negative logic out 2 amp 8 pts 2 44 12 24 VDC pos logic ESCP out 1 amp 16 pts 2 56 12 24 VDC positive logic 0 5 amp 16 pts 2 52 12 24 VDC positive logic out 0 5 amp 8 pts 2 46 12 24 VDC positive logic out 2 amp 8 pts 2 42 120 VAC in 16 pts 2 12 120 VAC in relay out 8 in 8 out 2 71 Alspa C80 35 PLC Module Specifications Index 5 Index 120 VAC isolated in 8 pts 2 8 120 VAC out 0 5 amp 12 pts 2 34 120 VAC out 0 5 amp 16 pts 2 38 120 240 VAC isolated out 2 amp 5 pts 2 40 120 240 VAC out 2 amp 8 pts 2 36 125 VDC pos neg logic in 8 pts 2 16 1
373. to 20mA RANGE Figure 3 42 Scaling for Current Output Page 3 76 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Analog Module Specifications 4 7 1 2 Voltage Operation For Voltage Operation in the default unipolar mode 0 to 10 volts user data is scaled so that 0 volts corresponds to a count of 0 and 10 volts corresponds to a count of 32000 In this mode you can enter up to 32767 for an overrange of approximately 10 24 volts output In the 10 to 10 volt range user data is scaled so that 10 volts corresponds to count of 32000 and 10 volts corresponds to a count of 32000 In this range you can enter 32767 to 32767 for an overrange of approximately 10 24 volts to 10 24 volts Scaling of the voltage output for both the 0 to 10 volt range and the 10 to 10 volt range is as shown in the following figure 244658 344658 32000 32000 Oo eS a A decimal 32000 0 i 710 0 10 0 10 Bipolar Mode Unipolar Mode Figure 3 43 Scaling for Voltage Output ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 77 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 7 1 3 CPU Interface to the 8 Channel Analog Current Voltage Output Module The Alspa 80 35 PLC uses the data within the data table to record analog values for use by the programmable controller This scheme
374. to allow an orderly shutdown of the system MOMENTARY POWER OFF n LOSS n VOLTAGE VOLTAGE OVERSHOOT OVERSHOOT 5 MAX 5 MAX INPUT POWER INPUT POWER 244964 ON 5 OUTPUT 5 1V TYP 9795 MIN PSOK HOLD UP TIME 20 ms minimum for IC697PWR324 14 ms minimum for IC697PWR325 Figure 1 28 Timing Diagram for all Alspa C80 35 Power Supplies Page 1 40 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Introduction to Alspa C80 35 I O System 4 6 CPU Serial Port Connector on Power Supply Supplies 15 pin D type female connector accessed by opening the hinged door on the right front of the power supply provides the connection to a serial port which is used to connect the programmer for Alspa P8 25 35 programming software to connect the Hand Held Programmer to the PLC or for connection of other serial devices to the SNP Serial Network Protocol Port This serial port is RS 485 compatible 243832 COMPATIBLE SERIAL PORT Figure 1 29 Serial Port Connector The serial port connector is only functional in a power supply that is installed in a baseplate that also contains the CPU This includes the 5 and 10 slot baseplates with built in CPU for Models 311 313 and 323 and the 5 and 10 slot CPU baseplates for Models 331 341 351 and 352 CPU Serial Port Considerations The serial port is not functional when a power supply is installed in
375. tput Module These modules are designed to interface low level DC signals to and from the Alspa C80 35 Programmable Logic Controller They are ideally suited for use with applications such as interfaces to annunciator panels pushbutton switches indicator lamps and other applications requiring low voltage low current inputs and outputs The following procedures are recommended when routing and connecting field wiring from user devices to these modules Low level signal wires should be routed separately from other field wiring such as high voltage AC sources 120 VAC or greater or wiring connected to inductive loads such as relay coils contactors or small motors Route the low level signal wires from these modules at least 10 cm 4 inches from other I O wiring Low level signal wires should not be routed close to any device that could be a potential source of electrical interference Follow proper grounding procedures as outlined in Chapter 3 in the ALS 52117 Alspa 80 35 PLC Installation Manual When applicable ground cable shields to minimize noise currents 4 1 Cables for 32 Point I O Modules 32 point modules are available that have two 24 pin connectors for user connections from the modules to field devices These connectors are mounted on the front of the appropriate modules The method of connection and cable information is described below Catalog numbers for 32 point modules IC693MDL 654 IC693MDL655 IC6
376. ts 12 mA typical at rated voltage 74 to 132 volts AC 0 to 20 volts AC 6 mA minimum 2 2 mA maximum 30 ms typical 45 ms typical 24 VDC 120 240 VAC 5 to 30 volts DC 5 to 250 volts AC 50 60 Hz 8 two groups of four outputs each 1500 volts RMS between field and logic side 500 volts RMS between groups 2 amps maximum per output 4 amps maximum per common 10 mA 5 amps 15 ms maximum 15 ms maximum 80 mA all on from 5 backplane bus 70 mA all outputs on from relay 24V backplane bus Maximum load current is dependent on operating voltage as shown in Table 2 39 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 38 Specifications for IC693MAR590 Operating Maximum Current for Load Type Typical Contact Life Voltage Resistive Lamp or Solenoid number of Operations 240 VAC 120 VAC 24 VDC 240 VAC 120 VAC 24 VDC 0 1 amp For inductive loads 800 000 Table 2 39 Load Current Limitations for IC693MA R590 Page 2 72 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications Relay contact life when switching inductive loads will approach resistive load contact life if suppression circuits are used The following figures are examples of typical suppression circuits for AC and DC loads The 1A 100V diode shown in the DC load typical suppression circuit is an industry standard 1N4934 D
377. ts 3 2 maximum number per system 3 13 user references and current requirements 3 13 user references available per system 3 13 Analog input block diagram typical 3 3 Analog modules 16 channel current input 3 45 16 channel voltage input 3 26 2 channel current output 3 68 2 channel voltage output 3 63 4 channel voltage input 3 16 4 channel current input 3 21 8 channel current voltage input 3 75 analog combo module 3 97 block diagram 16 channel voltage input 3 42 3 95 16 channel current input 3 60 2 channel current output 3 72 2 channel voltage output 3 66 4 channel current input 3 24 4 channel voltage input 3 19 8 channel current voltage output 3 95 analog combo module 3 129 common mode voltage 3 3 CPU interface 3 5 3 29 3 48 3 78 3 101 differential inputs 3 3 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Index 1 Index equation values 3 6 field wiring 3 10 hardware description 3 3 load requirements 3 2 outputs 3 4 performance measures 3 10 placement of A D and D A bits within the data tables 3 7 3 29 3 48 scaling 3 9 shielding for analog input modules 3 10 shielding for analog output modules 3 11 stair step effect of output 3 8 Analog output block diagram typical 3 4 Analog terminology 3 2 Appendix data sheets for I O cables B 1 Terminal block quick connect assembly C 1 B Back up battery 1 42 Baseplate adapter bracket for 1
378. ts are available on all ranges Ranges can be configured on a per channel basis The module also reports module status and user side supply status to the CPU 4 4 2 Power Requirements and LEDs This module consumes 120 mA from the 5V bus on the PLC backplane and also requires 65 mA plus current loop current s from a user supplied 24V supply see Table 3 13 Specifications There are two green LED indicators on the module which provide module and user supply status The top LED MODULE OK provides module status information on power up as follows status is OK module configured OFF backplane power or software not running watchdog timer timed out Continuous rapid flashing configuration data not received from CPU Slow flashes then OFF failed power up diagnostics or encountered code execution error The bottom LED User Supply OK indicates that the user provided 24V supply is within specifications thereby enabling the analog side of the module to work properly ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 45 Analog I O Module Specifications 4 4 3 Location in System This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system 4 4 4 References Used The number of 16 Channel Analog Current Input modules which may be installed in a system depends on the amount of AI and I references available Each module uses 1 to 16 AI refere
379. tside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded red to indicate a high voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa 80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 24 volts DC 120 240 volts AC 50 60 Hz Output Voltage Range 5 to 30 volts DC 5 to 250 volts AC 50 60 Hz Outputs per Module 8 isolated outputs Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side 500 volts between groups Maximum Load 8 amps resistive maximum per output 20 amps maximum per module for UL installations Minimum Load 10 mA Inrush Current 8 amps maximum for one cycle On Response Time 15 ms maximum Off Response Time 15 ms maximum Internal Power Consumption 45 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane 100 mA all outputs on from relay 24V bus on backplane Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 51 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 31 Specifications for IC693MDL931 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 61 Discrete I O Module Specifications Operating Maximum Current for Load Type Typical Contact Life Voltage number of operations mm _ 125 VDC 0 38 amp 0 12 amp 100 000 150 VDC 0 30 0 10 100 000 For inductive loads Table 2 32 Load Current limitations for IC693MDL931 Relay contact life when switchin
380. ual ALS 52403 Axis Positioning Module for Alspa 80 35 PLC Standard Mode User s Manual ALS 52501 N80 Communications Module NCM for Alspa C80 35 PLC User s Manual ALS 52502 N80 Enhanced Communications Module for Alspa C80 35 PLC User s Manual ALS 52506 Serial communication modules for Alspa 8000 PLCs User s Manual ALS 52511 Alspa C80 35 PLC Bus Controller for Alspa N80 Network NBC User s Manual Page 6 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications ALS 52118 Preface ALS 52512 Alspa 80 35 Ethernet Communication User s Manual ALS 52522 TCP IP Ethernet Communications for the Alspa 8000 PLC Station Manager Manual ALS 52604 Alphanumeric Display System User s Manual ALS 52605 Alphanumeric Display System Reference Manual ALS 52607 Axis Positioning Module APM for Alspa C80 35 PLC Follower Mode User s Manual ALS 52612 Installation Requirements for Conformance to Standards 3 MANUAL NUMBERS In some cases Alspa 8000 manuals may be issued with numbers that differ from the one given under Related Publications in the Preface of other manuals or in Important Product Information or data sheets The contents are similar The table below shows the correspondence between ALS and equivalent numbers for the manuals concerned ALS Number Other Number ALS Number Orther Number ALS3I3 GFK 0800 2535 00 5557 455232
381. uctance 1 H maximum n the presence of severe RF interference IEC 801 3 10V m accuracy may be degraded to 1 FS Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 3 23 Specifications for IC693ALG442 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 3 103 Analog I O Module Specifications Analog Voltage Output Output Ranges 10 to 10 bipolar 0 to 10V unipolar Resolution 10 to 10V 0 to 10V Absolute Accuracy Both Voltage Modes Output Loading Output Load Capacitance 0 3125 mV 1 LSB 0 3125 mV 0 3125 mV 1 LSB 0 3125 mV 0 25 of full scale at 25 C 77 F typical 0 596 of full scale at 25 C 779 maximum 1 096 of full scale over operating temperature range maximum 5 mA 2K ohms minimum resistance maximum capacitance Analog Input Specifications Number of Input Channels Update Rate 4 differential 8 milliseconds approximate for all 4 channes Analog Current Input Input Ranges Resolution 0 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Enhanced Absolute Accuracy Current Modes Linearity Common Mode Voltage Common Mode Rejection Cross Channel Rejection Input Impedance Input Filter Response Analog Voltage Input Input Ranges Resolution 0 to 10V 10 to 10V Absolute Accuracy Both Voltage Ranges Linearity Common Mode Voltage 0 to 20 mA 4to 20 mA 4 to 20 mA Enhanced 5 uA
382. uide to Page Location for Analog Module Specifications Table 3 2 Load Requirements mA for Analog I O Modules Table 3 3 Equation Values for Analog Modules Table 3 4 User Reference and Current mA Requirements Table 3 5 User References Available per System Table 3 6 Maximum Number of Analog Modules per System Table 3 7 Specifications for Analog Voltage Input Module IC693ALG220 Table 3 8 Specifications for Analog Current Input Module IC693ALG221 Table 3 9 Specifications for 16 Channel Analog Voltage Input Module IC693ALG222 Table 3 10 Configuration Parameters for 69 222 Table 3 11 Parameter Descriptions for Configuration Table 3 12 Terminal Pin Assignments for 69 222 Table 3 13 Specifications for 16 Channel Analog Current Input Module IC693ALG223 Table 3 14 Configuration Parameters Table 3 15 Parameter Descriptions for Configuration Table 3 16 Terminal Pin Assignments Table 3 17 Specifications for Analog Voltage Output Module IC693ALG390 Table 3 18 Range Settings vs
383. uit identification information can be recorded on the outside surface The outside left edge of the insert is color coded blue to indicate a low voltage module This module can be installed in any I O slot of a 5 or 10 slot baseplate in an Alspa C80 35 PLC system Rated Voltage 12 24 volts DC Output Voltage Range 12 to 24 volts DC 20 15 Outputs per Module 8 one group of eight outputs Isolation 1500 volts between field side and logic side Output Current 2 amps maximum per point 4 amps maximum per fuse at 50 C 122 F 2 amps maximum per fuse at 60 C 140 F Output Characteristics Output Voltage Drop 0 75 volts maximum Off state Leakage mA maximum On Response Time 2 ms maximum Off Response Time 2 ms maximum Int Power Consumption 55 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 35 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 22 Specifications for IC693MDL731 Page 2 44 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 12 24 volt DC negative logic 2 amp output module a43099 MODULE CIRCUIT
384. ule IC693ALG223 3 61 Figure 3 29 Field Wiring Alternative User Connections 69 223 3 62 Figure 3 30 D A vs Voltage 3 63 ALS 52118 Alspa C80 55 PLC Module Specifications Page 19 Figures Figure 3 31 Scaling for Voltage 3 64 Figure 3 32 Analog Voltage Output Module Block Diagram 693 6390 3 66 Figure 3 33 Field Wiring for Analog Voltage Output Module 69 390 3 67 Figure 3 34 A D Bits vs Current Output 4 020 3 68 Figure 3 35 A D Bits vs Current Output 0 020 3 68 Figure 3 36 Scaling for Current Output 4 020 3 69 Figure 3 37 Scaling for Current Output 0020 3 69 Figure 3 38 Load Current Derating 3 71 Figure 3 39 Analog Current Output Module Block Diagram 693 6391 3 72 Figure 3 40 Field Wiring Analog Current Output Module Current Mode IC693ALG391 3 73 Figure 3 41 Field Wiring Analog Current Output Module Voltage Mode IC693ALG391 3 74 Figure 3 42 Scaling for Curren
385. um Off Response Time 2 ms maximum Power Consumption 130 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 47 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 28 Specifications for IC693MDL742 Page 2 56 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 12 24 volt DC positive logic ESCP 1 amp output module 45241 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING Al e L e 3 2 gt 4 e 5 4 Le 6 AS gt I picem AT 0 22 mf 9 9 OTHER 4 6 6 0 o CIRCUITS dus 1 2 B2 Le 4 B3 e 5 Bi 6 5 2 51 9 8 B7 i 20 Figure 2 46 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic ESCP 1 Amp Output Module IC693MDL742 45242 4 AMPS 4 a PER GROUP 3 AMPS 4 7 PER GROUP TOTAL MODULE LOAD CURRENT 4 4 AMPS 2 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE
386. ure 343117 A12345678 A12345678 148 9 gt 9 1491 lt z REAR VIEW FRONT VIEW Figure 2 23 Input Simulator Module ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 33 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 14 120 Volt AC Output 0 5 Amp 12 Point IC693MDL310 The 120 volt 0 5 Amp AC Output module provides 12 output points in two isolated groups with six points in each group Each group has a separate common associated with it the two commons are not tied together inside the module This allows each group to be used on different phases of the AC supply or powered from the same supply Each group is protected with a 3 amp fuse and an RC snubber is provided for each output to protect against transient electrical noise on the power line This module provides a high degree of inrush current 10x the rated current which makes the outputs suitable for controlling a wide range of inductive and incandescent loads AC Power to operate loads connected to outputs must be user supplied This module requires an AC power source LED indicators which provide the ON OFF status of each point are at the top of the module The LEDs are arranged in two horizontal rows with eight green LEDs in each row
387. us on backplane Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 19 Specifications for IC6935MDL340 Page 2 38 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied input devices and power source to the 120 volt AC output module a44961 MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING e 1 Al i 3 Le nee 4 olm zi 2 5 5 SOLID lt 22 6 5 STATE RELAY 0022 7 Le ES AS H CNN OTHER CIRCUITS 4 6 0 O 9 3 0 OH Bi 4 15 5 Le E 2 G Figure 2 28 Field Wiring 120 Volt AC Output 0 5 Amp Module IC693MDL340 244962 6 6 AMPS 5 TOTAL MODULE 4 LOAD CURRENT AMPS 2 1 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 29 Load Current vs Temperature for IC693MDL340 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 39 Discrete I O Module Specifications 3 17 120 240 Volt AC Isolated Output 2 Amp 5 Point IC693MDL390 The 120 240 v
388. ustration Page 1 14 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Personal Computer 2 35 ae EXPANSION BASEPLATE 1 693 5392 398 MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM CPU 15 METERS 50 FEET REMOTE BASEPLATE 1C693CHS393 399 REMOTE BASEPLATE 1C693CHS393 399 REMOTE BASEPLATE 1C693CHS393 399 MAXIMUM DISTANCE FROM CPU 213 METERS 700 FEET Introduction to Alspa 80 35 I O System ALSPA C80 35 CPU BASEPLATE ava EXPANSION BASEPLATE JN REMOTE BASEPLATE DISCRETE ANALOG I O REMOTE BASEPLATE LA REMOTE BASEPLATE a47019 NOTE AVAILABLE CABLE IC693CBL300 CAN BE USED FOR Y T CONNECTIONS I O BUS TERMINATOR 4 PLUG 1C693ACC307 Figure 1 10 Example of Connecting Baseplates an I O Expansion System Each signal pair on the I O bus must be terminated at the end of the I O bus with 120 ohm resistors This termination can be done with the I O Bus Terminator Plug by using the 15 meter 50 foot
389. utput 938 qr zm IC693MDL752 5 24 VDC TTL Negative Logic 0 5A 32 Point 20 IC693MDL753 12 24 VDC Positive Logic 0 5A 32 Point Output 4 i IC693MDL930 Relay N O 4A Isolated 8 Point Output m 5 IC693MDL931 Relay N C and Form C Isolated 8 Point Out 4 10 CF693MDL150 Relay Isolated 8 Point Output 25 80 IC693MDL940 Relay N O 2A 16 Point Output IC693MARS590 120 VAC Input relay Output 8 In 8 Out 7 5 IC693MDR390 24 VDC Input Relay Output 8 In 8 70 Referto the applicable module specifications for more details Table 2 3 Load Requirements mA for Discrete I O Modules continued Page 2 4 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications 2 DEFINITION OF POSITIVE AND NEGATIVE LOGIC The IEC definitions for positive logic and negative logic as applied to Alspa 80 35 modules are defined as follows 2 1 Positive Logic Input Modules Input modules designed with positive logic characteristics sink current from the input device to the user common or negative power bus The input device is connected between the positive power bus and the input terminal IEC SINK IN 243839 24V V OW 2 2 Positive Logic Output Modules Output modules designed with positive logic characteristics sourc
390. wer Consumption 55 mA all outputs on from 5 volt bus on backplane Number of inputs on is dependent upon ambient temperature as shown in Figure 2 33 Refer to data sheet ALS 53002 for product standards and general specifications Table 2 21 Specifications for IC693MDL730 Page 2 42 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications ALS 52118 Discrete I O Module Specifications FIELD WIRING INFORMATION The following figure provides wiring information for connecting user supplied load devices and power source to the 12 24 volt DC positive logic 2 amp output module 243097 OTHER onum 7 T MODULE CIRCUITRY TERMINALS FIELD WIRING ise OTHER O Outputs CIRCUITS pa d Fuse for Outputs e 1 4 4 Ai L 6 A2 e gt _ H e OD 4 tL o 12 ra _ gt e 14 A6 e 16 A7 5 ap E uf 20 Figure 2 32 Field Wiring 12 24 Volt DC Positive Logic 2 Amp Output Module IC693MDL730 243836 1A PER A POINT 8 2A PER POINT 6 TOTAL MODULE LOAD 4 4 AMPS CURRENT AMPS 10 20 30 40 50 60 AMBIENT TEMPERATURE Figure 2 33 Load Current vs Temperature for IC693MDL730 ALS 52118 Alspa C60 55 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 2 43 Discrete I O Module Sp
391. y Coprocessor module These specialized option modules are currently NOT supported by the 35 in a PC system ALS 52118 Alspa C80 35 PLC I O Module Specifications Page 1 3 Introduction to 80 35 I O System The Circuit status of each I O point discrete modules is indicated by a green LED mounted at the top of the module and viewable through a clear plastic lens There are two horizontal rows of LEDs with eight LEDs in each row Each LED is identified by a letter and number identification which is illuminated when the applicable LED turns on These letters and numbers clearly identify each LED to assist in program monitoring and trouble shooting The top row is labeled A1 through 8 and the bottom row is labeled B1 through 8 Additionally a blown fuse status for fused output modules is provided by an LED labeled F on the LED cover note that the F is labeled on all discrete I O modules although it is only relevant to fused output modules Each module has an insert that goes between the inside and outside surface of the hinged door The surface towards the inside of the module when the hinged door is closed has circuit wiring information for that module type and the outside surface has space to record circuit identification information The outside left edge of the insert is color coded so that you can quickly identify the module as a high voltage red low voltage blue or signal level grey type For curr

Alspa C80–35 PLC I/O Module Specifications

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Alspa C80&ndash;35 PLC I/O Module Specifications

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents

Alspa C80–35 PLC I/O Module Specifications